Register
A password will be e-mailed to you.
Search

Page not found

Oops! The page you were looking for was not found.

Red Dot Forum 404

Home

No Responses

  2. David Farkas

    Carlos,

    Not sure about the M8 firmware at this point, but I will check and post any update I get.

    David

    Reply
  3. etrigan63

    I can’t see spending $8K for a camera that the paint rubs off. Silver chrome for me, thanks. Now I have to find a bank to rob.

    Reply
  5. etrigan63

    Loaded it up the day it was announced. I will be testing it today hopefully. Now if I only owned (or had access to) a Super-Elmar-M 21mm f/3.4….

    Reply
  6. saintotto

    wonderful images david. recently had a chance to test the Phase One 645 and IQ180 back as I’m seriously considering the purchase. Really need to give the S2 a good test though before I make that purchase!

    Reply
  7. David Farkas

    saintotto;206 wrote: wonderful images david. recently had a chance to test the Phase One 645 and IQ180 back as I’m seriously considering the purchase. Really need to give the S2 a good test though before I make that purchase!

    Thanks! The S2 is a very different kind of system than the Phase. You really should give the S2 a good go.

    Let me know if you want me to set that up: Leica S2 Professional Rental | Dale Photo Digital

    Reply
  9. David K

    Good work David. Love the subtlety of the colors in the sunset images and the portraits are surprisingly sharp at those settings. You’ve trained your models well 🙂

    Reply
  12. Atanabe

    The best of the Hasselblad 350s that I have seen so far. But the price for used ones are in the $10K range so if the Leica one is not that much more, I would opt for the Leica one.

    Reply
  16. royprasad

    Thank you for sharing, the results are impressive. What would be the effective focal length of this lens on the S2? Is it still 350mm?

    Reply
  17. royprasad

    Insightful article, thanks for sharing. I can vouch for the technique of overexposing at high ISO – I accidentally stumbled into it a few years ago, and I’ve been successfully using it ever since. It is counterintuitive, but it works.

    Unfortunately, the S2 does not display the ISO in the viewfinder while shooting the picture, so this is a bit of a nuisance. My workaround is to keep an eye on the minimum shutter speed I have set for a given lens (e.g., 1/f), and if I see the shutter speed dropping below, then I know my ISO is at 1250.

    However, this doesn’t alert me to the pathological case when I just make the 1/f shutter speed at ISO 1250.

    Reply
  18. Jack MacD

    Love the presets, thanks.
    I will use a link to this article to address any comments that argue the S2 is just a studio camera, without trying in out of the studio themselves.

    Reply
  19. Doug Herr

    Looks like this lens will be a tough act to follow. Thanks for the demo.

    Reply
  20. royprasad

    Wow, that’s a lot of lens changes! Did you have two S2 bodies or one? Nice comps, useful info. I don’t think there’s any lens, including Leica’s, that can compete with a Leica lens that starts with “APO”, so the comps are not surprising. Interesting, nonetheless!

    Roy

    Reply
  21. David Farkas

    royprasad;572 wrote: Wow, that’s a lot of lens changes! Did you have two S2 bodies or one? Nice comps, useful info. I don’t think there’s any lens, including Leica’s, that can compete with a Leica lens that starts with “APO”, so the comps are not surprising. Interesting, nonetheless!

    Roy

    One body.

    Reply
  22. shingles06

    Bit of a pedestrian question, but is there a for-sale part of the forum? A place where one might post a want-to-buy?

    Reply
  23. GPLeica

    David,

    I have found that portraits shot at below, say f4 or so, with the 70mm lens, say at a distance that just includes the shoulders or closer, well, you run into depth of field issues where the eyes are fine but the nose tip may be out. Or vice versa. Things look great small, but if you enlarge them to, say 12×18, you definitely notice the lack of sharpness in areas where you want it. This is not the fault of anything other than choosing too wide open an aperture. I’ve been disappointed often enough that I’ll crank up the ISO to 640 in shady situations just so I can hand hold the shot at f5.6 when shooting relatively close portraits….again just to get what I want in terms of depth of field.

    I mention this here because you have shot several portraits at f2.5 and they look good as small jpgs on my iPad. When you blow up the DNGs in Lightroom, do you see what I’m talking about?

    Best, Geoffrey

    Reply
  28. Kurt Kamka

    While the small 1.4x module is great, the 2x module is also quite impressive. Speaking from experience, with a rock solid head and tripod, the combination of the detail and resolution of the S2 and the rendering of the APO-Telyt-Modular system would be spectacular. For wildlife, also getting excellent feather detail and eye sharpness would be aided by the better high ISO capability of the S2 compared to the DMR. You can easily up the ISO to 640 or 1250 on the S2 in a variety of settings. I can imagine how much fun you are having testing out the combination.

    Kurt

    Reply
  31. Kurt Kamka

    Roger, hang onto it for me for a couple of more years until I can afford to buy it back. 😉

    Kurt

    Reply
  32. Pete Walentin

    Can’t continue to work after reading this. This is so damn good. Want this lens and want to go back on Safari. 😀

    Reply
  33. Jack MacD

    This is a wonderful addition to the S system. I got to use it once on the Fall tour, and put myself on the waiting list. It has to be seen to believed. I had not used a split prism in years, and the big bright S viewfinder makes it work incredibly well. There are times when using a 35mm on distant tree leaves that the auto focus just can’t focus on infinity. It chooses as close as 15 feet on occasion. A micro prism allows for manual confirmation that the focus is on in those unusual circumstances.

    Reply
  34. Pete Walentin

    Cool. It is definitely one of my favourite buildings. Love Frank Lloyds architecture. He was a visionary man.

    Reply
  35. David K

    David,

    I think these are all very good and some are better than that!! Your slow shutter speeds surprised me. I wouldn’t have guessed that was feasible…now I’ll have to try. Looking forward to your cover on Architectural Digest 🙂

    Reply
  36. albertknappmd

    Well done… I was able to sneak in a R8 many years ago with acceptable results but again, the guides were watching…. Will now go back with my S2 next year!:):)

    Reply
  37. arminw

    Stunning ! I love this place .. been to his home in Chicago many years ago .. (I think it was his ??)

    Reply
  39. Pete Walentin

    Thanks a lot David. Even if your test was “only” quick & dirty it is showing the greater FOV and the excellence of the lens. And it is showing that the High Line isn’t finised yet. 😉

    Reply
  40. albertknappmd

    David-
    Excellent demonstration. They are really building up an amazing line of lenses.
    Any news on the 30-90mm zoomlens?
    Albert

    Reply
  42. Stuart Richardson

    Admittedly, I am not a business insider, but it sounds like a disaster for Kodak to me. They are banking on being a leader in the digital field, and they sell their sensor division, all their sensor R&D and their patents? And a company called Platinum Equity does not strike me as being geared towards holding a company long term and letting it grow. My suspicion is that they will rip it apart for maximum profit, and resell it to another imaging company. So contrary to the idea that it will “benefit employees, customers and partners”, I would suspect that it is to the great detriment of the employees, customers, the Kodak brand and to the enormous benefit of the partners at Platinum Equity and at whatever investment firm helped broker the deal. Maybe I am just a pessimist.

    Reply
  43. Mark Gowin

    I don’t think your are being too pessimistic Stuart, but I hope against hope you are wrong. I have confidence Leica has been getting itself in a better position knowing that Kodak has been ailing for a while now. Frankly I am surprised that Kodak would sell off the sensor division since it is the one thing that differentiated Kodak from most of the other digital imaging companies (very few design and make their own sensors). The need to raise money can make you do some crazy things.

    Reply
  44. Pete Walentin

    The disaster for Kodak was that it was run by people which led the company to the point where we are now. Taking this as the foundation, it is good to know that the good parts of the company, even if not being under one roof/brand anymore, have a chance to survive and maybe with money available for investments for even more. It is good to know that the Kodak Sensor division is worth an investment. I do not believe in “ripping apart” because they only bought a part. I do think when taking a look at the imaging sensor market, that there is a good growth potential, means it is worth an investment. That is what I meant by promising. And I do not have a problem when whoever is investing in something, making it more profitable, more interesting and then selling it for a higher price. If it is just a business, I would do the same.

    And of course it is very sad seeing a company like Kodak with such a long history falling apart.

    Reply
  45. Stuart Richardson

    I agree with you in principal Pete, but I unfortunately I don’t think it will go down that way. My pessimism may be colored by the fact that I have experience (albeit secondhand) in how investment firms specializing in acquisitions work. This is not a rival company acquiring the sensor division for competitive advantage, this is an investment firm acquiring it for maximum profits. This is good news and bad news — on the good side it means the sensor division has potential value. On the bad side it means that rather than just take the knowledge and skill of the employees and intellectual property, the investment company is going to look for a way to immediately (or quickly) increase the value before it turns around and sells it to someone else. This is where it is good for the investment company, but maybe not for anyone else. It means streamlining — that often means eliminating “redundant” staff, cutting costs (very often R&D…it is expensive and while it can have huge upsides, lots of it doesn’t go anywhere), and selling off assets piecemeal.
    Meanwhile, Kodak says it wants to focus on “consumer and commercial inkjet printing, packaging printing and workflow software”. Doesn’t sound like a rosy future for Kodak as a photographic company. I certainly agree that the blame should lie on the people who got Kodak to this point, but I think the writing is in the wall for Kodak as a photographic company. I just hope someone with a sincere interest in continuing film photography buys their photo division — ideally Ilford, but I can’t imagine they have the money…

    Reply
  46. Mistral75

    Hasselblad was bought by an investment fund (Ventizz Capital) in June and another investment fund (Blackstone) just bought a 44% stake in Leica. So it’s not uncommon for private equity funds to invest in (premium) digital imaging.

    Reply
  47. allegretto

    Stuart Richardson;1209 wrote: I agree with you in principal Pete, but I unfortunately I don’t think it will go down that way. My pessimism may be colored by the fact that I have experience (albeit secondhand) in how investment firms specializing in acquisitions work. This is not a rival company acquiring the sensor division for competitive advantage, this is an investment firm acquiring it for maximum profits. This is good news and bad news — on the good side it means the sensor division has potential value. On the bad side it means that rather than just take the knowledge and skill of the employees and intellectual property, the investment company is going to look for a way to immediately (or quickly) increase the value before it turns around and sells it to someone else. This is where it is good for the investment company, but maybe not for anyone else. It means streamlining — that often means eliminating “redundant” staff, cutting costs (very often R&D…it is expensive and while it can have huge upsides, lots of it doesn’t go anywhere), and selling off assets piecemeal.
    Meanwhile, Kodak says it wants to focus on “consumer and commercial inkjet printing, packaging printing and workflow software”. Doesn’t sound like a rosy future for Kodak as a photographic company. I certainly agree that the blame should lie on the people who got Kodak to this point, but I think the writing is in the wall for Kodak as a photographic company. I just hope someone with a sincere interest in continuing film photography buys their photo division — ideally Ilford, but I can’t imagine they have the money…

    GLOOM and DOOM!

    While I’m not sure exactly what will happen to the new entity there is every reason to believe that either this entity or a new one will fill the gap. If capitalism’s “creative destruction” eats the spin-off and a new company takes over production or the new entity thrives, someone will produce these sensors, and eventually someone will make even better sensors. I believe in smart companies that develop out of circumstances such as these.

    Would it have been better if Kodak just went under?

    Reply
  48. Stuart Richardson

    What’s the word on this if we have already been using that card for awhile without problems? I have an 8gb Extreme Pro UHS-1 that has been working fine since September. I have not updated firmware yet. Is it best to switch back to a different card, or if it has been working fine, is it likely to continue as such? I am a little hesitant to change anything, since I have not had any problems…

    Reply
  49. Atanabe

    So I have the “not recommended” cards, one of which has already failed earlier in the year. Do I take a chance and keep using them or replace them with another brand? I thought that the media should be the least of my problems and opted to buy what I thought was the most tested and reliable brand, Sandisk, only to find that I now I am advised to switch due to known compatibility issues. Switching out several hundred $ worth of cards is not pleasing.

    Leica needs to hire better software engineers or the industry as a whole needs to adhere to much tighter standards. Buying a card should be as simple as buying a roll of ISO 400 film, set camera, shoot.

    Reply
  51. Atanabe

    Josh Lehrer;1297 wrote: David and I both use Transcend Class 10 SDHC 16GB cards. We have NEVER had a failure with those cards.

    Josh,
    So if they came out and said that Transcend cards are not to be used, what would you do? Would you scrap your old cards and replace them with those that are now approved? or take a chance? Either way neither is a palatable solution. We really need a better standard for storage.

    -Al

    Reply
  52. Josh Lehrer

    Al:

    The way I approach these situations is that I use what works. Since I have never had a problem with the Transcend 16GB cards, I continue to use them. Generally, if there is a compatibility issue with a Leica product, we know about it very quickly given that we deal with a large number of Leica users on a daily basis. Leica might make official announcements about known issues, but by then they are issues that David and I are both fully aware of and have already taken into account.

    In the end, storage is cheap. If you could only see the number of memory cards on David’s desk right now…

    Reply
  54. Conrad

    The 30mm FOV is particularly attractive here. The 30-90mm zoom would indeed be nice.

    Reply
  55. Roger

    To bad this will take so long to complete …the good news is that Leica will become a magnet for talent . It will be the most desired employer ….great business potential,new facilities and away from the cities . In the long run talent wins .

    Reply
  57. Stuart Richardson

    Thank you for the article and the interview David. It was an interesting read. Interesting to hear how some issues are fairly easy fixes, others that I would have thought would be easy, are impossible. For example, how automatic focus stacking could be feasible, but simply writing a dng to both cards is impossible.
    In any case, I will just add my votes for the ability to change the direction of the scroll wheel, and for having the clipping mode and full image histogram available in playback mode! And a microprism screen…and a 45mm lens. How about a fast 45mm f/2 or f/1.4 without a central shutter? Or even keeping it f/2.5, only without a CS. It would be nice to have a more compact lens for reportage or travel, and I understand from the Peter Karbe interview that the central shutter is the driving force for keeping the 70mm as large as it is. But of course, I don’t know what the engineering and cost/benefit calculations are.

    Reply
  58. Jack MacD

    Thanks for the report.
    The ability of reversing the scroll wheel direction on f stop settings is my favorite since I am left handed and my brain works in reverse for up and down.

    Reply
  62. Andrew

    As I won’t buy the new 30mm, do you still advise to apply the new firmware?

    Thanks.

    Andrew

    Reply
  63. David Farkas

    Andrew,

    Always a good idea to keep the camera current with firmware (just in case there are other improvements/changes under the hood that we don’t know about).

    Reply
  64. albertknappmd

    I downloaded mine yesterday and agree with Dave that one should remain up to date even if one does not ahve that particular lens…. yet! :p:p:p

    Reply
  65. duke8448

    Roger;703 wrote: Kurt

    I still have the whole telyt system you sold me a few years ago!

    Roger 🙂

    Hi roger , Do you wanna sell the lens ? Wud be interested to buy it. Tks .Dennis A Happy and Merry Christmas – wud bee better if can play with yr Superb toy !

    Reply
  66. royprasad

    Any intentions to commercialize the S mount for R lenses?

    I am also unclear on one thing: the R lenses were designed to image on a 35mm film or full-frame sensor. So when these lenses are used with the S2, do they render an image that completely covers the sensor in the S2, or do they only cover a part of the sensor? Also, any limitations on what R lenses could be used with an S2?

    Reply
  67. David Farkas

    royprasad;1654 wrote: Any intentions to commercialize the S mount for R lenses?

    I am also unclear on one thing: the R lenses were designed to image on a 35mm film or full-frame sensor. So when these lenses are used with the S2, do they render an image that completely covers the sensor in the S2, or do they only cover a part of the sensor? Also, any limitations on what R lenses could be used with an S2?

    It just so happens that this particular lens design covers more than 24×36. On the S2 there is no vignetting or falloff at all.

    Theoretically, most R lenses longer than 180mm could be adapted to the S2. The lens barrel design would have to be able to be modified though. In the case of the 1.4x module, the rear of the lens is mostly empty tube, making the modification easier. It is also a matter of practicality. Why adapt a 180mm R lens when the 180mm S lens is so incredible and offers AF and weather sealing? So, really, the shortest practical length I’d ever adapt would be 280mm.

    Reply
  68. stephan

    Hello

    did you test a 560/800 tube allready?

    I still have one and consider this conversion (just have to find a head again, as I sold mine some years ago)

    Reply
  69. Jack MacD

    Nicely done Josh, very steady hands! No coffee that day?
    I noticed that your screen did not have what some call the “second tab” which I read confused some people who installed the screen. But your video clearly shows you want to grab the tab that is on the left bottom of the screen, just as the tab is on the left of the screen being removed.

    Reply
  70. melantye

    Josh you should post a video on how to keep steady hands like that 😀 i just scratched one screen…

    Reply
  71. David Farkas

    Actually…. I was the hand model on the video. Josh did the voice-over.

    My secret: no coffee or soda for the last 15 years or so. 🙂

    Reply
  72. billhart

    Josh did you clean the mirror box in the camera before replacing the screen? If so, how and what equipment do you recommend?

    Reply
  73. Josh Lehrer

    Bill:

    I did not clean anything other than the focusing screen with the included brush before installing. I generally avoid cleaning the inside of the camera other than a quick burst of air over the sensor with a Giottos blower bulb every now and then.

    Reply
  74. David K

    Finally picked mine up today and had David do the installing honors. Something to be aware of if you get one and do it yourself is that apparently they are delivered upside down in the case. Obvious if you’ve done it before but thought I would mention it for the do it yourself’ers…

    Reply
  75. Andrew

    David K;1855 wrote: Something to be aware of if you get one and do it yourself is that apparently they are delivered upside down in the case. …

    “Apparently”? Now I am confused! If I take the video as a reference, does it mean the small screen tab is (in reality) on the right side (inside its box), although the tab is on the left side of that box in the video?

    Andrew

    Reply
  76. Josh Lehrer

    In the video we had previously removed the focusing screen from the box so it might not be oriented in the same way that a new screen would be. The small tab goes on the left side of the mirror box (the side with the shutter release button).

    Reply
  77. billhart

    Josh, my screen has 2 tabs. One is about half the width of the other and sticks out a little further. My viewing of the video leads me to believe the wider tab goes on the left and is grabbed by the tweezers. Does the other, narrower, tab fit in the a slot on the other side of the tray or is the edge of the tray low enough the tab fits over the edge? Bill

    Reply
  78. Josh Lehrer

    To clarify, using this image as a reference:

    The wider of the two tabs (on the right side in this photo) is the one that you grab with the tweezers and what goes on the left side of the camera (when the lens mount is facing you). It is the equivalent of the single tab that is found on the standard focusing screen.

    Reply
  79. David K

    This is a well written and clear explanation of the advantages offered by the CS lenses. I’m going to want the 70mm for sure.

    Reply
  80. Paratom

    Thanks david for the review.
    I did however wonder if you could not have achieved the same effect (shallow DOF in bright light) with a ND filter?
    Tom

    Reply
  81. David Farkas

    Paratom;1951 wrote: Thanks david for the review.
    I did however wonder if you could not have achieved the same effect (shallow DOF in bright light) with a ND filter?
    Tom

    Tom,

    Yes, you could achieve a similar effect with a 2-stop ND filter. The major difference is that an ND filter would influence both the ambient exposure and the flash exposure. The faster sync speed of a CS lens would only impact the ambient exposure. The net effect would be that you would need 4x the amount of flash output when using a 2-stop ND. Also, the viewfinder would be 2 stops darker (same as shooting an f/5.6 lens). This could make AF and composition a bit more challenging.

    Reply
  82. David K

    Tom…interesting question and something that I recently experimented with, i.e. using an ND filter with lights. While I have an ND filter for the S2 for my test I used the Nikon D3S with a Singh Ray Vari-ND filter. While this setup does achieve isolation of the subject due to shallower DOF it’s not without it’s challenges. Foremost among those is focusing since the viewfinder can get quite dark while using them. With the Vari-ND it is possible to turn the filter and brighten up the viewfinder for focusing… then turn it back to the proper setting and take the shot. This slows things down quite a bit and, with the ND kit I have for the S2… it would be even slower. My conclusion is that it works but really isn’t a viable option to the CS lenses. YMMV…

    Reply
  83. Paratom

    You guys are certainly right, I came from the rangefinder thinking where many Noctilux users have ND filter (I have neither -no noctilux and no nd filter).
    But then with a rangefinder the filter does not have any influence on viewfinder an focusing.

    I thought about the CS lenses but since I shoot 90% natural light and only occasionaly flash (and if flash so far only the Leica flash and no professional light) I will probably stay with the non cs lenses and save the money and weight.
    If it si just for a little fill flash from the leica unit HSS seems to also work fine.
    I understand the need for cs lenses for professionals nd first thought to exchange maybe one lens (the 120 or 180).
    Good the Leica finally got it working.

    Reply
  85. fotografz

    Thanks David … I’ve waited very patiently for these CS lenses and will swap at least two of my S lenses for the CS versions and pay the difference as promised by Leica when I bought the camera. The 70mm for sure and probably the 120mm because they are my most used “people” lenses … so it is excellent that those are the two CS lenses that you got to play with : -)

    The dual shutter was a major factor in selecting the S system … and the ability to select a higher shutter sync speed has a number of advantages … some of which you have demonstrated here. I currently also shoot with a Hasselblad H4D/60 with all lenses syncing to 1/800th (if hard wired to the strobe, and 1/500th is using a radio transmitter), so am totally aware of the diversity it brings to the party.

    Another advantage of higher speed sync is the ability to overpower the ambient indoors … using the opposite of “dragging the shutter techniques” which opens up backgrounds, you can eliminate ambient as a factor in any shot where the background is cluttered and distracting … or use background strobe to balance with the foreground, and totally get rid of ghastly mixed ambient sources.

    Very versatile.

    I would urge anyone with a S camera to really think through getting the CS versions … this camera is terrific in ambient, however, it absolutely sings with studio lighting and opens up a whole new world of photography. I know many are a bit intimidated by artificial lighting, but it really isn’t that difficult, and just a simple lighting outfit like David was using brings new levels of performance to the S system. I’m currently teaching another S2 user how to work with strobes and he went from a bit skeptical to being amazed by what is possible.

    David, while I understand the simplicity of your demo shown here, I think the light was a tad hard and “flashy” feeling on some … which I believe is due to the modifier used. Of interest to many may be the use of some newer modifiers like the Elinchrom 27.5″ or 39″ Deep Octas or Varistar umbrella softbox … both of which set up in seconds for remote location work … and can be used on Elinchrom EL heads or Profoto heads with the EL to Profoto adapter. Very nice natural looking quality of light when either balancing the background or overpowering it.

    Reply
  86. royprasad

    Very precise instructions, well done. The audio and video quality of the V-Lux3 is also impressive!

    Reply
  87. stephan

    thanks for the nice report, but …

    well, nice to hear that Leica finaly starts producing the CS-lenses. Finally. After all.

    But I’m really pi**ed off about the news that the upgrade will not be awailable for used lenses. Why? Because there will be a flood of used non-CS-lenses who come on the market. I could understand Leicas policy if they had, as announced, deliverd CS-lenses from the start with a short delay. But now, after more than two years of waiting, some used lenses were sold with the promise of a possible upgrade. Also, since the start of the Leica S-System, the website of Leica always mentioned the option of an upgrade. Changing this policy afterwards is just unfair.

    Also, I already payed the upgrade for my 120 CS-lens when I bought it some months ago, and am still waiting for the upgrade.

    To be honest, I’m disapointed about the S-System. In my opinion, the M-System is much better built, and the price more justified. I will test the 800E once I get it and then made a definitive decision.

    Reply
  88. albertknappmd

    I know what Leica will be unveilling on May 10…. the 350mm S2 lens!!! :p:p:p

    Reply
  89. Mark Gowin

    I am glad you are going to the event David. That way we will get the news immediately and I like to see your perspective on Lecia products, especially new ones. Hopefully, we will all be pleasantly surprised.

    Reply
  90. Roger

    Your coverage of Leica events is always the best out there . Can t wait . Plus a trip to Berlin thrown in. 😎

    Reply
  91. Stuart Richardson

    I will actually be in Berlin too, I did not even think about the event. I have sent an email to Leica, maybe they will let me come. Could be very interesting!

    Reply
  93. David K

    Wonder if they will have a plaque with Roger’s name on the wall… 🙂

    Reply
  94. fotografz

    Personally, I am very satisfied with the S system, and do not think for a minute that a D800 would/could replace it for my work. It is the best designed and built camera I’ve ever owned … and I’ve owned just about everything out there.

    I also do not think Leica is an altruistic company that will sacrifice profit margins by allowing sold S lenses to be upgraded. They offered original S2 buyers the upgrade path to CS lenses in order to sell cameras and lenses before the CS lenses could be made. Just like some MFD makers allow you to buy a new back by providing the previous model until the new back is available. It is a sales tactic to either get you into a system, or keep you in a system.

    My only gripe is that the S3 will be here before I can get any use of the S2 with the CS lenses. I use strobes a lot, and I bought into the S system to get to the CS lenses … in effect, I paid for a full camera, and got less than a fully functioning one.

    -Marc

    Reply
  95. David K

    Have a safe and fun trip. Looking forward to hearing what Leica has in store for us. Be nice to get an update on the CS lenses too.

    Reply
  96. melantye

    I just got hold of the new CSEP-1S with a much wider silicon rubber band on the back as a cushion. I really like this design because now the pressure from the thumb is well distributed on the back (hence less stress on the hot shoe). Thanks to the extended cushion, I never fear the thumb rest may scratch the camera anymore.

    Reply
  97. royprasad

    Have a safe trip, David. Looks like a fun event. For months, the rumors have been a black and white M9 with a new Sony sensor, and an X2… Let’s see what Leica actually rolls out.

    Reply
  98. David K

    Great video about a great accessory. But you really should have ended the video with a “thumbs-up” 🙂

    Reply
  99. albertknappmd

    Josh… You are now ready from prime time! An excellent and most informative video.
    Albert :o:o[B]    [/B]

    Reply
  100. leica liker

    Looking forward to reading your live reporting !!!
    Leica Liker

    Reply
  101. Jack MacD

    Well, we now know why they took their time with the CS lenses. Moving from 1/500 to 1000 and making it last 100,000 activations is a nice achievement!

    Reply
  102. Jack MacD

    This is a huge deal to those H users who had legacy issues with buying an S2, or needed lenses that Leica has yet to provide.

    Reply
  103. David K

    This is terrible news for my wallet…please put me on the list for one of these when they come in. Kudos to Leica and Hasselblad for giving their customers more options. This is the way it should be…

    Reply
  104. stephan

    anyone tried them out yet? especially focus accuracy?

    On the other hand I would have preferred to get the missing lenses in the Leica lens-line-up. Because adapter plus Habla-lens = Leica lens, and maybe the Leica-lens will be better.

    On the other hand, who knows when the CS lenses will finally show up (they say october, but they said allready a lot), and this can be the solution for the summer.

    Reply
  105. albertknappmd

    Well done, David….
    When do you think that the Monochrom and the 50 cron will be available?
    Albert

    Reply
  107. John Buckley

    David, thanks for a great report, including photos of the menus.

    Reply
  108. Mark Gowin

    You did a great job of describing and illustrating the event. It looks like a good time was had by all.

    Reply
  109. GPLeica

    Well done, David. I placed my order for an MM….now the wait.

    Geoffrey

    Reply
  110. GPLeica

    David, I would think the possibility is slim, but could you ask the Leica folks if there is a chance they would ever consider making a monochrome S2? Or will I have to resort to taking a sharp razorblade and peel the Bayer array off my S2’s sensor myself?

    Reply
  111. ski542002

    I greatly enjoy my M9 with the 35 1.4 asph, but $7000 for a 50mm F2 lens! I don’t think so. It might have extreme sharpness and zero distortion, but not worth that kind of price premium. Discerning clientele are good, but they’re not sophisticated enough to notice the improved optics for that kind of price hit. The unfortunate thing is, this lens will probability be on back order with people waiting in line for the next few years:confused:

    Reply
  113. Pete Walentin

    Thanks David. This was a pretty entertaining read with lots of information. Cant wait to get my hands on Henry. 🙂

    Reply
  114. John Buckley

    Terrific review, David. Both the camera and lens are mouth watering. Thank you. JB

    Reply
  115. Mark Gowin

    The slider on the images is a cool effect for showing the differences as move the slider. Well done.

    Oh, I am glad to see that ISO 10,000 on the MM is useable with a little NR. It is no worse than what I remember TriX film being at ISO 400. You can see a little bit of blurring in the flowers, but all in all, not bad, especially for a ccd sensor.

    Reply
  116. GPLeica

    Thanks, David, for the hands-on review. I look forward to you sending me the MM I ordered from you the day after it was announced! Since I shoot only B&W, it is the perfect M. How do you think it’s images will compare at 30″ print size to LR desaturized S2 images using the 70mm?

    Best, Geoffrey

    Reply
  117. GPLeica

    Incredible. The texture pattern of the MM images mimics so closely the grain of film…something I miss. Yes, special effects software can add this in post, but in my limited experience with those programs, the results were always a bit fake. Now it seems we have the real digital equivalent.

    Geoffrey

    Reply
  118. ciracrowell

    How do you think it’s images will compare at 30″ print size to LR desaturized S2 images using the 70mm?

    Very interested in an answer to this question. Desaturating an S2/70mm file does allow very creative color control. Hard to give that up!

    Reply
  119. Robert van der Sanden


    On a color sensor, if one pixel is displaying noise, it will be spread to surrounding pixels by the nature of the algorithm, effectively blurring the noise and making it appear more chunky.

    This is interesting. Currently, when we take a B&W photo on a color sensor, we always go through a color stage in our demosaicing. But if this step creates a less attractive noise pattern, then wouldn’t it be possible to have a different algorithm, either in the camera or in Lightroom (through the raw file), to make use of the intensity information from the different colored pixels, with the gain adjusted but without spreading the noise to adjacent pixels? Maybe we can even have a stronger noise filtering on the red and blue pixels, and use the fine details from the green channel to get a smoother output with higher overall sharpness?

    I would consider paying for this “special edition” firmware for my M9, as long as it came in a nice box with red velvet inside 🙂

    Robert

    Reply
  121. Serg

    What about converting m9 into BW? There is so many ways to do it, what did you use?

    Reply
  122. David Farkas

    Serg;2424 wrote: What about converting m9 into BW? There is so many ways to do it, what did you use?

    Serg,

    As stated in the article, I used LR4 to convert to B&W. I used the channel mixer sliders to get as close as possible to the M Monochrom’s look.

    Reply
  123. David Farkas

    ciracrowell;2412 wrote: How do you think it’s images will compare at 30″ print size to LR desaturized S2 images using the 70mm?

    Very interested in an answer to this question. Desaturating an S2/70mm file does allow very creative color control. Hard to give that up!

    I think that’s an excellent question. And the honest answer is I don’t know because I didn’t test the M Monochrom against the S2. Of course, the S2 has a 100% pixel advantage (37.5 vs. 18), but the the M Monochrom significantly outperforms the S2 in two areas: 1) superior high ISO performance and 2) lower possible hand-held shutter speeds. I’d guess that at ISO 160 or 320, the S2 would offer better resolution and detail. But, past that and I’d probably give the nod to the M Monochrom. Of course, I’m just guessing….

    Sounds like another test is in order.

    Reply
  124. Atanabe

    David,
    Fantastic review as always and the sliders are the icing on the cake! The monochrom will prove to be a fantastic imager in the right hands. I look forward to seeing the results from those that use it to its’ potential!

    Reply
  125. Unregistered

    David Farkas;2426 wrote: Serg,

    As stated in the article, I used LR4 to convert to B&W. I used the channel mixer sliders to get as close as possible to the M Monochrom’s look.

    channel mixer
    – now clear. thx!

    Reply
  126. Unregistered

    David,

    Thanks for doing this!

    –I wouldn’t turn off NR on any M9 workflow, so the results are not surprising in terms of noise
    –It’s clear that the M9 files are using less green channel info than the MM’s green sensitivity, which is also going to create a noisier M9 shot (um, if those leaves are green 🙂 They are noticeably brighter in the MM rendition )
    –this is a backwards test to me in terms of tonality: why not make the best monochrome tonal rendition you can from the M9 *then* see if the MM can match it in post?

    Jamie Roberts

    Reply
  127. David Farkas

    Unregistered;2450 wrote: David,

    Thanks for doing this!

    –I wouldn’t turn off NR on any M9 workflow, so the results are not surprising in terms of noise
    –It’s clear that the M9 files are using less green channel info than the MM’s green sensitivity, which is also going to create a noisier M9 shot (um, if those leaves are green 🙂 They are noticeably brighter in the MM rendition )
    –this is a backwards test to me in terms of tonality: why not make the best monochrome tonal rendition you can from the M9 *then* see if the MM can match it in post?

    Jamie Roberts

    Jamie,

    I actually covered a lot of the color channel noise in my main M Monochrom review. My main point for matching the M9 to the M Monochrom was that the color sensitivity of the MM is fixed, while the M9 is not. Also, my intention was to test for base level noise at equivalent ISOs, not to see which could be made to look a certain way. While I agree with you that I would normally use NR on higher ISO M9 images, the point was to try to establish a comparison point. I suppose another way to look at is that with NR required/applied to an M9 file at 2500, the MM with no NR will still have less noise and more detail.

    Hope that clarifies.

    Reply
  128. Pete Walentin

    This is “really special”. I am wondering how many people will buy this at the end. Who has all the lenses? Even if, when you are going on an assignment, do you take the 30 & 35? Hmmm… I bought a Peli Case and fitted it to my needs, which makes sense. But this. Kind of strange in my opinion, even tough it is cool. 😉

    Reply
  129. Stuart Richardson

    Hmmm…850 dollars!? More than six times more expensive than the pelican version. It must have aspherical elements!
    http://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/330231-REG/Pelican_1510_000_110_1510_Carry_On_Case.html

    I really love Leica, and I love the S2, but sometimes the way they price these sorts of things makes me more than a little bit incredulous. Seriously, I look at something like this and it makes me think that someone expects me to be a fool. I am more than happy to pay a premium for something that is truly exceptional, handmade or a brilliant solution to a particular problem, but something like this is just offensive.

    Reply
  130. David Farkas

    I saw the case at this past Photo Plus in NYC. The Leica team from Germany brought over their S gear in one. It is indeed very nice. The insert is perfectly sized to the S gear with grab cutaways and the case itself is higher quality than a similarly-sized Pelican. I believe it is also about 25% lighter as well. Given the rigidity of the foam, I wouldn’t hesitate traveling without all the lens slots filled. There would be no danger of anything shifting.

    Price? Well, it is Leica, after all…..

    Reply
    • Charley Serota

      Just purchased the anniversary edition Leica S /006 with 100mm f/2–it came with what looks like a similar case,-but foam cutouts are just for body, 100mm lens, and some cables.Quite useless if you have more than 1 lens and the handgrip. If this is the same case- Can I buy the foam cutouts for the regular case to use in my case ? —Thanks for any help—-Charley

      Reply
  131. stephan

    I just think about the value in my hand while traveling with this case ………:cool:

    It will be heavy too …….

    Also, what shall I do if Leica brings out another lens? Will they make a new case then?

    :confused:

    Looks nice, but I believe my 2 Thinktank Airport are more versatile

    Reply
  132. Jack MacD

    This case was probably made for Leica employees and shipping sets to members of the S league. Then someone said “let’s see if users want to buy a few”. Trust me, this will sell fine to the person who has even four lenses. And I would have expected to have seen it on the New Hampshire Fall trip had it been available. The price? I am surprised it is under $1,000. After all, the cost of one filled is about $60,000 so the case is nothing, right?

    Reply
  133. Nuno Veríssimo

    Hi
    Where can I find this Leica S2 with Leica 400mm APO-Telyt-Modular adapter? I have the two items and need to join them 🙂

    Reply
  134. Stuart Richardson

    Perhaps I should elaborate a little about why this gets under my skin.
    First of all, I will state flat out that the pricing of the S series is extremely high, but that does not particularly bother me. The S2 itself and the lenses are completely unique, made in tiny quantities, use the best materials and are the result of thousands of hours of design and labor, the majority of it first world labor. These are not disposable cameras and lenses.

    This case on the other hand, is not unique in any way other than the fact that it has a particular logo on it, and it has pre-made cutouts for the S camera and accessories. I bet it is nicely made. I also bet that it is subcontracted to a company in China (for the record, I don’t have a problem with that either). The problem I have is that it is patently obvious that they are asking such a huge premium SOLELY because of a label. Not because of any added value, just image. In other words, they are making you pay a huge sum because they can. I think this is a really dangerous road to go down, because by selling run of the mill crap with a badge slapped on it, you destroy the very reputation you spent decades building up. Instead of building a product that DESERVES its higher price, because it provides a unique and higher function, you are telling your customer that they should pay you not because you are providing them something of the best quality, but because the label will produce envy in others.

    Leica has been straddling this canyon for awhile now — whether to run to the side of special editions and the Asian and Russian “bling” collectors market, or towards providing truly excellent cameras and lenses that solve problems for photographers. I think there is a lot of room for coexistence as long as Leica keeps the special editions unique and useful, but things start going off the deep end when they offer humidors with their noctiluxes and 850 dollar plastic boxes.

    Reply
  136. melantye

    Sawboneslf;2575 wrote: This appears to be an HPRC case with custom OEM Interior.

    Yes it’s HPRC 2550W.

    Reply
  137. stephan

    I wouldn’t say that the premium is asked soleley for the label.

    Working myself in the product development, I know that even such easy-looking work like building a really fitting inlet is not enormous, but it has to be done anyway. And how many cases will be sold? 20? 50? Even if hundret of those cases can be sold, you can easily make the calculation yourself.

    We often think, wow, thake this simple thing, just put it over the counter, but there is so much to do when you want to offer somthing that really works. You have to make testing, correcting etc. ok, creating such a case is not rocket-sience, but as I said, it has to be done.

    Don’t forget all the overhead either: Making photos of it, creating the webpage, writing and distributing articles, showing it on exhibitions and so on.

    We tend to compare prices with mass-market products. Let’s say Nikon got the idea to make such a case, then they will sell it in thousands. This will reduce the part of developpement and overhead costs in the product dramatically.

    You can reason the other way round: How much time and hassle will you need to make such a case yourself? I tried once for my Nikon gear, an I can tell you that the hours run away quickly.

    And a last way to look at it: When you compare it with another professional travel solution like the think-tank airport, they also cost real money and are probably less robust (they are more vesatile, though).

    Well, I probably will not buy this case anyway, just wanted to give another point of view on the pricing.

    Reply
  138. Bobby Lee

    I agree with Stuart Richardson. On one hand Leica Camera is producing high quality camera equipment. But on the other hand, their way of pricing is almost out of proportion to what they have built.

    For the OEM HPRC 2550W look alike camera case, I do not think it perform better the a Pelican case. At least you cannot stand on it. The case is just too soft, even when closed. If you step on it as a make shift ladder, I am sure you will damage whatever inside.

    And it is not wise to put a Leica logo on the caring case since this only attract theft’s attentions.

    Reply
  139. Unregistered

    I CANNOT REGISTER.
    MY THREE VERSIONS of E- Mail ADDRESSES have been ignored.
    How is it possible.
    I am the owner of my: DMR/R8, R9, Two M8s, M9, and S2P.
    All of my units are updated by the latest Firmware Updates to Date.
    Hey, LEICA what is going on!?

    Reply
  140. Josh Lehrer

    Feel free to shoot me a private message or email and I am happy to help you with your registration problems.

    Reply
  141. Jack Ottaway

    David,

    I had a chance to try the Monochrom at a Leica Akademie session in San Francisco last Friday. I did not think to ask if anyone has tried color B&W contrast filters (Yellow, Red, Green) with this sensor. Are you aware of any tests / reports on this topic?

    Thanks.

    Jack Ottaway

    Reply
  142. Stephan Schulz

    Stephans comments describes exactly how it is.

    Somebody has to do all these tasks. And that means costs. And you can not do it in China for such low quantities.

    But provided, most S-Customers do not have time to make it DIY, it is maybe cheaper for them to get a tested perfect working solution just from the shelf instead of investing lots of their valuable time. We see it as a service for them!

    Stephan Schulz

    Reply
  143. Unregistered

    Well I contacted LEICA in Germany and they have very corteous.
    I just had to separate the Grip from the ca ofmera body and the rest of the downloading procudure of the latest Firmware Update 1.0.3.3 was a cake

    Reply
  145. daymadi-T

    Hi Davis,
    Your test is excellent.
    But this M9MM is expensive. To some one for long time using negative film, such investment needs serious reflection.
    I ‘m certain, your next Test _if possible_ in term of tonality between M9MM vs. Negative film ( on M6, M2, M4 …) would be greatly welcome.
    Thank you.

    Reply
  147. stephan

    Do they perhaps work with Lightroom 3?

    yes, probably as the handling of lensprofiles didn’t change. But I advise to upgrade to LR4 as major improvements in the developping-engine were made.

    Reply
  149. Unregistered

    are you guys blind?
    the pattern resembles a dirty cheap digital algorithm seen in jpg compression artifacts.
    there’s nothing analogue on the monochrome leica, definitely the pattern on the M9 is more random and more beautiful – as in analogue it is random too.. as on iso 640 you can already see the algorithm with your bare eyes.
    makes retouching impossible. sorry.
    This is just my opinion, but I work in Film/ VFX and photography Industry for almost 10 yrs. and I’ve been doing a lot of de-graining and re-graining and grading aswell as roto and retouching work.
    Leica Fail.

    ps. also the grain looks ugly.
    Canon or Nikon is much more capable of nice grain (can’t believe I say that – though I shoot Leica too).

    Reply
  150. Unregistered

    Load of expensive rubbish and tends to confirm the opinion that there will be few, if any, further lenses added to the S system. Is it dead or simply dying..??

    Reply
  151. Josh Lehrer

    This forum is a place for Leica enthusiasts to come together and have spirited discussion. I’ve no problem with warranted criticism but there’s no need to be inflammatory.

    With that said, the S system has a great user base and I expect to see more lenses announced this year at Photokina, and even more in the months to come after. Leica’s legendary status comes primarily from their superb lenses and I don’t expect this to change, even as camera technology becomes more complex.

    If Leica comes out with more lenses and designs a case to fit everything (let’s say a camera and 8 or so lenses) they might also need to include a Leica-branded forklift to help cart it around!

    Reply
  152. Unregistered

    My intention was not to be inflammatory but factual. It will soon be 3 years since the launch of the S system. At that time, although no timescales were admittedly given, the press releases gave details of a fair number of lenses, including, from memory, a 30mm perspective control, a 24mm extreme wide angle, a 30-90mm zoom and a 350mm telephoto. Some 3 years on and there is no sign of any of these lenses and much internet debate of an S3 camera. The S2 and the current lenses are superb, although there are, as with any camera system, issues such as the accuracy, at times, of the autofocusing.
    Setting that aside, having spent some £45k of hard earned cash on the “promise” of a mature sytem, I am, despite the excellence of the current offerings, somewhat disenchanted by the obvious gaps in the lens range and even more disenchanted when an up-market Pelican type case is offered at what appears to be a ludicrous price. Perhaps S owners should debate the above and make Leica aware of their thoughts?

    Reply
  154. stephan

    yes, there are some on the market allready. There is a thread about it.

    Don’t forget to order a rear lens cap separately 😡

    Reply
  156. Sawboneslf

    Has anyone used the S adapter H with the HC 300mm lens? If so, what is your experience?

    Reply
  157. Don Hunt

    Several of us have experienced some difficulty in making this firmware installation on our X2’s, mostly due to a misunderstanding of Leica’s installation instructions. I will refer any readers to Steve Huff’s site and his recent post on this Firmware. My comments and several similar posts will give you the problem and how we finally came to understand Leica’s intent and complete the installation of Firmware 1.1. I feel that the great service team at Leica USA might want to make these clarifications to their instructions. All is well, I love the camera but admit to some frustration during last nights attempts to get this done. Thanks

    Reply
  158. Unregistered

    Yet again another product which a cynic might interpret as heralding the end of development of the S system, at least in terms of the promised lens range. I don’t know about other S users but I didn’t move from Hasselblad digital to Leica S to move back again some 2 years later to gain access to a proper spread of focal lengths. Instead of developing and producing up market M derivatives which will, no doubt, languish in collectors’ safes to reappear in a decade or so at some up-market auction, Leica need to live up to the promises they made at the launch of the S and deliver the system they “sold” at that point. Perhaps S owners should debate this and make their feelings known to Leica corporate?

    Reply
  159. Unregistered

    I don’t really see what you are seeing. To my eyes, the MM has the same grain pattern as the M9 two stops lower. 1250 on the MM looks close to 320 on the M9. I can’t see the ‘cheapness’ you refer to.

    Unregistered;2702 wrote: are you guys blind?
    the pattern resembles a dirty cheap digital algorithm seen in jpg compression artifacts.
    there’s nothing analogue on the monochrome leica, definitely the pattern on the M9 is more random and more beautiful – as in analogue it is random too.. as on iso 640 you can already see the algorithm with your bare eyes.
    makes retouching impossible. sorry.
    This is just my opinion, but I work in Film/ VFX and photography Industry for almost 10 yrs. and I’ve been doing a lot of de-graining and re-graining and grading aswell as roto and retouching work.
    Leica Fail.

    ps. also the grain looks ugly.
    Canon or Nikon is much more capable of nice grain (can’t believe I say that – though I shoot Leica too).

    Reply
  160. Unregistered

    Apart, that is, from the MM vertical banding on the white cloth, clearly visible at 1250 ISO but progressively worse, thereafter.

    Reply
  161. Jeong

    Update, to accomadate the lugs/cams too much metal must come off the Pentax to Leica adeptar, the lugs need to be removed aka butchered off, bugger.

    Reply
  162. Rana

    – the image of the sleeping boy is so goloegusry! do you think 1000 iso will be enough? i know so many dark churches but i really can understand you. it’s another feeling to have this small camera (i only know the analog leicas but i think there is no big difference). i even think i’ll make other pictures with this i don’t know. maybe test it with m6. but i’m not really interested in technique, so: great work!

    Reply
  163. Alison

    – I’m not sure if I’m more envious of the fact that you shot such beiautful people or that you got to hold a Leica M9. Either way, I love your work. Great job.

    Reply
  164. Roger

    This is an important announcement . From someone that lived thru the aging of the DMR …I can attest to the need for reliable battery power . The symptoms identified are exactly what happens when the camera can not finish writing files to the card .

    The only thing missing is the ability to test your batteries ..would be very helpful to know which batteries are past their prime .

    Reply
  165. albertknappmd

    Does Leica use a code, serial or batch number so as to date its batteries?

    Reply
  167. Crispsting

    The Vulcanite on my M9-P lifted after a few days and I sent it back to leica. problem is they either didn’t fix it or it lifted again. Any suggestions on what adhesive I can use rather then send it away for weeks?
    🙁

    Reply
  168. Pete Walentin

    Tick Tack Tick Tack. There are some pretty obvious hints what to expect next week. 😀

    Reply
  170. Roger

    How did they improve the battery life it looks the same as the M9? I want you to be right.

    Reply
  171. Josh Lehrer

    Battery life is not only a function of the battery itself, but the camera’s power management and the power consumption of the sensor. For example, battery life with the X2 is dramatically better than the X1 with the identical battery.

    Reply
  173. Roger

    Whats the story on the 28/1.4asph ..no new M lenses . Thats a first for Photokina in a while .

    Reply
  174. nocklebeast

    the M9 and “M10” batteries appear to have different specs on the Leica website (7.4 V, 1800mAh for the M and 3.7 V, 1900 mAh for the M9).

    Reply
  175. Josh Lehrer

    The batteries are not the same (different Leica product codes), and I have not seen a picture of the new battery. That would be a good thing for David to check while he is there!

    Reply
  176. Roger

    Great coverage David . I especially appreciate how Leica keeps the focus on photography verse the gear .

    Reply
  177. Roger

    you are both right it is a newer larger battery …one of the first releases from the reporting sites gave the spec as 3.7V and 1800A which I took to be the same.

    OH great …I travel with 8 batteries ..use 4 per day .

    Reply
  179. David Farkas

    Jack MacD;3145 wrote: Good work David.
    Who was the photographer of you, and what camera?
    Jack

    Jack,

    Good question. The photographer is a staff photographer for AP, Damian Dovarganes. He was nice enough to snap photos of me with my X2. He also happens to be an S2 owner!

    Reply
  180. David Farkas

    I can confirm after taking the battery out of the Leica M that it is indeed a very different, and much larger, battery.

    I’ll be doing a full writeup on the M tonight.

    Reply
  181. Mark Gowin

    David, good job and thank you for taking the time to describe the evening. I wish I could have been there.

    Reply
  182. albertknappmd

    well done.. can’t wait to see and examine the new S body and zoomlens. what about the 300mm lens. any clues?
    Albert

    Reply
  183. Unregistered

    Thanks for the great report, David. This is the best supplementary M information I’ve seen so far.

    How loud is the shutter and cocking sound in the M relative to the M9?

    When you zoom %100 in on the screen to check focus, does it have the “chunky pixel” look of the M9, or is it a true %100 view?

    Is the longest shutter speed really 60s, or can you hold the shutter open indefinitely on B?

    Thanks!

    Reply
  187. Unregistered

    LCD images don’t use full screen …… is this a pre-production set-up ??? There is a bit blanked off….
    Looks as if it should use the new S 920k 3″ 3:2 LCD
    Any explanations ???

    Steve

    Reply
  188. Roger

    Helpful report covering the aspects of the new M that the specs can t provide .

    It will be a while until we get the real scoop …as for me its about the new sensor and how it affects the IQ . Its going to be a different look ..hope they didn t take my Kodachrome away 😉

    Reply
  192. Jack MacD

    Excellent report David. Best info on the web.
    Your work is improving over the good work you did two and four years ago.
    You look fresh and write well, even without sleep. Drink coffee after every beer, it always helps.

    While you are there today, would you, could you buy the Leica shirt off the back of one of your friends for me? XL or XXL?

    Reply
  193. Jonathan Slack

    Excellent David
    I wish I’d been there.
    You’ve answered a lot of important questions.
    It seems that the M we’ve all loved and used has suddenly turned into the all purpose camera.
    My, am I glad I bought that 28-90 zoom last year!

    all the very best
    Jonathan Slack

    Reply
  194. Unregistered

    Great report David. Thanks. If you’re floating past the booth again could you try to get some shots of what the focus peaking looks like on the rear screen (or EVF – possible?). Thanks. Rick Dykstra.

    Reply
  195. Mark Gowin

    Great article David. You managed to cover a lot of details and it is much appreciated. I hadn’t considered the new M until reading your report.

    I have already booked my trip to PhotoPlus. I can’t wait to see these new products in person.

    Reply
  196. Unregistered

    Thank you for what is certainly the most thorough report I’ve found on the new M. What I’d like to know is: does the camera feel bigger/thicker in hand than the 9? This is something that I’ve read conflicting opinions about.

    I dream of a digital M with the body thickness like the old cameras. To this day the M8 and M9 still feel chunky to me.

    Reply
  197. RMR

    Excellent, hands-on report. I’m envious in a way, as I’ve been waiting for a digital R of some kind for a l o n g time (as have others) but this seems to do the trick rather nicely, and in fact, the design/function effort reminds me of ‘older Leica’ system days when everything had a synergistic quality.

    I look forward to trying one out and seeing/feeling for myself. But it does indeed seem Leica has finally got ‘air in their tires’ and have some future design and product direction. Too, I would have to say that here will be some new M lenses that will be designed for use on the M with the EVF; perhaps smaller type wide zooms alonfg the lines of the Tri-Elmar, which would probably really be sweet…and, they could also possess the ability to focus closer.

    The main use I had in the past for the M’s was for wide angle work but of course, the finders just weren’t precise enough for my framing needs, but with the EVF that chages everything. I can be a harsh task-master when it comes to Leica, but again, I’m happy for them and the new M.

    Reply
  198. etrigan63

    Great report David! I too wish I could go to Photokina, but I will have to settle for PhotoPlus. Two questions:

    1. Does the focus peaking occur only on the rear display or does it appear in the EVF as well?
    2. Is the black finish paint or black chrome? (I am hoping for the latter.)
    Reply
  199. Unregistered

    Thanks for your report that conveys a sense of being there. Question: Are R-lenses to be used in stop down mode?

    Reply
  201. albertknappmd

    Josh-

    What are the exact physical changes for the new S as Luigi is making another leather case for my old S. What will he have to modify for me? I see that the LCD screen is slightly larger and is this correct? Any other physical changes that could affect proper fitting?

    Albert

    Reply
  202. xtoph

    thanks for the useful info–

    like some others here, i really want to know about two things: the size (thickness) and the shutter sound, both compared to the m9 (or any old film m for that matter).

    i guess leica is saying that the shutter release is also new? does it feel any better than the m9 (which has always been a weak spot on mine)?

    one comment–the mic adapter would have been much more useful if they had put another coldshoe on top of the adapter–then i would have a place to put my rode mic after i plug it in…

    thanks again, looking forward to more info.

    Reply
  206. Mark Gowin

    Once again you provided an excellent description of the S improvements. Thank you. Leica has several new products competing for my limited camera funds. The good news for you is that Dale Photo and Digital will likely get it all.

    Reply
  207. Josh Lehrer

    I spoke with David a bit today, and asked him about the size. I am sure he’ll chime in here, but from what he said, the new M is just about the same weight as the M9, and the body itself is also just about the same. To quote him “it feels like an M camera.” I don’t think the M’s size and weight will be anything to be concerned about.

    Per the R lenses, they will need to be used in stop-down mode, as there is no electronic or mechanical connection between the adapter and the R lens. The camera’s live view will auto-gain to adjust brightness when the lens is stopped down, so you can still focus and compose.

    Reply
  209. David Farkas

    Jheroun;3214 wrote: Will any of these improvements be available to S2 owners in a firmware update?

    This is certainly something that I’m pushing for, but may not be possible as many of the improvements rely on the updated hardware (LCD, joystick, viewfinder LED, GPS, etc). I have an interview with Stephan Schulz tomorrow afternoon and I will ask.

    Reply
  210. albertknappmd

    David-
    Ourstanding reportage…. as usual..
    Are teh actual physical dimensions of the S identical to the S2. will my Luigi leather half case fit the new S?
    Thanks and look forward to part 2!
    Albert

    Reply
  211. David Farkas

    albertknappmd;3223 wrote: David-
    Ourstanding reportage…. as usual..
    Are teh actual physical dimensions of the S identical to the S2. will my Luigi leather half case fit the new S?
    Thanks and look forward to part 2!
    Albert

    Yes, same size body.

    Reply
  212. Unregistered

    What are those four dots on the left side of the top plate? (visible in the picture of the chrome model attached to the grip and flash bracket, and in the picture of the black model with the 100 APO macro attached.)

    Reply
  213. Unregistered

    David, I think your labels on the photos about the skin texture grip (S vs S2) are around the wrong way. 🙂

    Reply
  214. Josh Lehrer

    The four dots on the top plate are the mono microphone that is built into the camera for sound capture during video recording.

    Reply
  215. David Farkas

    Unregistered;3165 wrote: Thanks for the great report, David. This is the best supplementary M information I’ve seen so far.

    How loud is the shutter and cocking sound in the M relative to the M9?

    When you zoom %100 in on the screen to check focus, does it have the “chunky pixel” look of the M9, or is it a true %100 view?

    Is the longest shutter speed really 60s, or can you hold the shutter open indefinitely on B?

    Thanks!

    The shutter sound is shorter. I didn’t do a direct comparison and the show tends to be a little noisy. I did a video interview with Jesko von Oeynhausen, the M product manager and we do record the shutter sound. My wifi at the hotel is pretty slow, so I will upload the video when I’m back in the office on Tuesday.

    At 100%, the image is pretty sharp. It is a true 100% view.

    The longest speed is 60 seconds. You can’t use the self timer in B mode trick.

    Reply
  216. David Farkas

    Unregistered;3169 wrote: LCD images don’t use full screen …… is this a pre-production set-up ??? There is a bit blanked off….
    Looks as if it should use the new S 920k 3″ 3:2 LCD
    Any explanations ???

    Steve

    The circuit board that the LCD is mounted on extends further than the LCD active image area. Leica designers could have covered this area with black metal, or they could extend the glass to cover. By using glass, the M has a sleeker appearance. The entire 920k pixels are being used. Similar approaches are very common in touchscreen smartphones, for instance.

    Reply
  217. Unregistered

    Unregistered;3268 wrote: David, I think your labels on the photos about the skin texture grip (S vs S2) are around the wrong way. 🙂

    Now both cameras are labelled as S2! Ha! Sleep deprivation at work. 🙂 Thanks for these reviews. Really excellent work which should work well for Dale Photo & Digital.

    Reply
  218. William McLenahan

    Excellent report, David, and I applaud Leica’s “R-solution”. Are the 20+ R-lenses supported in the menu of the Leica M limited to the latest ROM models? How are other R-lenses identified or added to the menu? Since it was specifically stated that “almost every Leica-r lens can also be used with the Leica M”, is there a list of R-lenses and lens accessories that will not work? For example, what about the PC-Super-Angulon-r 28mm f/2.8; Bellows BR2; Macro-Adapter-r; 2X and 1.4X Extender-r’s? Only a limited number of older R-lenses can be ROM modified; does it matter? The same question about 6 bit coding on M-lenses. Must older non-coded M-lenses be modified to communicate properly? Does TTL functionality remain with Leica M using Leica R lenses with the R adapter M, multi-functional handgrip, SCA adapter set and Leica SF-58? Must the lenses (R or M) be coded for automated functionality between the M and the SF-58 or other SCA adapted flash unit? Otherwise, will flash have to be metered manually similar to studio strobes?

    This is going to be quite challenging, and I hope it will be worth the investment. When might the M-instruction manual be available for downloading?

    Reply
  219. Unregistered

    Great report. A pleasure to read.

    Why Leica used a d-pad for the M camera and a joystick for the S?

    The joystick seems to be a much better solution (smaller).

    Why there are no consistence among products?

    Reply
  220. Unregistered

    Why Leica used a d-pad for the M camera and a joystick for the S?

    The joystick seems to be a much better solution (smaller).

    Why there is no more consistence among products?

    Is the black paint finish of the new M more durable than that of the M9 or is it the same? (I prefer the black camera, but I fear paint deterioration; chrome is more durable).

    Reply
  221. David Farkas

    William McLenahan;3289 wrote: Excellent report, David, and I applaud Leica’s “R-solution”. Are the 20+ R-lenses supported in the menu of the Leica M limited to the latest ROM models? How are other R-lenses identified or added to the menu? Since it was specifically stated that “almost every Leica-r lens can also be used with the Leica M”, is there a list of R-lenses and lens accessories that will not work? For example, what about the PC-Super-Angulon-r 28mm f/2.8; Bellows BR2; Macro-Adapter-r; 2X and 1.4X Extender-r’s? Only a limited number of older R-lenses can be ROM modified; does it matter? The same question about 6 bit coding on M-lenses. Must older non-coded M-lenses be modified to communicate properly? Does TTL functionality remain with Leica M using Leica R lenses with the R adapter M, multi-functional handgrip, SCA adapter set and Leica SF-58? Must the lenses (R or M) be coded for automated functionality between the M and the SF-58 or other SCA adapted flash unit? Otherwise, will flash have to be metered manually similar to studio strobes?

    This is going to be quite challenging, and I hope it will be worth the investment. When might the M-instruction manual be available for downloading?

    Good questions. I am currently working on my follow-up article on the M to address questions that I’ve been getting, and which I asked Jesko, the M product manager.

    Reply
  222. Unregistered

    David,
    Really nice report! Great information and great pictures. Thanks for all of the time and effort that went into this. See you soon.
    Jim Wagner, Leica Camera Inc.

    Reply
  223. Unregistered

    Mark Gowin;3207 wrote: Once again you provided an excellent description of the S improvements. Thank you. Leica has several new products competing for my limited camera funds. The good news for you is that Dale Photo and Digital will likely get it all.

    God bless me with “limited” fund like yours for any leica product 🙂

    Reply
  224. Unregistered

    the Fujifilm X-E1 does have a sensor cleaning system in a smaller body. I do not understand the reason for not including a cleaning system in the Leica M.
    Best regards.

    Reply
  225. Stuart Richardson

    Thanks David,
    That was a very nice summary! It’s good to get the run down on all the differences. They all seem fairly positive, though I am not sure how much of a loss I would be willing to take to upgrade…The most attractive differences to me are the new screen and menu system (including the joystick), and the improved AF.

    I guess the only things that don’t necessarily seem to be improvements to me are the shutter speed dial (I would rather have the 8s stop than the flash symbol, but clearly that is a specialized requirement for me…I do a lot more long exposure work than flash work, and when I do flash work, I just would put it on 1/125th…the 8s stop is more convenient than going into the bulb menu and choosing 8s), and the GPS blister. The GPS is not something I am particularly interested in…it actually creeps me out a bit, to be honest! I don’t really like the idea of my phone and camera knowing exactly where I have been all the time…kind of Orwellian…haha. It really is kind of strange sticking up like that. I think I would have preferred if they just put in the multifunction handgrip like they did with the M. Then people who had an S2 who wanted it could also get it, and you would have a more cleanly designed camera. P.S. Any word on whether you can turn off the horizon in the viewfinder? Seeing that move up and down at all times seems like it might be distracting, but I can’t say without seeing it though!
    Also, what happens to the old cable release? Do you have to buy a new one, or will Leica switch it out for you? They certainly were not cheap to begin with….I never had any problem with it either actually, I seem to remember you lifting the camera from it, didn’t you? It has seemed very solid to me…too solid some times! Mine can be fairly difficult to put in and take out.

    Reply
  226. RMR

    I am very happy Leica has ‘stepped out of the shadows’ and moved forward with a new product like the M, I feel it was long overdue.

    However as an R user, I tend to look at the ‘promise’ as really being about four years long and not two, as many were expecting it instead of the S and of course, comments at the 2008 Photokina stated that the R ‘project/promise’ was basically ongoing.

    So, while I am very happy that I have the choice now of a ‘real’ Leica R solution option like the M, I’ll be aware of how this came to pass, I think Leica should remember this also. But, I do look forward to using the M with my R glass….so even with a rather different ‘chronological view’ I won’t be leaving the Leica community any time soon; and David, cheers to your excellent posts. 🙂

    Reply
  227. Unregistered

    Unregistered;3307 wrote: the Fujifilm X-E1 does have a sensor cleaning system in a smaller body. I do not understand the reason for not including a cleaning system in the Leica M.
    Best regards.

    Fujifilm X-E1 does not have a full frame sensor. So now you understand the reason for not including a cleaning system in the Leica M. 😉

    Reply
  228. Unregistered

    Why is everyone avoiding the most important question of all when it comes to the R-adapter? I don´t care about the colour of grips and d-pads but i realy wnat´s to know if there´s an automatic aperture closing to the choosen aperture when using the r-adapter on M

    Reply
  229. David Farkas

    Unregistered;3311 wrote: Why is everyone avoiding the most important question of all when it comes to the R-adapter? I don´t care about the colour of grips and d-pads but i realy wnat´s to know if there´s an automatic aperture closing to the choosen aperture when using the r-adapter on M

    There is no diaphragm control with the adapter. Essentially, the R lenses work just like M lenses. You set the aperture on the lens and that’s it. The camera will compensate for smaller apertures by increasing gain on the screen, so you can both preview your exposure, but also not have to focus wide-open and shoot stopped down.

    Hope that answers your question.

    Reply
  230. Unregistered

    Well, I´ve got my answer but I´m not satisfied. This is not a replacemtent for a regular SLR. I guess it will be hard to fins focus outdoor with an aperture of 16 and a very bright surrounding.

    Reply
  231. Paratom

    Unregistered;3307 wrote: the Fujifilm X-E1 does have a sensor cleaning system in a smaller body. I do not understand the reason for not including a cleaning system in the Leica M.
    Best regards.

    The x-e1 doesnt inlude an optical rangefinder, and has a smaller sensor, and is not weatherproof.

    Reply
  232. herebedragons

    I’m still stoked by my M9-P as I consider it the perfect Leica digital RF 😉 I will check out the new M v. 240 or whatever they call it whenever it becomes available in 2013!!! Something about this Leica makes it seem like a radical and unnecessary departure from the [I]pure[I] Leica M camera! 😎

    Reply
  233. Jacobh

    Unregistered;3313 wrote: Well, I´ve got my answer but I´m not satisfied. This is not a replacemtent for a regular SLR. I guess it will be hard to fins focus outdoor with an aperture of 16 and a very bright surrounding.

    I support Unregistered’s complaint. Via another forum I have already suggested that Leica thinks about adding a lever or knob on the R adapter that can keep the optic at full aperture until actuated manually, after which it will snap to the preset value on the optic. This would be similar to the actuator in the R. As the products are not finalized yet until somewhere in 2013 there is still time to consider further improvements.

    Regards, and David, thanks for your extensive report.

    Jaap Stil.

    Reply
  234. Unregistered

    Paratom;3314 wrote: The x-e1 doesnt inlude an optical rangefinder, and has a smaller sensor, and is not weatherproof.

    Ok, then I name the FUJI X-Pro1, optoelectronic viewfinder, similar body size. I think that is not a sufficent reason the issue of size. I think that to see with the cost.

    Reply
  235. Unregistered

    Unregistered;3326 wrote: Ok, then I name the FUJI X-Pro1, optoelectronic viewfinder, similar body size. I think that is not a sufficent reason the issue of size. I think that to see with the cost.

    The FUJI X-Pro1 does not have a full frame sensor.

    Reply
  236. Unregistered

    melantye;2576 wrote: Yes it’s HPRC 2550W.

    Let me know where on Craigslist you have posted the S2 180mm

    Reply
  237. Unregistered

    melantye;2576 wrote: Yes it’s HPRC 2550W.

    I meant to add, reply to [email]cdavidanderson64@gmail.com[/email]

    Reply
  240. Unregistered

    “… video at 25 mega-frames per second …” LOL!

    Excellent video. Thank you David and Jesko.

    Reply
  243. JonoSlack

    Hi there David
    Great video, I really enjoyed it, and what a splendid camera!

    Reply
  244. goatsby

    Hey Josh,

    You are right, the M-E is gorgeous! I was certainly more impressed with it in person than in photos. Thanks for letting me check it out earlier. The family CFO says it has to wait a little longer, but hopefully not too much longer….

    See you soon,

    Adam

    Reply
  246. Unregistered

    Ok so it’s pretty, but how does the shutter and winding mechanism sound compared to M9? Does it live up to Leica’s “extremely quiet” or is that just marketing BS?

    Reply
  247. Josh Lehrer

    The interior mechanical components of the M-E are the same as the M9, so the shutter sound is identical. The M9 is one of the quietest cameras around.

    Reply
  248. Unregistered

    Great write up Josh! Did you notice that the rear LCD seems to produce more accurate colors? and render the playback image a little faster than the M9? The one I have seems to be improved overall even though the internals are the same.

    -Sean R

    Reply
  249. Josh Lehrer

    Sean, I compared review quality and speed of the M-E’s screen against an M9. They are identical. It’s possible that the firmware of the M9 in your test is a version or two old, or that the settings were slightly different. Both the M-E and the M9 use identical hardware and firmware.

    Reply
  250. Unregistered

    Just unzip the file,, toss it on the SD card, then power up while holding the info button.

    Reply
  251. Unregistered

    Josh Lehrer;3447 wrote: The interior mechanical components of the M-E are the same as the M9, so the shutter sound is identical. The M9 is one of the quietest cameras around.

    Thanks for that, Josh. I’ve never heard an M9 live (Leica M’s are as rare as Ferrari’s around here.) I have an M8, which is distractingly loud, an M2, which is wonderfully quiet, and a Canon 40D, which is acceptably quiet (much quieter than the M8). I guess it’s too much to ask for M2 quietness in the new M models?

    Reply
  252. koala54

    Would love to enter but not a face book fan. Should cater to non face book people as well better, should cater to Dale fans.
    :p

    Reply
  253. Himbbruitty

    Polo Shirts Play Polo Ralph Lauren outlet ,
    A crucial role In Men’s Fashionunique menswearLittle could Rene Lacoste have imagined that the shirt that theyhttp://www.ralphlaurensoutletuk.com/#002
    created to help him play tennis comfortably would eventually rule the field of http://www.ukpolosralphlaurens.com/#001
    men’s fashion and turn into universally accepted since the shirt for all those ralph lauren outlet ,
    sports activities. Today there are severalhttp://www.cheapralphlaurenpolosuk.com/#002

    Reply
  256. Unregistered

    You guys shipped my M-E along with the 35 ‘cron last week and I’ve been having a blast with it since! 🙂

    Reply
  257. Josh Lehrer

    Glad you are enjoying it! If you get the chance to post images here on Red Dot Forum we’d love to see them.

    Reply
  259. albertknappmd

    It was a beautifully staged event and the camera and lenses were… amazing.
    Happy to have met Josh and to have seen David once again!
    Albert

    Reply
  260. MrDownUnder

    You’re exaggerating way too much in this post.
    Show both set of images printed to any person that doesn’t know anything about the lenses used, and they wouldn’t have a clue which lens was used and when.

    Reply
  261. Pete Walentin

    Josh, thanks a lot for this. Can you tell something about image quality compared to the Dlux5? Especially direct jpg comparision?

    I also would love to know what kind of special scene features the camera has to offer and if you are shooting in RAW if it saves the “scenes” as a jpg or if they are still get lost when shooting in RAW, which was in my opinion a huge flaw in the Dlux5 software.

    Thanks.

    Reply
  262. Josh Lehrer

    Compared to the D-Lux 5, image quality is greatly improved. This is most noticeable above ISO400 where the D-Lux 6 has considerably less noise.

    When shooting with the camera’s scene modes, I would generally recommend shooting JPEG, as the camera cannot do anything directly to a RAW file beyond adjusting exposure, white balance, and focus. This is the same reason you cannot select color space, saturation, etc when shooting RAW only on an M9 or an S2.

    Reply
  265. Pete Walentin

    Got it, but I think a camera should not allow or pretend to do something, that at the end does not take place. I’m referring here to shooting in RAW and selecting scenes. The preview images and when browsing through the images on the camera are showing you the “effect” on the pictures. When you download the pictures, the RAW files, obviously the “effect” is lost.

    So my question is, when shooting in RAW and selecting the scenes, is the D-Lux 6 showing you the effect in the previews or is it just telling you, that you are not able to use this mode in RAW or just saves RAWs & JPGS or JPGs only?

    Reply
  267. Josh Lehrer

    Not sure why? It’s only a $60 increase for a service that no new lenses actually need, just vintage lenses (and you can always select them from the camera’s menu should you wish to save some money).

    Reply
  269. EBVMD

    I have recently purchased the pocket wizard plus III. Will this still require the custom cable? Your website indicates the cables are not in stock. Any idea when they will be available?

    Thanks. Great article

    Reply
  270. Josh Lehrer

    Yes, you will still need a cable, with a slightly different connector that the one we currently offer, if you’d like to fire your S2 remotely. If you look at that item on our site, it indicates that the cables are “made to order.” If you’d like one, please email me at [email]josh@dalephotoanddigital.com[/email] and we can arrange it.

    Reply
  271. hanif.jodeiry

    Dear David,

    Many thanks for your kind and detailed review. I really enjoyed your attention to the specs.

    Reply
  272. silverprint

    This is a beautiful book with many great photographs. It is highly readable and does not mire the reader in endless detailed information but is still informative and makes for enjoyable and relaxing reading.

    The only disappointment to me was the omission of any mention of the MP, both the current production model and the limited run 1957 MP. I’m still scratching my head over that one.

    If anyone can shed some light on that oversight, please do.

    Reply
  273. stephan

    Sometimes I just regret that I invested in the Leica S-System 🙁

    My next Leica S will be a Hasselblad. Really, they are kidding us. Not only we had to wait way to long, but this procedure is complicated and plain unfair ………..

    Reply
  274. Paratom

    I agree that it is not really fair – prices were increased in between. They should charge the price difference between non-cs-lens and cs-lens at the time of original purchase. And then they should include a gift to compensate for the long delay.
    And in the future they should not announce products which are not yet fully developped.
    Other than that I still like the S-System a lot!

    Reply
  275. Atanabe

    Strike 1 – Bought a used 70
    Strike 2 – Bought a demo 180
    Strike 3 – Bought a 30 after the June 2011 cutoff date

    Looks like I am out, of options . . . Even though I have the certificates.

    Reply
  276. David K

    It really is unfortunate when a program intended to benefit owners of the S system and encourage brand loyalty has the opposite result…at least in some cases. One could have hoped that S owners were a sufficiently small (and elite) family that something could have been done for all of them. I suspect that many early adopters purchased used lenses not so much out of a desire to save money…but because new lenses were in such short supply. And there really has been an inordinate delay in releasing the CS lenses.

    Reply
  277. melantye

    Well said David. Also Leica’s been pretty vague about this program for a long time. Since the program is designed to promote the S system adoption before the CS lenses launch, one could even argue that when done unproperly this is essentially baiting strategy.

    Reply
  278. peterv

    I wonder what will happen to the non-CS lenses that are being returned. Are they going to be refurbished and sold as such? Could this perhaps be an opportunity for would-be S photographers like me, to get in to the system with refurbished lenses with Leica warranty?

    Reply
  279. stephan

    I wonder what will happen to the non-CS lenses that are being returned. Are they going to be refurbished and sold as such? Could this perhaps be an opportunity for would-be S photographers like me, to get in to the system with refurbished lenses with Leica warranty?

    yes, probably. You can also suspect that there will be professionals that sell their lenses to upgrade to CS lenses.

    Well said David. Also Leica’s been pretty vague about this program for a long time. Since the program is designed to promote the S system adoption before the CS lenses launch, one could even argue that when done unproperly this is essentially baiting strategy.

    I wouldn’t say they were vage, because long time resellers and the Leica Website stated clearly that an update to CS-lenses were possible later. There were no special conditions mentioned to do such an upgrade, so that even buyers of used lensed thought they may upgrade to CS later. Also it was always stated that the price of the update would be the difference between the standard price and the CS-price.

    We should not forget that the CS-option on the S-system was one of the key-points of the S-system (beside weather sealing). Imagine a professional photographer who believed in the promisses of the marketing and had to wait all this time for his CS-lenses!

    Personally, I’m a hughe fan of Leica, especially the m-System but I love the S as well. It is a intelligently designed camera. But the marketing strategy is desastrous, really. And we speak about a premium product here. At least this is what I understood so far ……….

    Reply
  280. Bob Moore

    Sorry Guys,

    I knew when I bought my lenses used that they were not upgradeable to the CS lenses.

    What has been overlooked in this discussion is Dale Photo’s offer to take your lens in trade and sell you a CS lens that you just cannot live without. That is a deal.

    Thanks to David and Josh for the offer.

    Now if that nasty Focal Plane shutter were not active I might just be interested!

    Bob

    Reply
  281. Roger

    Even following Leica trade in policy you can t register your equipment on the Leica website or print out the vouchers .

    Reply
  282. Roger

    Bob Moore;4165 wrote: Sorry Guys,

    I knew when I bought my lenses used that they were not upgradeable to the CS lenses.

    What has been overlooked in this discussion is Dale Photo’s offer to take your lens in trade and sell you a CS lens that you just cannot live without. That is a deal.

    Thanks to David and Josh for the offer.

    Now if that nasty Focal Plane shutter were not active I might just be interested!

    Bob

    Bob you are too easily satisfied . D/J will take your used S lens in at FMV less 20% (an amount well below what you paid and subject to negotiation ). Now if you bought the lens used and obtained a good price you might be OK . They are just making you aware that they accept trade ins on high quality in demand items . This isn t a special dealer program .

    Reply
  283. Bob Moore

    Actually not but as I am not looking to upgrade to CS lenses makes the choice seem less stressful.

    A lot of dealers are reticent to acquire any used product at this time…I always like to see those that will.

    Bob

    Reply
  284. ddanois

    Just received confirmation that mine is on the way! 😮

    Very curious as to how this lens will perform on my M Monochrom vs the new M (CCD vs CMOS).

    Reply
  285. Rewi

    Hi, will you guys be able to shoot behind the scenes video footage of the studio shoot with Andre Rowe? love to see some sample images shot at ISO 100. By the way when is the Leica S full featured review ready to be posted? am patiently waiting to read your thoughts on the new camera, cheers 😎

    Reply
  287. Josh Lehrer

    Working on the review…but with the new store coming there isn’t much free time these days! It will be published soon.

    Reply
  288. Rewi

    Josh Lehrer;4261 wrote: Working on the review…but with the new store coming there isn’t much free time these days! It will be published soon.

    By the way a huge congrats on the new Leica store, looks like she’s going to be a flagship concept in Miami. Love the addition of a 1,000 square foot gallery, workshop/studio space. Next time I’m in your area Thai food and a round of drinks are on me 😉

    Can you post some pics of the new space when you get the time? cheers 😎

    Reply
  289. melantye

    Josh Lehrer;4261 wrote: Working on the review…but with the new store coming there isn’t much free time these days! It will be published soon.

    Wow Congrats!

    Reply
  290. aboudd

    Typical arrogant German attitude. I bought the camera and all three of my lenses new, after June 20, 2011. CS lenses were not available. After that huge investment I still do not qualify for the upgrade. How stupid is this?

    Reply
  291. etrigan63

    I attended the opening on Friday and the place looks great! Got to use the S system as well. I have a blog post about it including photos here.

    Reply
  292. nail24

    Promising picture quality at higher ISOs, waiting for more examples to justify jumping from an M9…

    Reply
  293. David K

    Very glad to see this accessory. I don’t use right angle finders often but when you have to get very low they sure come in handy. Need to give some thought to whether losing the hot shot for my radio trigger is a deal breaker.

    Reply
  294. Pete Walentin

    Thanks for the extensive review David.

    I had the chance to play a little with the camera a few days ago and I found some of the cons as you did but bottom line is, the image quality is pretty amazing. If one could live with some of the limitations the camera is going to deliver exceptional results.

    Reply
  295. Jorge Enrique Seoane

    Could you please send me the price of your better Leica M9-9 with a hand grip included and if you sell the leather case foor such canera.
    No lenses would be necessary as I have been a Leica.M user for many years,
    Thanks.

    Jorge Enrique Seoane
    [email]press@metroperu.com[/email]

    Reply
  296. Unregistered

    I would like to know how to get the pop up flash to fire. I have set the menu to force flash and popped up the flash but it won’t fire. Also it shows the no fla sh icon on the display no matter what choice I make from the flash menu

    Reply
  297. Jackperk

    David,

    Did you use EVF some/none/all the time? How important do you find it to be?

    Reply
  298. Unregistered

    David, thank you such an informative and well-balanced practical review of the new Leica X Vario camera. I also enjoyed the variety and relevance of your good photography.

    I am currently neutral in my need for the camera but am interested in it as a possible complement to my X1, D-Lux 5 and M9 cameras. I still enjoy the latter for my main-stream photography but like the improved close-up capability the X Vario could add.

    Two observations. Habitually I use a lens hood. Leica recommend a hood for the X Vario yet do not supply it with the basic package. Nor do they include a strap! Since I bought my first new Leica M3 in 1966, Leica have always included a strap with their new cameras. This strikes me as penny-pinching and short-sighted by Leica.

    Two questions: Did you not find a lens hood necessary? (You did not mention it in your report). And how did your X Vario handle without a grip and a strap?

    Thank you.
    David Askham
    http://www.davidaskham.com

    Reply
  299. David Farkas

    Unregistered;4765 wrote: David, thank you such an informative and well-balanced practical review of the new Leica X Vario camera. I also enjoyed the variety and relevance of your good photography.

    I am currently neutral in my need for the camera but am interested in it as a possible complement to my X1, D-Lux 5 and M9 cameras. I still enjoy the latter for my main-stream photography but like the improved close-up capability the X Vario could add.

    Two observations. Habitually I use a lens hood. Leica recommend a hood for the X Vario yet do not supply it with the basic package. Nor do they include a strap! Since I bought my first new Leica M3 in 1966, Leica have always included a strap with their new cameras. This strikes me as penny-pinching and short-sighted by Leica.

    Two questions: Did you not find a lens hood necessary? (You did not mention it in your report). And how did your X Vario handle without a grip and a strap?

    Thank you.
    David Askham
    http://www.davidaskham.com

    While you are correct that the lens shade is sold separately, a black leather carrying strap is definitely included with the camera.

    The lack of a lens shade really didn’t prove to be that problematic, although it would probably have helped with the little bit of lens flare I experienced on a few shots when shooting into the sun.

    Reply
  300. stephan

    I had the X-Vario for a very short time and to be honest, this camera is almost as big and heavy as a M, so I think I would hesitate all time which of my cameras to put in my bag. This said, considering the slow aperture and the weight (it is nicely made, though), it is probably the ideal compagnon for a MM for general purpose and serious work.

    But for a small pocket camera I really prefer a D-Lux. And wait for further price drops on M9 to get a secondhand M9P

    Reply
  301. Unregistered

    Eos M or x100s or leica dlux6 ? Now I almost, found a leica used like new for the same price of the EOS M? What is scarring me off the leica is the size of the sensor, it wouldn’t be my main camera but a traveler’s kit. Advice?

    Reply
  302. vettran

    I’m very impressed by your review and the photos taken by you using the X Vario. I purchased the X Vario last week and hope tp get similar results.

    Reply
  303. Osvaldo Carrasco A

    Tengo 23 Leicas desde 1A hasta R 8 y M6 además de 4 Digitales D Lux y V lux,
    Por lo que me gustaría tener información (Catalogos IMPRESOS) de los últimos modelos, ya sea M 8 y M9 además de S y S2 lo que les agradecería mucho.
    Si eso fuere posible, mi nombre y dirección es:

    Osvaldo Carrasco A.
    Av. Ossa 2170 La Reina
    Santiago de Chile
    Chile Sud America.
    [email]ohrc@vtr.net[/email]

    Muchas gracias!

    Reply
  305. Esfahan1961

    I own an X1 and a M6 with f2.0 Summicrons 35mm/50mm/90mm, and pretty much concentrate on digital photography for the past 5 years. Would you trade my M6 and Summicron lenses for an X Vario or keep the lenses and trade the X1 and the M6 body for a M9?

    Reply
  306. David Farkas

    Esfahan wrote: I own an X1 and a M6 with f2.0 Summicrons 35mm/50mm/90mm, and pretty much concentrate on digital photography for the past 5 years. Would you trade my M6 and Summicron lenses for an X Vario or keep the lenses and trade the X1 and the M6 body for a M9?

    If you already have an investment in quality M lenses and are comfortable with rangefinder photography, I’d probably go for the M9. If you don’t want to carry around a full kit and instead want one camera to do everything and want auto focus and zoom, the X Vario makes sense.

    Reply
  307. Unregistered

    Excellent pics. Had mine for a few months. Returned due to sticking W-T. Fixed. Now it seems to me that the wheel selector is sticking especially when selecting. Others: the lens cap is hard to grip and begs a lens thumbing, the AF/AE lock and playback buttons lack feedback and are too recessed. The accessory handgrip is IMO useless in improving the ergonomics. The tilting eye piece is a very useful addition. Love the hard leather case. Even with these issues, it’s still a great camera.

    Reply
  308. Unregistered

    Still no word in the United Kingdom on the availability of the Multi-Function Handgrip or the R Lens Adapter but, more worringly, no word on a firmware fix for the pretty severe magenta colour cast issue the M240 suffers from (especially on the right hand side of the frame) when mated with lenses wider than 35mm. Does anyone have any information on the colour cast issue?

    Reply
  309. Unregistered

    I have an X Vario & I absolutely love it! The lens is amazing. The sensor & processor are well-matched, and combine to produce warm, brilliant images with well-controlled noise up to 1,600 ISO. I just came back from visiting Bogota, Colombia where we went to an underground salt mine, “Cathederal du Sal”. It was all low light shooting. I got really impressive (static shot) results without a flash there. Meanwhile, outside, while walking the city, the camera was an absolute delight to operate and was fast (auto-focus and manual controls) and created brilliant OOC JPEG’s that don’t need much PP at all.

    Overall, when you see the warm and creamy output and realize this is a *real* Leica (zoom) lens, you realize that you don’t miss the extra f: stop much (you can easily bump up ISO to 1600-3200). The lens has FANTASTIC character: the colors, contrast and tone (second to none), how the focus area transitions out, the creamy bokeh (even at f:/6.3!), it’s tack sharp, and has great overall feel and quick usability.

    The Manual Focus implementation is absolutely brilliant, and is PERFECT for street shooters. You can *quickly* set your focus distance, focal length, shutter speed & f: stop while looking down, and then BAM… nail great street shots. There is ZERO shutter lag. This camera can easily capture the decisive moment. It is also discrete. I find using the LCD to be adequate for most “run & gun” situations, although I also have the Olympus EV-2 view finder which I also enjoy using.

    The (additional) hand grip, while adding cost and weight, turns the X Vario more into being the “Mini M” that Leica touted. The feel and handling are just right. It’s a fast one-handed camera to operate with the grip. At the same time, you can take your time and think about and access the important settings easily…

    I also use the wrist strap instead of the neck strap (which is gorgeous) to improve quick handling for waling around and street shooting.

    The (extra) lens hood does improve contrast (obviously) and protects the lens, and it has a very nice lens metal lens cap. However, the lens hood appears to get in the way of the flash under certain circumstances – so be careful. Speaking of flash, with a leaf shutter, and easily-accessed slow synch and variable flash EV controls, you can (quickly) use fill-flash to create natural-light results under extreme low light conditions.

    I base my overall X Vario praise comparing the it to other (recent) systems I’ve used: Nikon DSLR, Contax G2 (35mm film), Olympus OM-D, Sony RX100, Leica D-Lux series, Canon DSLR & G Series.

    The lens is truly world-class. It’s pretty much optically perfect across its focal length & f: stop range, and is tack-sharp. Images are consistently warm and brilliant. Having a leaf shutter is a big plus (for flash synch speed & image stabilization), and the image stabilization DOES help. I am nailing shots at 1/8 second that are tack sharp (one was in a moving gondola) that are noiseless and detailed and brilliant.

    Images really do have that Leica look, and most of the time are at least equivalent to Full-Frame output in detail. Take a look at those low light 100% crops in the above article. You can’t really do better than that. Optically, there is NO comparing a Leica lens with any other (clarity, colors, tone). Sorry Fuji and Nikon. Not even Zeiss… Leica lenses have this warm creaminess about them that is unique. At the same time, images are optically perfect. You pay a premium for that…

    Negatives for me are already stated above. The biggest negative for me however is that there appears to be no way to display the ISO that the camera selects when using Auto ISO. That’s too bad and more than inconvenient. Seems like it can be fixed with a firmware update (hint hint please).

    This all comes in a nicely sized, convenient to operate, high quality, flexible package called the Leica X Vario. When you really think about what you are getting, lens and output wise, it’s a GREAT VALUE at $2,850. The output, for me, is totally more than twice as good as, say from an Olympus OM-D, with any lens. At the same time, the X Vario is less than a typical Leica M lens. You’d need to buy 3 Leica lenses and a camera body to get this much Leica lens versatility in any other package.

    Leica lenses ARE that special, and the X Vario seems to have an extra special (zoom) Leica lens!

    Reply
  310. Unregistered

    Surprisingly versatile camera. Warm, tack sharp output. Files can be easily cropped when close focusing, to create beautiful macro images. Extremely high resolution output. Lens captures nuances in lights and shadows and colors and details like only a Leica lens can.

    You are buying a beautiful versatile zoom lens engineered by Leica to have real Leica DNA – across all areas. It is glued on a more than competent and strong body. Sensor, lens & auto-everything systems work harmoniously to create images with that Leica look.

    Other manufacturers’ systems do come close with output and are much better value propositions, but the X Vario is fast and versatile and produces that Leica look across wide to portrait focal ranges. Great value to get high end Leica results.

    +1

    Reply
  311. Unregistered

    Greatvreview, thankmyou!! Convinced mevI am making right move.

    at 89’it has become difficult to handle my Canon DSLRs and lens. Balance is bad so unstable .. but, still want to shoot and edit.

    I know therecare a lot of very good Point and Shoots and would serve quite well under the circumstances; but, your review seems to say that the V-lux 4 provides all the goodies of my former gear adjusted for myvpresent situation.

    Seems likeva win-win.

    Reply
  312. Unregistered

    I think this is the first review of this camera that sees it like I do. I actually love this lens. I have a nice DSLR and 3 lenses for it. They can have more Bokeh with typical street shots, but the three of them combined do not equal what this one can do otherwise. My favorite part about this camera is actually the lens. The rest is great and well thought out. The only thing I’ve had trouble doing is sports, but I haven’t really tried. The DSLR is good enough at that and I’ve got more zoom with it.

    Thanks for this review!

    Reply
  313. jelajisp

    Thanks for the great review. The photographs are fantastic. The X Vario seems to be a natural progression for me in the Leica lineup. I first bought a Digilux 2 and then the X1. The X Vario reminds me of the Digilux 2 which is still a classic and I don’t think I will ever sell it. I think I prefer the Sumicron look to the Elmarit look but am having second thoughts after seeing the X Vario results here. The color reproduction seems to be fantastic

    The one thing that I did notice with the X Vario is that the photographs seem to look a lot better with the enlarged view

    David – your X Vario shots are some of the best I have seen. Did you do any post processing?

    Reply
  314. David Farkas

    jelajisp;5340 wrote: Thanks for the great review. The photographs are fantastic. The X Vario seems to be a natural progression for me in the Leica lineup. I first bought a Digilux 2 and then the X1. The X Vario reminds me of the Digilux 2 which is still a classic and I don’t think I will ever sell it. I think I prefer the Sumicron look to the Elmarit look but am having second thoughts after seeing the X Vario results here. The color reproduction seems to be fantastic

    The one thing that I did notice with the X Vario is that the photographs seem to look a lot better with the enlarged view

    David – your X Vario shots are some of the best I have seen. Did you do any post processing?

    Thanks for the feedback. It’s a great little camera.

    I process my images in LR so they look good to my tastes. I actually apply a general X Vario preset to the images on import so they are pretty close to what I want to see, then with some minor tweaks I’m done.

    As an aside, I don’t believe that any statements on image quality can be made without looking at processed files. So, anytime I see images posted without any post processing, sharpening, etc. I don’t pay too much attention. If a camera/lens looks great after processing, then it is indeed a good tool to achieve an end result. A big part of image quality in digital imaging is how malleable the files are. All that being said, I’m all for simple, quick and natural-looking edits.

    Reply
  315. dalethorn

    David Farkas;5383 wrote: As an aside, I don’t believe that any statements on image quality can be made without looking at processed files. So, anytime I see images posted without any post processing, sharpening, etc. I don’t pay too much attention. If a camera/lens looks great after processing, then it is indeed a good tool to achieve an end result. A big part of image quality in digital imaging is how malleable the files are. All that being said, I’m all for simple, quick and natural-looking edits.

    This gets a Wow! from me. I mean, I agree completely – it seems obvious enough, but there are so many folks swimming against the tide it makes me wonder where they’re trying to go. There are a lot of unstated assumptions I suppose.

    On the size and weight, I hadn’t handled a digital M-class camera until well after getting the X Vario, so my initial experience with the X Vario was like – it feels like a big Leica (or so I assumed). Then after using the M for awhile, I picked up the X Vario one day to go shooting, and could not believe how much easier it is to handle. It looks big enough and feels solid enough, but after using the full-size M the X Vario feels like an extension of my hand – very natural.

    Reply
  316. ddanois

    Is the firmware for the Leica S (Typ 006) posted yet? When I login to the Owner’s area I only see version 1.3.0.0 of the firmware.

    Reply
  317. ddanois

    Just posted this morning! The color temp of the lcd in immediately noticeable.

    Reply
  319. algrove

    David

    Very nice review which covered most questions we might have about the T. Did you have a chance to use the M WATE lens on the T as yet? So a silver one can be made frontally black by ordering the T-Snap black cover? That would perhaps preclude waiting for a black model.

    Lou

    Reply
  320. David Farkas

    algrove;6247 wrote: David

    Very nice review which covered most questions we might have about the T. Did you have a chance to use the M WATE lens on the T as yet? So a silver one can be made frontally black by ordering the T-Snap black cover? That would perhaps preclude waiting for a black model.

    Lou

    Lou,

    I used the WATE briefly while I was deciding what to take on my trip. I decided against bringing it as it didn’t offer that much more range than the 18 SE, which I really wanted to test. Sure, you can use a black T-Snap. The entire back of the camera is black anyway, so with the case, only the top silver will show. Not a bad solution.

    Reply
  323. David Farkas

    Jack MacD;6254 wrote: Excellent review.
    Good work.
    So which color should I buy?

    Jack

    Hard to say. The silver was obviously very nice, but I haven’t seen a black one yet.

    Reply
  324. JonoSlack

    HI There David
    Excellent review – I really enjoyed it, and lots of great photos. Love the stuff about the Audi design as well.

    Lou – I hope you’re well – I’ve used the WATE with the T quite a lot – it’s excellent, handles nicely, and I think that extra 2mm to 24mm equivalent is very worthwhile.
    Jack – I had a black one first, then two silver ones over the course of testing . . . I can’t decide which to get, one thing I can say is that neither has shown any sign of use (and boy have they been used!).

    What a great camera!
    All the best
    Jono Slack

    Reply
  325. The Independent Film

    Dear David,
    Great review! Many thanks for interesting info, nice photos and 100% crop.

    Good luck!
    The Independent Film

    Reply
  326. Unregistered

    David – I find this statement curious: ‘Notably, one of these missing features is focus peaking. While this technically is possible, Maike didn’t feel that it could be done well, and therefore was omitted.’ Any insight into this? Allen

    Reply
  327. Ron Scheffler

    David – Excellent review! Your images really showcase the capability of the T lenses. I would greatly appreciate seeing images from the wide angle M lenses you’ve tried.

    Reply
  328. Unregistered

    Amazing review of a fantastic camera! My order is placed. Looking forward to get it in my hands.

    Reply
  329. Unregistered

    David, thanks for such a great, in-depth product review. Very nicely done.
    JW

    Reply
  330. David Farkas

    Unregistered;6272 wrote: David – I find this statement curious: ‘Notably, one of these missing features is focus peaking. While this technically is possible, Maike didn’t feel that it could be done well, and therefore was omitted.’ Any insight into this? Allen

    Maike and her team wanted to create a seamless, easy and pleasant user experience. Anything that didn’t serve this end wasn’t going into the final product as it could undermine all the other positive aspects. Whether the focal peaking was laggy or inaccurate or just not stable remains to be seen. The bottom line is that there was a decision to omit if it didn’t measure up the the rest of the experience, and ultimately, I had no problems whatsoever living without it when using M and R lenses. The high-res viewing made focusing easy and accurate, even wide-open with a 180mm f/2.8.

    Reply
  331. Unregistered

    I have a question regarding the “auto power off” function. The lack of auto power off on the Vario drives me crazy. It goes into sleep mode after fifteen minutes and then takes several seconds to wake up by either holding the shutter release button for a few seconds or turning the power off and on again. Its very frustrating and has cost me the loss of a potentially great image more than a few times.
    Does the new T camera provide an auto power off setting, like the M cameras, so that the camera is always ready to shoot when the power is on? Thanks, D.

    Reply
  333. Chuck Jones

    Good review David. Nice to see your Arizona photos also. Quite different from South Florida 😮

    Reply
  334. darylgo

    David, great review as usual. These reviews answer my questions better than any others and become a valuable reference…should be first on Google search.

    The T viewfinder is everything desired for the VF-2 on the M, do you hear any plans by Leica to upgrade the M viewfinder in any way?

    I have been looking for mtf curves on the new Leica T lenses, have you seen any?

    Reply
  335. David Farkas

    darylgo;6297 wrote: David, great review as usual. These reviews answer my questions better than any others and become a valuable reference…should be first on Google search.

    The T viewfinder is everything desired for the VF-2 on the M, do you hear any plans by Leica to upgrade the M viewfinder in any way?

    I have been looking for mtf curves on the new Leica T lenses, have you seen any?

    Thanks for the positive feedback.

    Unfortunately, I don’t think there are plans to release a new EVF for the the M240. Seems the video output/processing capability in the M is insufficient to drive 2.4 MP at 60fps. I know that some users on the forums have put forth the idea of running a 2.4MP EVF at a lower refresh rate, like 15fps. Leica feels that doing so would create a very choppy viewfinder image and result in a negative user experience. Again, if they can’t do it well, they won’t do it.

    Reply
  336. melantye

    Excellent review David! Although this is marketed to a different crowd, I have to say I am really excited how the next M will turn out to be… Leica is so good at adapting innovations on a product to another, like the S battery release – it’s these small details that adds to the unique, amazing experience. Now visoflex evf will be a given for the next M, and imagine M with unibody construction, internal fast speed storage and that clean lug design, probably not touch screen but who knows

    Reply
  337. michael

    By far the most comprehensive review for the Leica T (that I could find), even including a demo of how the camera works with the Leica T app. Well done.:cool:

    Reply
  338. mavr

    Regarding using the R-to-M adapter, would Leica T permit working also using for example Nikon lenses stacked to M adapter via a third party NikonF-to-M adapter? I.e., Iwonder how would ommision of the 6bit coding on the second adapter ring affect using Leica T, would it fire a shot or would behave like “no lens attached”?

    Reply
  339. Unregistered

    Thank you for brilliant write-up. I can’t wait for it to hit stores so I can get my hands on one and possibly buy it. I have one question though -> I noticed that in your 100% crops, even ISO100/200 exhibit quite a lot of noise – is this down to your processing or do DNGs come out like this?

    Reply
  340. David Farkas

    mavr;6309 wrote: Regarding using the R-to-M adapter, would Leica T permit working also using for example Nikon lenses stacked to M adapter via a third party NikonF-to-M adapter? I.e., Iwonder how would ommision of the 6bit coding on the second adapter ring affect using Leica T, would it fire a shot or would behave like “no lens attached”?

    It would work fine. You could use a Novoflex F-M adapter and mount it right to the Leica M-T adapter. There is no selection for R lenses on the T like in the M240, so it really doesn’t matter that the second adapter isn’t 6-bit coded. You just won’t get EXIF data for the focal length.

    Reply
  341. Atanabe

    David,
    Excellent review and photos that bring out what this camera can do. I was lucky enough to be on a Leica Akademie workshop in Big Sur Ca., where we got to shoot with it on the day of release. I tried my best to challenge the sensor and lenses and they both held up surprisingly well, I am locking up my credit cards as I write this.
    Never seen a better display than the one on this camera. I guess a while back an Apple iPhone and Leica lens fell in love and had a baby 😮 . The sensor has a very wide DR, again I challenged it and it still came out well. High ISO, while not at the 404,000 class of the Nikons but with a little NR correction good images can be gotten at 12,500.
    The lenses have a good build quality worthy of being branded with the Leica name. With three cases of M lenses to choose from, I tried the 18 Elmar and 50 Noctis (.95 and 1.0) to see if the edges would vignette wide open and or have the ugly red tinged edges. No artifacts raised their ugly head. Manual focus was easy through the EVF even without using the focus aids for my eyes and I have to wear glasses.

    Regards,
    Al

    Reply
  342. David Farkas

    Unregistered;6310 wrote: Thank you for brilliant write-up. I can’t wait for it to hit stores so I can get my hands on one and possibly buy it. I have one question though -> I noticed that in your 100% crops, even ISO100/200 exhibit quite a lot of noise – is this down to your processing or do DNGs come out like this?

    I wouldn’t say the DNGs are noisy. I can think of a few reasons they may appear as such:

    1. I’m not using any noise reduction whatsoever on any shot under 1600 ISO.
    2. I don’t apply very much sharpening, but do favor the detail slider at 50 or above. This effects noise structure. I prefer to emphasize texture in my processing and would rather see a little fine grain-like noise than have smeary areas of no detail.
    3. The crops are JPGs and aren’t lossless.

    If you want to look at the DNGs yourself, I posted a few from my M lens testing:

    http://www.reddotforum.com/showthread.php/1576-DNG-files-from-Leica-T-with-M-lenses

    Reply
  343. mavr

    David Farkas;6312 wrote: It would work fine. You could use a Novoflex F-M adapter and mount it right to the Leica M-T adapter. There is no selection for R lenses on the T like in the M240, so it really doesn’t matter that the second adapter isn’t 6-bit coded. You just won’t get EXIF data for the focal length.

    That’s an excellent news, thank you, David 🙂

    Reply
  344. mikey

    What’s so great about the review. Clearly David is biased from the beginning.

    This review is for leica fans looking to justify their lust for this overpriced, technologically mediocre (clearly too little too late in the game) camera.

    When a camera company brags about spending 45 minutes to mill that unibody instead of talking about photographic qualities… that’s just smoke and mirror isn’t it?

    The sensor is claimed to be the same used in Sony NEX3??. Go look how much that camera, in fact go one step further, check out the image quality that camera can produce and compare with this one.

    May be then, you can tell us just how “awesome” this camera is.

    Reply
  345. Jack MacD

    Mikey
    Good news! Rest easy, you will not be required to buy a T.

    I suspect the focus on the unibody is that perhaps it is a stronger solution that will not be able to be mimicked immediately and a signal that Leica design does not need to do retro design forever.

    The polishing video has gone viral, with over 14,000 views so perhaps it’s clever marketing.

    Does that mean CNC unibodies will be used for a future M and S? Of course. If all three are made that way in that new factory, it’s great. Also, I really look forward to the S and T battery design to be in the M.

    Reply
  346. Unregistered

    David Farkas;6314 wrote: I wouldn’t say the DNGs are noisy. I can think of a few reasons they may appear as such:

    1. I’m not using any noise reduction whatsoever on any shot under 1600 ISO.
    2. I don’t apply very much sharpening, but do favor the detail slider at 50 or above. This effects noise structure. I prefer to emphasize texture in my processing and would rather see a little fine grain-like noise than have smeary areas of no detail.
    3. The crops are JPGs and aren’t lossless.

    If you want to look at the DNGs yourself, I posted a few from my M lens testing:

    https://www.reddotforum.com/forums/topic/dng-files-from-leica-t-with-m-lenses/

    Thank you for the link. I managed to try one myself today and it’s very lovely camera. The build quality is really high – didn’t expect it, was surprised. It fits my hands really well and the body isn’t really slippery as some suggested.

    Reply
  348. Unregistered

    Probably a dumb question, but when using Aperture priority mode, how does one change depth of field with the D Lux 6?

    Thank you

    Reply
  350. Jesus Alonso

    Does anyone know if I can keep the Leica S with the straps on the S case?

    Reply
  352. Duane Pandorf

    Josh has there been any changes to the sensor as compared to the original M240?

    Reply
  353. Josh Lehrer

    Duane Pandorf;8598 wrote: Josh has there been any changes to the sensor as compared to the original M240?

    The sensor is the same CMOS that is used in the Leica M (Typ 240).

    Reply
  361. Mark Gowin

    Thank you David. This is the only frame I took that evening with this composition – which is too bad. After this frame I changed the composition to the right and took a complete sequence of photos for a focus stack. After I got back to the hotel room and reviewed the images that night, I realized the first composition was better. I was mad at myself for not taking a focus stack sequence with this composition. I went back the next day for a do-over, but the conditions weren’t as cooperative.

    Reply
  363. Mark Gowin

    Hi Peter, That image was taken just south of Charleston, SC earlier this summer. It was late evening and I was afraid the summer thunderstorms weren’t going to let up before dark. Fortunately, they started breaking up just before sunset and I was able to get a few images. You can tell it was very late in the day with the 6 sec exposure.

    Reply
  365. wbabbott3@comcast.net

    josh speaks so rapidly (or the video has been speeded up) that I can barely understand what he is saying, much less take the information in. I gave up after a few minutes into video number two.
    Pity, because I’d like to hear what he has to say.
    Best regards,
    Bill

    Reply
    • Fastguitars

      Im late to this review, as its 2017, June.
      I have to say that im very impressed with the photos supplied by the reviewer, as for the most part i think they are well composed and quite wonderful in general.
      I’ll have to dig around the web and find more of your stuff if its out there..
      So, anyway, , im about to own the X2 in a couple of days..(yes, im behind), however, i own the Fuji X-T20, the Ricoh GRII, the Pany GX85, the Sony RX10-III, and the Canon EOS M5…. (Does that help me catch up)?
      So, why go back in time to an “older” model, when its 2017 and AutoFocus is blazing fast and even Olympus has upgraded from 16mp to 20mp as per the Pen-F ?
      Well, because im not satisfied with the photos im making, even with all the more recent high tech technology at my disposal, so, i decided to go back in time to the LX2 hoping that ii might find my perfect shooter, there.

      Wish me luck.

      fastguitars@gmail.com

      Reply
    • David Farkas

      The sensor is a Leica/CMOSIS chip, similar in architecture to the one used in the M (Typ 240), with a 6µ pixel pitch. I’m told that the with the second generation MAESTRO II processor, we might even see better high ISO performance in the S (Typ 007) than in the M.

      Reply
  380. Daryl

    David, will you be doing an in depth review?
    I see the value of greater iso and fps but surprised by the static pixel count, can you shed any light on Leica’s intended market for this camera?

    Reply
  381. Daryl

    Great write-up David!! And the questions/answers also.
    David, the part I find fascinating is the simplification of cameras comment, and the reason I love my M9. Could you ask if there is any push for simplification in the successor to the M240? Perhaps , my question is more request, so I am going to jump in with both feet. As features are added the complexity increases quickly, the M240 is feature rich and the complexity also followed. If anyone can simplify it is Leica, my frustration is the button pushing for playback with evf/screen firstly and the menu system secondly. A simplification could go something like this, attach the camera to a computer, allow choices of menu items visible/hidden. If I don’t use a menu item I could then hide it and never have to deal with it, thus simplifying. Of course simplifying initially adds complexity by creating one more process but the field shooting would be simplified by less menu choices. I am sure Leica could come up with a better solution, perhaps in a firmware update?

    Reply
  382. Jack MacD

    David,
    Always nice to read your comments on this every two year show. No one else seems to capture the feelings, as well as the insight. The metal shades on the new lenses is most welcome, but I am having a difficult time understanding how the lens cap can fit over both the lens and the shade. I must be missing something?

    Reply
  383. Harry Mueller

    I presently own many Leicas and would love to see a Leica without a screen as the M60 for the rest of us.
    No screen, just dials and just the ISO setting on the back. IT would fit very nicely with my black MP film camera.
    I think the Leica public would jump at such a camera. I would think that it could be thinner like the M3 or M-A and be priced under $5,000 USA. We could call it, “The Leica MO” The O standing for a Leica for the others.
    The basis for such a camera would increase sales in lenses and other items. I love my M9-P and would not trade it for anything but a simplified MO would be ideal and affordable for chaps like myself.

    Thank you, Harry Mueller
    M3, M5, M7, M8.2, M9-P, MP
    Lenses from 24 to 75mm.

    Reply
  384. » How to Update the Firmware on the Leica T

    […] Today, Leica Camera has announced a new firmware update for the Leica T (Typ 701) at Photokina: Version 1.2. The firmware includes many user-requested changes such as the ability to lock the dials and set auto review to “off”, as well as general bug fixes and an improvement in focusing speed. You can read the full scope of the update here: Leica Announces T Firmware Update 1.2 […]

    Reply
  385. hwmueller

    I think the black and white works well with the subject matter. You see so many weddings in full color and they all look the same. B&W gives it an art aspect and so different from the norm.

    Reply
  386. Albert Knapp MD

    The great cub reporter is at it again!
    Your screed is a pleasure to read and I look forward to your upcoming report on the Leica S (typ 007).
    Albert

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Peter is correct. I used the X Vario (Typ 107) for almost all of the images in the article except for a few really close-up shots where I used the D-Lux 6.

      I’m pretty sure that the event images were all taken at ISO 1600.

      Nice little camera, that X Vario….

      Reply
  393. nico

    What about long exposure capabilities? The m240 is nearly a perfect landscape camera, but is severely limited in long exposure… (Increasing the iso decrease the maximum exposure time!!!) Is the new S similarly limited?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Nico,

      For now, on the pre-production samples at the show, yes. There is the same 125 second limit. I specifically asked both product managers, as well as Dr. Volker Zimmer, head of R&D, if the exposure time could be longer. They absolutely want to offer longer exposures, but refuse to sacrifice any degradation in image quality. The repeated mantra at Leica, from everyone, is that delivering the highest quality level is the number one priority. Features will only be added if they meet internal criteria. So, the short answer is that, yes, hopefully we will see longer exposures by launch time, but Leica will not officially promise this.

      Hope this helps.

      Reply
      • nico

        Thanks for your response!
        I definitely understand their position, but it is frustrating — long exposure has its trade off, and decreased quality is one of them. A limit at 125s is slightly below what I would like (I rarely use more than 5-8mn on my digital back in practice, particularly because of black frame calculation…), but could be acceptable; but then it ought to be up to 125s regardless of which ISO is selected, which isn’t the case with the M for example. On that subject, I would love it if we could deactivate dark frames (yes, the quality per image will suffer, but it doesn’t matter that much if you are going anyway to stack a serie of images in postprod!).
        I know those are niche demands, and we’ll see where we end up with the S — but it’s frustrating that things are so close to what id

      • camel

        I went to the Phase One IQ260 from the S because of the lack of long exposure times. If they could do 5 minutes then I would likely go back the the S. One of the things I hate about Phase One is that you must use their software when doing long exposure as LR will not handle the dark frame subtraction with their file format. I’ll be interested to see what they do with the final release.

  396. David D'imperio

    Wonderful review on the new Leica S (007) look forward to talking to you when you’re back in Miami.

    Reply
  397. Ray Palmowski

    Although not an inquiry re camera features or quality, I would be interested in knowing what the logic was in rebranding model identifiers. I believe most find “new Leica S (Typ 007)” versus “S3” very cumbersome and confusing. Ditto other models.

    Reply
  398. Janne

    Thanks for great review. One thing left me with question, how the aperture control is managed?

    Reply
  399. Roy Prasad

    It’s great to see the optical low pass filter is gone, and there’s live view and focus peaking, although I have no idea how well it works – any additional info on that would be appreciated.

    Although an S system is probably not what would come to mind when I think of video, I guess having video capability could be useful. Can the 4K video be directly recorded into a CF card in the camera, without requiring an external recorder?

    However, I am puzzled by the same 37.5MP resolution. The S lenses are capable of resolving 60-80MP or perhaps even more. So why did Leica not go for more pixels?

    Reply
  400. Albert Knapp MD

    David-
    What a series of improvements!
    The Leica express continues to roll unimpeded through photoland!
    I was gratified to hear about the hyperfocal solution and my question relates to the accuracy of using the infinity measure. Puts and others state that the bars on the M lenses as well as other camera lenses are not as accurate for digital as they were intended for the more forgiving analog. Has Leica tested and validated these measurements in the field….
    Albert

    Reply
  401. Carlos V. Causo

    Excellent write-up David!
    Perhaps the new MM will be like the M 60, without the LCD.
    And certainly agree with Mr. Jesko von Oeynhausen comment and I quote
    “From a quality perspective, there is no need for improvement”.

    Reply
  404. Roy Prasad

    Thanks for a very nice coverage, David. I like a lot of things about the S-007, specifically the removal of the optical low pass filter, the addition of live view, focus peaking, WiFi, 4K video, etc. But I just can’t accept the excuse for the low resolution. That is REALLY lame, IMHO. The S lenses are capable of resolving 80 MP, maybe even 100MP. If Leica had worked with SONY to develop an 80MP sensor, then down-sampled the images to 37.5MP, I’d have been thrilled with it. But to settle for a native 37.5MP sensor is a let down for me.

    Reply
  407. Albert Knapp MD

    Your review of the S 100mm f/2 is very compelling. Put me down for the Noctilux of the S world!
    Have a safe trip back to Florida.
    Albert

    Reply
  410. David K

    Thanks Roger…I know this is one of your favorite shooting spots. The ocean was flat and not much wind…so no surfers or kite boarders to shoot. Figured I’d work with what I had and fiddle around with some long exposures. This one was shot with the 35mm Summarit wide open for 8 secs. Probably could have used another 4 secs but it’s been so long since I shot the S2 this way I forgot that I could set the camera to bulb and press the wheel. Thanks to David F for reminding me and to Joe Donovan for teaching me how little late in the day you can shoot.

    Reply
  412. Chris

    Your image enlargement script doesn’t work with the last Safari for people with taste (Safari 5.1). Could you fix it?

    Reply
  413. dalethorn

    This is a strong image. That’s my main impression, of the drama etc. – I’d like to inject more of this into my own work.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      We tested the 50 APO along with about 20 other 50mm lenses at the LHSA (The International Leica Society) meeting in Detroit this past weekend. Bill and I did a live bokeh shootout, tethering the M240 to Lightroom on my computer, which was connected to a projector. It was very interesting to see such noticeable differences in the lenses. Long story short: the 50 APO was among the very best performers, if not the best of all the lenses we tested.

      Reply
  415. Brian

    I just bought a late (491xxx) Xenon 5cm f1.5, tested it on the M Monochrom- this lens is optimized for F1.5 across range. The Summarit- optimized for F2.8 at 1m, and f1.5 at infinity. Of the 5 Summarits that I’ve disassembled (to clean), all were scribed “51.1”on the barrel, viewed when removed from the focus mount. The Xenon aperture seems to be designed to minimize focus shift due to spherical aberration, the Summarit Focal Length seems to take it into account.

    Reply
  416. Robert

    Thank you David for the review and insights! Check out the “Touch AF + Release” function under Auto Focus Mode in the new firmware 1.2. It’s awesome and so much fun!

    Reply
  417. Massimo

    Dear Kirsten, many many thinks for your very precious help. I tried to install the new firmware but without instructions into Manual is impossible. I was very frustrate… Your support is very clear so that I’ve update the firmware in few seconds. I bought Leica T in July (it was my first Leica) and I believe this camera is very nice and outstanding.
    Massimo

    Reply
  418. Rod Clark

    I have been told by Leica Australia that the D-Lux (Typ 109) will NOT fit the Digital Adapter 3 (42304). Is there a new Digital Adapter for the Typ 109 or is the 109 unable to be used for digiscoping?

    Reply
  419. James Lehrer

    David:
    I just joined the group, and your feature on the S2 at Fallingwater is the first user report I read. How I envy your opportunity to visit that very beautiful and important architectural site. My uncle was a noted architect (Henry Hohauser, one of Miami’s Art Deco architects), and when I was a little boy I used to annoy him by saying how much I loved Frank Lloyd Wright. He would respond with the withering comment that “Wright’s houses leak in the rain.” I didn’t care…I simply loved (and still love) the way they look.
    Beautiful photographs of a beautiful structure. Well done.

    Reply
  422. Jack MacD

    This was the first time I have tried to upload a video. Might be the last time. You need to click on the video so it enlarges, and then I realize I over cropped and compressed the video.

    Reply
  424. Jack MacD

    I appreciate the info on the sensor architecture. Impressive data.

    I was one of those who wanted more resolution, but I knew that a meaningful improvement would have been 80meg not 50. But that was for bragging rights vs the competition.

    My limitation on printing size is not the resolution of the sensor, my limitation is the width of large size digital printers. I am limited to 64″ currently. I too have printed 60″x90″ photographs. I have sold them successfully enough to convince me that I can print many image types at that size so that I don’t need more resolution yet.
    When they come up with a 100 inch wide printer I will need more resolution. It’s good to know that I already have the lenses for that move.

    BTW, I think the best print size for large prints is now 30″x45″. The S resolution is enough for that on architectural detail that amazes me.

    Good work David,
    Jack

    Reply
  425. peterv

    Many thanks David, very interesting! Will live view enable a WYSIWYG mode with live histogram? Because that would be very useful for me. I agree with the design choices Leica made. I’d much rather have useable, clean higher ISO and a faster shutter speed than 10-15 extra MP’s.

    Reply
  426. Greg Bartley

    Good article would like to see more like it !
    My major want is an exposure time of more than 2 minutes that it us now , even five minutes would be an improvement , gives me time to have multiple flashes or even light paint.

    Reply
  427. David K

    Well written and interesting article David. I was not among the group looking for more resolution. In my experience the higher the resolution the more difficult it is to achieve precise focus…I’m talking about really nailing the focus. I do a lot of people shots and the difference between a perfectly focused image and one that just barely misses is considerable. At 37.5MP the S2 is sufficiently challenging for my abilities. I’ve never resorted to using up-rez software like Alien Skin Blowup but based on my experience with their other plug-ins I suspect it’s probably a viable (and much cheaper) alternative to having a higher resolution camera.

    Reply
  428. Mark Gowin

    Good article David. I appreciate the explanation of the sensor design and the practical description of just how little a bump to 50mp means in print size. While there will always be those that want both a megapixel increase AND all of the new technology of the T007, I am not one of them for the reasons Jack M and David K stated.

    Reply
  429. RVB

    Good article David,the 007 is a very nice camera and I’m planning to buy one, However I would like to see a Phase/Blad style solution of offering different sensors with a very high MP sensor option of around 70-80mp,

    Raising Resolution is not just bragging rights,it produces better files in the right environment,less aliasing /Moire on finer details,basically raising the MP increases the spatial resolution and you can also down sample for a cleaner file(useful at higher iso’s)

    This is interesting “What promises to be best high ISO performance in MFD” ,It will have to be excellent to beat the Blad/Sony at high ISO,I seen some files from that and its really superb at high ISO.

    Regarding resolution change,going from 37.5 to 50mp is a 15% linear increase ,not so much but 37.5 to 70mp would be 36%,this would be easily noticeable .. Maybe we’ll see this in a future S body.

    Rob

    Reply
    • Nathan

      I’m one of those to whom extra linear resolution is important. But companies I work with never print larger than two metres on a side and 36 or 40 megapixels appears to be perfect. The last time, it was 15 and the blow up potential on it was great. It’s strange, however, to see tiny earphones blown up to like 2000x their size.

      I was surprised to see that the camera is still limited to 37 megapixels. But the output looks good, and the new features even better. If only the S came with a removable digital back… as I work specifically on bellows.

      Reply
  430. JAMES EVIDON

    As long as you are including third party lenses, why didn’t you include the Zeiss ZM Planar 50mm f2.0?

    Reply
  431. Daryl

    As I read through the additional features of the 007 I am confused to whom the camera is intended. I see the prices of both bodies and lenses dropping causing great concern about the longevity of the S system. The lenses have much greater capability than the current sensors and their purchase is insurance against the need for replacement with greater resolution unlike most lenses in other systems. I am always hoping for more resolution as an option when the need arises. If Leica doesn’t provide this additional resolution I would think it is a limiting factor to new purchases and attracting photographers to the system. The Leica R was a beautiful system as is the S, I would hope it has a long future but it too could suffer the same fate as the R. I hope not however…….

    Reply
  432. Rolo

    Excellent series. Thank you.

    I was expecting a tour of the internal features discussing the upgrade features from the previous S2 and the competition. Nevertheless, great information.

    Cheers.

    Reply
  433. Ledgardo Lacson

    Good day David I just bought this Leica vlux typ114 here in Andorra I just want to know what is the function O.I.S.switch,do you know about the ALTADIF pro1HMC lens filter ,and lastly the 4k memory card are good in still picture too .thank you very much if you will respond on my question.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      @Legardo Congrats on getting the new V-Lux. It’s a great camera. The OIS button is to enable/disable the Optical Image Stabilization. I’m not familiar with an ALTADIF lens filter. My recommendation would be a B+W UV filter like this one. A fast memory card would suit you for taking 4K video and still images. Hope this helps.

      Reply
  434. BrianS

    The Pentax IR Focus index is close to F8. This is usually a good indicator of how much CA a lens will have in the visible band. Pentax made a series of “Ultra-Achromatic” in M42 mount lenses that were corrected from UV to IR bands. They do not have CA problems. I’m not sure if these were made for the larger format cameras. Corrected for inflation, they cost as much as the APO Summicron 50/2.

    Reply
  437. C Webster

    Actually, the M9 can shoot high-speed lenses very effectively. I have quite a few, and when I first got the M9 , it seemed quite difficult.

    After quite a few indoor events, I am much more comfortable. I knew prefer to focus the M9 with superspeed glass over the Sony A7 and my hit rate is actually higher.

    This is true even with the lenses which are not perfectly calibrated. For example, I have a beautiful Canon 85/1.5 which front focuses wide open. However, it’s totally consistent.I find that the brain is quite good and remembering just how far to separate split image in the patch and have a very good chance of acurate focus. The secret is to learn the lens.

    About 10 or 15 minutes in the backyard on a cloudy day is plenty. Pick an object, focus shoot and check it. If it’s good move on and pick it object at another distance. If not, compensate and check again. With the lens that’s a bit out, this may take five or six tries. Note what works, pick another object and try again. The seemingly primitive M9 LCD is actually pretty good enough to precisely check focus if you zoom.

    With this sort of concentrated practice each lens imprints itself on your memory, and you will find it can be focused quite well on the M9, weeks later with a little practice. Obviously, when the DOF is very small you will still miss a few, but this is true with any camera. However there are very few cameras which can deliver results as stunning as the M9 with superspeed glass wide open.

    Reply
  438. WACON-images

    Question about the high-speed sync flash. Did you take this pic with the build-in flash or with an external flash?

    I skipped Canon (pro)gear in 2012 and skipped entirely to m43. No perfect, but it does the job so far. But this camera seems tempting as everyday walk around camera. Although the Panasonic version is a bit cheaper. I like the Leica looks and you get Lightroom 5 for free.

    Reply
  439. John Lou Miles

    Thanks so much for the great review. Yours is by far the most informative and insightful of the dozens I’ve come across online. I really enjoy the fact that you get answers from Leica in regards to the many questions some of us have about the camera. No other review site does this and it elevates your article from the personal opinion pieces to journalistic credibility. Also I liked that you have the few obscure tips at the end, again something that all the others left out. With Erwin Putts analytical wryness and your photography based inside knowledge I find myself well covered from here on out.

    Thanks Again,

    John Lou Miles

    PS I just received my Vario in the mail and I can’t wait to test it out. My most recent M8 took a spill in France so i’ve chosen the vario to be my M6s digital companion.

    Reply
  440. John Lou Miles

    I saw a few photos of this online but from the front only, I had no idea there are no rear controls or LCD! If I had the money to buy this if there is no doubt I’d use it as my main camera, limited edition be damned! Best of both film and digital in one camera. One could only hope Leica makes a branch of 240s in this same configuration for those who would enjoy shooting with no LCD.

    Reply
  441. Raymond Roy

    I enjoyed very much your article on the Leica v-lux 114. I just got one a couple of days ago and am headed to Vegas for the National Finals Rodeo. I am wanting to get the camera ready to shoot movies in 4K. Any help in doing the settings would be greatly appreciated. This is all Greek to me!, but I am determined to study and learn how to do it. I did get all the instrustions (338 Pages) printed out and put in a binder and have tried to study them and apply them to the camera.
    Thanks,
    Raymond

    Reply
    • peter hall

      Dear Raymond – best of luck with the instructions. Probably easier to become an astronaut. peter hall

      Reply
  442. John Lou Miles

    This may be a daft question but will my XVario + Digiscope adapter only fit on Leica telescopes or certain Leica Telescopes. Admittedly I know nothing about telescope photography but I’m keenly interested in using it for aviation imagery. The adapter is more then reasonable but I’m not at the point where I would invest heavily in a Leica Telescope system. Any help you could give would be appreciated!

    Reply
  443. Al

    Hats off to Leica for standing behind their products! The M9 entered into service 5 years ago, most companies (Canon, Nikon etc) would just turn their back after their standard one year warranty is up. I guess that is why we lay out the extra $ – for extra service and support from both Leica and their authorized dealers.

    Reply
  445. Mel

    I see very little diference at all to be honest, and if you dont mind manually focusing a lens I cant imagine buying the lieca over then pentax considering the $7000 price diference.

    Reply
  448. steven kornreich

    David,
    Awesome review, yours and Jono’s are top notch with excellent examples.
    I just picked up a lightly used black T with the EVF and the T-M adaptor for what I though was a very good deal at least in Leica terms.

    Now I have to decide on lenses. I am not a low light person and live mostly at F8 and ISO 100.
    I don’t have a very big “Leica” budget though. I used to own a M9 and the 28 Elmarit, 35,50 and 75 Summarit.
    I loved all those lenses and there very small size. I am of course kicking myself for selling of M9 system a while back.

    I am torn on whether to just get the Zoom for now, or go all manual focus which I actually prefer.
    The only M mount I own is a Zeiss 85/4 ZM. I took a few quick snaps with it yesterday and it worked flawlessly. Manual focus was a breeze with the new EVF. I really want to have a 35 equivalent and 50 equivalent so for primes in terms of cost leaves me with either the Zeiss 21/4 ZM C Biogon and the 35/2.8 C Biogon. I was never a big fan of Voigtlander btw.

    Any opinion on this or should I just stick with the Zoom?

    Thanks

    Reply
  449. Hatef

    Excellent review. Thanks for the tip about moving the focusing areas for both manual and autofocus. Very helpful.

    Reply
  450. Vittorio

    Hi David,
    thanks for your review!I recently got the v-lux and very happy with it!
    I’ve read about all various debates around the subject of “should I put a protective filter on a Leica lens?”…
    In case I’ll decide to go for it, which one would you recommend?

    Many thanks!

    Reply
  451. Jack MacD

    Josh,
    Thanks for a great review of a great lens.
    I agree with you that it is an excellent choice for architecture and street photography.
    I like you shots, and of course the required dog.

    Letting you test the lens didn’t slow up my getting the lens since I was driving across the west while you were testing.

    The build and handling of this lens exceeded my expectations. The image quality also.

    Jack

    Reply
  452. Mark Gowin

    Josh,

    You really know how to show off a lens. Well done. It looks like an exceptional lens, especially considering it is a wide zoom. Knowing Jack, he will get some great images with it.

    Mark

    Reply
  453. dalethorn

    Hi Jack (never say that at the airport BTW) – the triptch saved at 3.16 mb, while the diptych saves now at only 316 kb, and a small size, so I can’t compare them. It couldn’t be the forum change I don’t think, since I can view the 3.16 mb images at full size now.

    Reply
  454. dalethorn

    Hi Jack (never say that at the airport BTW) – the triptch saved at 3.16 mb, while the diptych saves now at only 316 kb, and a small size, so I can’t compare them. It couldn’t be the forum change I don’t think, since I can view the 3.16 mb images at full size now.

    Reply
  455. Jack MacD

    Dale
    Maybe David or Josh can explain why it down sized the image. I have had the problem on big files since the change.
    Jack

    Reply
  457. vladimir

    Hi. i like to by this camera, but i like to ask you, have is work peaking focus with viewfinder EVF-2? it same like sony A7R. Thank you so much.

    Reply
    • Josh Lehrer

      Yes, the Leica M-P (Typ 240) does show focus peaking in the EVF2 (and it shows it on the rear LCD as well when you are not using the EVF).

      Reply
  459. Jim Fowler

    I am loving my 35mm ‘Lux 1.4 FLE. I can’t find anything wrong with it – no vignetting, no corner smearing, no chromatic aberration. Probably the best lens I’ve ever owned.

    Reply
  461. Dick Pitini

    Will be interesting to see the results. I must say that some of the images that showed sensor spots were dead give a ways as from the M9?? I was never able to avoid this with my M9, have not had much of an issue with the M240.

    Reply
  462. Tom Campbell

    No clue re above, but nice set of shots!

    I wonder how any of the GMBH engineers might fare? I doubt most owners can reliably pick out the characteristics from an image on a screen.

    So good show at debunking the “CCD look” myth.

    Reply
  463. Jonathan Slack

    Excellent David
    What a great idea.
    What would be interesting in your analysis is to see whether anyone got them all right? Personally I found a criteria for guessing, which I’ve managed to apply consistently to all the images, the only guess I made is which was the M9 and which the M240!
    All the best
    Jono Slack

    Reply
    • BOB KENEDI

      Hi David, Great idea, great exercise!
      The image that formed in my mind was that “A” had slightly but consistently better performance in the shadows, and “B” in the liveliness of the colors. If that is correct I will have either very high or very low score. I assumed that “A” is the CMOS and “B” the CCD. I did only Part 1 so far. Can’t wait for the
      the results!!!!

      Either way, it was a treat to see your photos. Onto Part 2!

      Bob

      Reply
  465. Tom Johnston

    great shots! I’m coming from the M9 experience with no direct experience (yet?) with the M.
    favorite spots to visit.
    Mario’s Bohemian Cigar Shop is always a must for caffeine and sandwich…

    Reply
  466. Kirk Thompson

    An interesting loop may occur here: Since it’s a limited edition, most will go to collectors, who will put them in glass cases – so that an originally ‘distressed’ camera will stay in mint condition forever.

    Reply
  468. Godfrey DiGiorgi

    Yes, there are differences. But the images are SO similar after appropriate adjustment that the sensor differences are at most a very insignificant part of the rendering.

    G

    Reply
  469. Paul Ferrante

    David,

    I like your test shots with the M9 and 240 very much. But the choice between the two “looks” to me seems trivial. While there may be some difference, there is not enough to decidedly choose between them. I suggest that what you have really demonstrated is that the ultimate choice in sensors is still film. The choice of “looks” is virtually endless. And each roll of film installs a brand new sensor in the camera. I say, bring back a film based M.

    Best,

    Paul Ferrante

    Reply
  470. Jip van Kuijk

    Hey David,

    I did the voting I’m curious to the outcome, I did seem to vote against all others, every time I voted I was in the minority group. To me it never really mattered when I made the step from M9-P to M240, I think they are both nice but I like the M240 better just because the files are more flexible.

    Jip

    Reply
  471. JD Dawson

    hi David,

    Great job and very interesting. Will be fun to see how I did on my guessing! However, I think I would have done perhaps a little better if you had included shots from a MonoChrom…

    Thanks again and much appreciation for your work.

    David too

    Reply
  472. Glen Miller

    David: loved the pictures. I am living in SC now but for ten years I lived in the Bay area, several years in Fontana West building, close to the places you photographed, and the pictures brought back happy memories. I left to go to Mexico in 1988, before digital was affordable, so I only have Ektachromes to remember the place, but they are still good after all these years. I now shoot my M6 Leitz glass on NEX-5/R, so can’t contribute to the poll, but I definitely see a difference between the pictures. One just grabs me while the other is a bit flat. I have shot thousands of pictures with Leitz/Leica glass and there is definitely a color difference between my lenses, and I wonder if the M9 users are using older glass than the 240 users, and could this be a reason for what they are seeing?

    Glad you took the time to take the pictures. Nice job all around.

    Reply
  473. Kwesi Budu-Arthur

    Thanks for a wonderful and very well balanced article.
    I believe you have singlehandedly slayed the ccd v. cmos dragon!

    Kwesi

    Reply
    • dtich

      this is BY FAR the best coverage of this subject i have yet to read. i am a longtime leica film shooter, have shot the M9 since it came out, and have just sent it to leica to have the sensor replaced (finally degraded so much that it was taking far too much touchup time to get rid of the little ‘bowties’ all over the image)… i have loved the M9 look, and when the 240 first appeared, like so many others, my immediate reaction to the image was less than thrilled – as compared with the M9 ccd. i surmised it was mostly a micro contrast, shadow curve and warmth difference, but still didn’t want to move on to the 240, despite my desire for a faster, quieter camera. i have now purchased a 240 (m-p) while the M9 is refurbished. i am SO heartened by this article and i now look forward to hanging out with my new 240. i’d love to have your ‘preset’ for achieving the M9 look in lightroom… but truthfully… i’ll just make my own way now that you’ve lit the aisles! thanks!!

      Reply
  475. Alan Weinschel

    This is a very well-done study and should — but unofrtunately probably will not — quell the CCD proponents who insist that it is “better” than CMOS. Maybe different, but even the differences are small and to most human eyes, indistinguishable. That is proven by this little study. One of other the critical points David makes is that “out of camera” is pretty meaningless to discuss and that the image is a product of the system, including all of the processing done when the image is opened in a computer. That leads to his recommendation to profile to your taste, and I could not agree more.

    The “out of camera” discussion led me to think about my old days with film (I started in 1959). Even with film there was no such thing as out of the camera. You could use different film developers, change dilutions, change development time, change agitation, etc. etc. And that just got you to a negative. Then you could use difference papers, filters in the enlarger, exposure time in the enlarge, developer bath for prints, etc etc. And that was for black and white too. Color just added to the variables. Everybody developed to their taste; there was no “right” or “wrong”. So too with digital. Better to spend time taking photos than debating CCD vs CMOS. Or D76 vs. Acufine (you have to be a certain age to know what that means).

    Reply
  476. Rob

    Great study and article. Although I didn’t participate I’m happy to get a proof that nothing is wrong with my M(240). I upgraded my M9 due to the sensor issue and the constant CCD-myth articles made me feel bad about my decision. Although I was and still am very happy with the new M. I always do some postprocessing in Lightroom, mostly moderate, sometimes even more with SilverEfex or Color Efex. To me the final image counts and the usability of the whole photographic system.

    Reply
  477. Jack MacD

    I am assuming that this would be the same for the S 006 vs the S 007, so you don’t have to do the test all over again with two S cameras.

    But since the sensor in the 007 is not merely a bigger sensor than in the 240 but has other advances you have hinted about, I will look forward to you demonstrating the 007 sensor is much better, not just that it can mimic the 006.

    Reply
  478. flokon

    Thank you for this thorough comparison. While I do think too that the proof is in a large print, your reasoning why you chose your method (web sized, sRGB) is perfectly sound. I appreciate transparency, and reproducibility.
    Although not a Leica shooter myself for financial reasons, I esepcially liked your explanation on how you achieved that M9-look with your M240’s files. I gave them a try in Lightroom, and did like what I saw. Definitely something worthwhile to have in ones repertoire.

    Cheers!

    Reply
  479. Jonathan Slack

    Excellent David – Nicely done, but sadly I fear it won’t make a jot of difference to the argument in general, It’s hard to convert someone from an act of faith with an exercise in logic!

    All the best

    Reply
  482. Andrew

    Great review.

    I’ve had my X Vario for about 8 months now and just love it. Its so good that I added the new Leica X (type 113) to fill in those few situations (very low light, shallow depth of field) where the X Vario struggles. The two together make for an outstanding travel kit that covers about 95% of everything and anything that I would want to photograph.

    Reply
  483. Ernie Blarinckx

    Hi David,

    I quote you :

    I ended up making a preset that worked on most files, with only minor tweaking required past that. I also needed to adjust the white balance to match as both cameras were shot with AWB. Personally, I find that merely adjusting WB by eye, rather than using the eyedropper is more effective. Again, the most accurate result isn’t always the most pleasing one.

    Is it possible to get the preset you made . I have to buy a M240 and sell my M9P. For business reasons. But I like the M9P files so much that I am still struggling selling the M9P. A good preset would make things so much easier. I think I am now almost 6 months doubting about selling or not. But for my business I have to move on because of all the new features the 240 offers.

    Please can you help me out ?

    Kind Regards,
    Ernie Blarinckx
    Belgium

    Reply
      • Jon

        Great article. I hope you won’t mind providing me with the same. It’s been a hit and miss for me. Although I’m not specifically after the M9 look, trying the tweaks you mentioned on your post gave my images a different look (and I must admit, I kinda like it a lot). Thanks.

      • david

        A fascinating and through review. I own both cameras and almost never shoot the M240.

        Might you be so very kind as to provide me with a copy of your presets as well?

        Thank you.

        Kind regards, David

      • Xing

        Hi David:

        Appreciate for your artical
        Would you mind to share me the preset also?

        Many thanks

      • Antonio

        Hi David
        I am evaluating whether to purchase an M240 or an M9 and a while I experiment with the machines of some of my friends.
        I could also have the presets that you have created to emulate the M9 on M240 ?
        Thank you
        Antonio

        perettaantonio@gmail.com

      • SUYIREN

        I really love these acticles about debate between CCD and Cmos. Very helpful.
        I prefer CCD actually, but what you have done indeed fresh my impression with M240.
        Since I sold my M9 and got a M-P, I really miss my M9.
        Could you also kindly share the preset?
        Thanks a lot!

  485. Scott Sauer

    Hi David,
    I am interested in either the 006 or 007 and am curious, has the distance readings for DOF been added to the 006 with the latest firmware, or is that only on the 007?
    Thanks

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Scott,

      My understanding is that the live DOF readout will not be able to be added via firmware to the S 006 and will only be available on the new S 007. Of course, Leica was able to incorporate the new AF algorithms into the S 006 with the latest firmware, so there might be a way. We will have to see.

      Reply
  486. Raimund

    Hi David,

    I enjoyed your review. Thanks for the effort! As Ernie I would like to ask you if you could share your LR profile?

    Thanks and best regards,
    Raimund

    Reply
  487. Andrew

    I never really could care less what technology a sensor was using. I used a Leica M Monochrom and Nikon Df as my primary cameras, and recently sold the Df and Nikon glass to go all Leica (I also use Leica X Vario and X 113 for non-photography travel). With the Nikon gone, the choice was between a Leica M240 and M-E for color use alongside the M Monochrom.

    CCD or CMOS wasn’t even a factor. I went with the M-E in large part because I wanted a new camera instead of a used one and it was much more affordable, but also in part because it uses the same batteries and has the same menus as my M Monochrom, making it easier to switch between them. I recognize that the M240 has capabilities that the M-E does not, but other than higher ISO and dynamic range I really am not interested in any of those capabilities.

    Reply
  488. SimonMason

    David

    I too would like some help and would really value the presets you used. I’ve had my 240 for about a year now and its taken me ages to get to grips with so many differences especially focus, I had Nikon SLR before, so was really used to point and shoot. I had real worries for a while, but I’ve even got used to walking backwards and forwards!
    Lightroom has been another trial and revealation, my poor wife’s become a Lightroom widow.

    Kind regards

    Simon

    Reply
  490. Sanford

    First let me say that your review was one of the best I have ever read. Clear, concise, and , most of all, well written. The photos were beautiful and gave a visual connection to your words. I could not have asked for a better representation of what the MM could do other than some landscapes.

    If I had the funds I would have placed an order before writing this. I will start a personal fund and begin looking at spare(?) photo gear to sell.

    A final note. I have been toying with getting the 18mm lens. Your photos have shown it’s full potential. My challenge is to buy it first or wait till after I purchase my new MM. I’ll give you a call soon.

    Thanks again.

    Sanford

    Reply
  491. Lorne Martin

    Thank you so much for such a well reasoned and thoughtful approach to this debate. As an M9 shooter my comparisons to this point have been along the lines of Leica vs. Nikon, this being no contest at all. But I now have added the M240 to my Leica kit and would love to have your presets if you are still willing to share.

    Reply
  492. Jack MacD

    Wow, what a complete and wonderfully timely review.
    Looking forward to your S (007) review should you ever get one ahead of time.
    Get some sleep now.
    Jack

    Reply
  493. Jay

    Let me just park the review for a moment, and just say thanks – these are wonderful photos accompanied by an enjoyable story of your explorations. As a set of photos from your visits to these two cities, you’d be very very happy. Oh, and there was a review of an exciting new camera thrown in for good measure 🙂 Thanks!

    Reply
    • Steve

      I look forward to your thoughts on this cam too Thorsten. How far away are you on having one?

      Reply
      • Thorsten Overgaard

        I travel most of the time the next months, so whichever dealer can ship without getting caught up i customs, I’m down. Could be fun to have it for the Cannes Film Festival mid May but I will actually take a while to work with it.

        I think Davids review here and the “full nerd” ISO comparisons at Ultrasomething make up a pretty good base for decision.

        I feel that any equipment is about bonding with it and feel you can express what you want to with it. How does it feel is the most important feature. David’s review here basically show that it’s the perfect tool for adventure in the night and (smokeless) jazz clubs.

  495. Michael Cytrynowicz

    Excellent review, and terrific photos. Hard to say what has impressed me most – as I alternate between the amazing renderings (the high ISO images are superb) and your versatile vision, from landscapes (the bridge) to details, to people, to architecture. Bravo!

    Reply
  496. Andrew

    Great review David.

    As a two-year owner of the original M Monochrom I’ve been eager to see how the new CMOS version would compare, and your review shows us that exactly.

    Impressive as it is, I will sit out this generation of M cameras and go forward for the next three years (or maybe six?) with the original M Monochrom and M-E, which both still do just about everything I want them too with the singular exception of clean high ISO in color, which isn’t worth the cost of a dual upgrade or of dealing with two hardware systems and their respective batteries and chargers.

    For me the world is the same as it was last week, M-E (M9) for beautiful color on good to moderate light, and M Monochrom for incredible black and white no matter the conditions. ISO 10,000 is high enough for anything I want to do except deep depth of field in low light, which just isn’t a priority.

    Great images by the way.

    Reply
  497. Gideon

    A truly great review, which opened up the world of your traveling photography along with it. I’m sure the discritness of the camera helps make for the natural and artistic output here. I thought I was happy with my present camera’s high-ISO, but this shows what worlds are opened up by a camera that is closer to our eyes own ability to see clearly in low light.

    The results are quite breathtaking and, dare I say it, perhaps closer to the original Leica vision to any others released yet- of capturing moments in all their unique glory, with as few mechanical distractions or technological limitations as possible. The images almost breath on the screen, something I don’t often feel with modern, digital photography, that often sucks the life out of everything it sees in a rush to condense the rich world around us into an ever-growing collection of managable files, dispersing with feeling as an inconvenient irrelevance in a digitized world.

    Here the feeling is as rich as I see in film, with the added benefit of stunning detail, whatever the light may be.

    Reply
  498. Rodrigue

    All this hard work to mimic the M9 and some still state CCD isn’t a great unique sensor:-)
    very well done review, outstanding job indeed.
    To me, the following quote says it all:

    “I learned quite a lot about both the M9 and M240 during this test. I was pleasantly surprised to rediscover the M9. The camera can indeed produce some really stunning images under the right conditions. To its credit and, in line with what CCD supporters say, the color palette produced by default in Lightroom (after my preset application) is extremely pleasing in most cases. Images have a bite and saturation that is very attractive. Deep blues, thick midtones and punchy highlights add to the M9’s inherent per-pixel sharpness. In daylight shooting with good, directional light and a scene with saturated colors, the M9 is truly hard to beat. Even though the camera is going on six years old, it still produces images that keep pace with the best. Its weakness, due to its CCD sensor, is low light performance. If your shooting needs don’t dictate the need for ISO 3200 and you’ve got some fast M glass to boot, well, by all means, the M9 can still work its magic for you.”

    For an PP expert, anything can be done in PP, for non experts, this is missing impossible, many photographers I know barely touch their pictures, to those, a CCD vs CMOS makes a very big difference. Personally, there’s a lot of difference between opening a dull photo and making it outstanding or opening an already outstanding photo and sit back a say wow. This “WoW effect” is being given to me by an M9 10 times more than by an M240 or Canon 5DMK-III.
    Just my opinion

    Reply
    • Frankie

      I get where you’re going with this, but who says you can’t get wow JPG files straight out of camera with the M240. Just because it takes LR sliding to get the M240 to look like the M9, doesn’t mean the M240 isn’t a good camera. Who says I want my M240 to look like an M9 anyway 😀

      Reply
      • David Farkas

        The point isn’t to say that there is anything wrong with the look of the M240 files. I like M240 files. I was attempting to demonstrate that perhaps the “CCD look” that some users love can be replicated in post processing from a CMOS sensor. In my mind, one is not necessarily better than the other. If you like the default rendering of the M240, use that. If you grew accustomed to M9 images, the same look can be achieved in Lightroom.

    • Oleg

      After many years I will add a couple of words. I have m9 and m11. Indeed, in PP it is possible to make photographs very similar between different sensors. But you can always tell the difference. Just like fuji 100s and hassel x2d have one sensor, but you will never make two photos from these cameras exactly the same colors. Also m9 and even m11 (which is very close to m9 in color) – I always recognize on a large size after the PP shot from m9.

      Reply
  499. George Pappas

    David,

    Excellent piece of work. You tackled an emotional subject with thoughtfulness and impartiality. I have had both cameras, and moved to the 240 for its greatly expanded shooting envelope.

    Your last points on there being no such thing as “out of the camera” are also very true and is something that is often overlooked. By the way, would you please send me the presets? I would like to try them out as a possible point of departure.

    I appreciate the spirit of your work and writing..thanks again.

    George

    Reply
  500. Bjarni

    Great and thorough review with a lot of images, that’s the most important, at least from my point of view as a possible buyer. Thank you.

    Just one thing i didn’t see explained in details in your review. How did you post process the images?

    Reply
      • Bjarni

        Ok, but i’m trying to get a feeling of, how the pictures are straight out of the camera. Can you please share more details on post processing?

      • David Farkas

        Sure. Here is a screen grab from my basic settings in LR for an M246 file:

        LR settings

        My biggest change is to pull down the blacks and bring up the exposure to compensate a little. I like rich shadow contrast. Really, though, these changes are fairly minor. Sometimes, I’ll bring up the shadows or tone down the highlights more. It really depends on the image and my intended interpretation.

        On the sharpening and noise reduction settings I use:

        LR sharpening settings

        And that’s about it. I don’t change the sharpening settings, except at very high ISO, I will bump up Masking a little. And with NR, I will bring the amount up to 20-30 for shots above ISO 8000.

        Hope this helps.

  502. Jay Connor

    Which versions of Mac OS X have this issue? Is it only the recent OS X, the one that killed off Aperture?

    Also there are other programs for extracting DNGs than Adobe products. (I also note the omission of PhotoShop and PhotoShop Elements.)

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      OS X Yosemite definitely has the issue. Older version probably have it as well, but this hasn’t been confirmed to my knowledge.

      While there are certainly other programs that can open Leica DNG files, I’ve found the best results from Adobe Lightroom. Leica has been working closely with Adobe since 2008 and all Leica cameras come bundled with Lightroom.

      Reply
  504. Jon Donahue

    David — thanks for the article and your excellent photos. I’m glad it rained in NYC and New Orleans! Lived in Manhattan many years ago… your pictures brought back memories better than color images would have done.
    I can’t afford this Leica. But am amazed by the quality of the high-ISO nighttime shots. Inspired now to take my Pentax out tonight, here in San Diego, and try at ISO 5,000 – 10,000 in B/W, and see what happens, using your work as a quality gold standard. But that combination of the Leica lens, the filterless sensor, and of course the camera — maybe it’s time for me to start saving!
    Thanks again — great article, what a treat.

    Reply
  505. Van

    Joah,
    In the 6 photos of the Komaru titanium soft release, which are the raw version?

    And, the prices?

    kind regards,
    Van

    Reply
  506. Tor M

    Those M240 presets for Lightroom, pretty please…? 🙂

    Do M8 and M9 share the same “look”?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      The M8 and the M9 have similar looks, but not the same. Some find that the M8 actually has slightly more per-pixel acuity, but the M9 also offered 80% more pixels so overall detail is superior with the M9. The M9 also has better noise performance and slightly more dynamic range than the M8.

      Reply
  507. Jay

    David this was a remarkable review and let me say that it is the reason I bought the Type 246. I own and love it but can you comment on highly structured linear shaped noise in images above 5000ISO ? I can see bands in the shadows , I think I can spot some in your images above. If you underexpose a bit and push the shadows in LR you can see the structure pop out. Is that normal ? Should we be concerned ?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Did you try to turn off lens profile corrections in LR?

      We first discovered a strange behavior in LR when processing M9M files a couple years ago when using lens profile corrections. Seems that there is sometimes some pattern noise introduced in B&W images with pulled up shadows. What was even stranger was that the artifacts were only visible once exported. In LR, at any magnification, the files were clean.

      Reply
      • Jay

        Hi David,
        Thanks for getting back to me, I am pretty sure I saw the noise patterns while viewing the raw DNGs as well before export. If you direct message me, I can share some raw file that exhibit this behavior . I’d love to know what you think. Again, I only see this at ISOs at or above 6400 and working with scenes that have low available light. If you pull up the shadows the structured patterns pop out.

  508. Ajit Menon

    Great test and interesting results. As you said, the M 240 seems to be holding its own to a certain extent.
    As a possible M 246 prospectee, what are your thoughts behind opting for an M-P 240 vs the Monochrom?
    As a possible first time M buyer (although I own some leica glass), I am incredibly attracted to the new Monochrom since I do a LOT of b/w conversions to my images. Of course, since conversion means having access to colour, the flexibility of having both options is nice to have (and I have grown used to it).
    Besides the fact that the monochrom resolves better and has better high ISO quality, how DIFFERENT and how much BETTER is the mono capture of this (and the previous monochrom)? (Since in your test, the b/w conversion of the M 240 looks incredibly close to the Monochrom capture).
    Can you quantify a bit where the monochrom shines in b/w photography over a conversion perhaps?

    Reply
    • d.p.

      what does any of this have to do with actually taking pictures. these tests are such a waste of time. who cares. just go and shoot. i never understood people who spend so much time benchmarking ISO and DOF, etc. Just spend more time shooting and less time analyzing.

      Reply
      • David Farkas

        While controlled ISO testing like this doesn’t directly impact “taking pictures” per se, it does let users or potential users understand the performance envelope of this camera vs. other cameras. I suppose the same argument could be made as to why car reviewers measure 0-60 times and lateral acceleration, among other benchmarks. They are a good measure of relative performance. Personally, I do prefer going out and shooting actual pictures. If you read my Leica M Monochrom (Typ 246) Review, you’ll see I have no shortage of real-life pictures taken in a variety of situations.

  509. John

    Wonderful comparison! May I please request for the presets to be sent to me too? Many thanks in advance!

    Reply
  510. FrankWu1990

    I am worry about sales of 28mm f1.4 asph, f2 asph or f2.8 asph.

    Reply
  511. KB

    Great review David, thank you! Did you generally use the auto ISO feature or manually set it for these shots?

    Reply
  512. Jon Reddick

    The Q sure feels like a game changer to me. It was too easy for me to place my order as this checks all of the boxes for me. I will always own an M and I cannot see anything taking it’s place but this will be such a nice addition to my setup.

    Great review David!

    Reply
  513. Bryan Campbell

    This is literally the best surprise from Leica in a very long time. I’m completely amazed by what I’m seeing out of this camera. I ordered one just hours after the announcements and so glad I did.

    I hope they let us force the electronic shutter mode for any shutter speed and update the app to allow for ad-hoc connections. I want to be able to use that app without having an interconnection available.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Interesting idea on the electronic shutter. The leaf shutter is so quiet and introduces so little vibration, I’m not sure if there would be any advantage here.

      As far as the ad-hoc connection, this is already available. A QR code on the camera’s LCD is generated when using “Host” mode WLAN setup. Scan the QR code with the Q App on your phone or iPad and it sets up its own connection. Very simple.

      Reply
  514. Peter Griebel

    Hi David,

    Thanks for a great review!

    I have already pre-ordered the Q here in Bangkok, but are still curious to know if the Q will come in a Panasonic version. You are the only reviewer who have mentioned that Leica have partnered up with Panasonic on the AF and OIS, so maybe you have an idea?

    Since the Q seems so much like a mini M with AF, it wouldn’t make much sense for Leica to let Panasonic launch an identical camera, at least from my point of view 🙂

    Reply
    • dalethorn

      Panasonic makes some great cameras in collaboration with Leica (ex: the D-Lux), but the Leica Q does not seem like a tie-in with Panasonic, for the M-type body if nothing else.

      Reply
    • David Farkas

      No, this is a pure Leica product. My understanding is that Panasonic’s involvement was limited to specific components, such as AF and OIS.

      Reply
  515. Brett Patching

    Thanks for this review David! The Q is a very welcome surprise – and a necessary step for Leica. They need to show that they are still an innovative company. The partnership with Panasonic on this camera seems very intelligent indeed. Leica is a relatively small manufacturer, and I’m guessing that there is no way that they can be industry-leading on their own in all of the technologies needed to produce a camera like the Q.

    Reply
  516. Cliff

    If only based on image quality, shot wide open and under identical conditions, would you take this Q model over a current M (240) and the new Summilux 28mm 1.4??
    I know of the massive price difference, but I’m only concerned with straight up IQ of these two options. I have neither as of yet, but will opt for one of these choices if I can figure this out definitely. The only Leica glass I currently own is the APO 50mm F/2 ASPH ‘cron for an as yet to arrive M Monochrom 246.
    I don’t care so much about all the tech/updated EVF and touchscreen blah blah woof woof, just some experienced Leica users opines on the straight up IQ coming out of these two camera options pre post.
    Thoughts?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Image quality on both M240/28 Lux and the Q will be quite good and fairly comparable. I haven’t done any head to head testing yet, but I did just wrap up a workshop in Berlin where I shot with both cameras side-by-side. The results in LR are mixed together and match up very nicely.

      The real advantage of the M is the flexibility to use other focal lengths, like the 50 APO that you have. On the other hand, the Q offers fast AF and macro capability.

      I am not one for pre-post quality evaluations. In my mind, every file requires at least some basic post processing, just as even the finest quality food ingredients require some seasoning by the chef.

      Reply
  517. Bob Adler

    Thanks for the thorough (and enjoyable: great images!) review David. The Q seems to begin to address many of the shortcomings of the current M246 (low pixel EVF, not-so-great high ISO performance, shutter lag when using the EVF to name a few of my nits).

    I am wondering if the Q has the ability, when you magnify the EVF view 3x or 6x, to choose where in the frame the magnified view is. This would be pre-exposure. Another one of my nits with the current M240.

    Thanks very much again!

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      In the current Q firmware, you cannot move the magnified focus point. Given that the S007 running the same Maestro 2 processor will support this feature, a future firmware update might allow it. We’ll have to see.

      Reply
  518. Annie

    Thanks for such a great review!
    How do you compare leica M9 + noctilux 50mm f0.95 with leica Q? Since I think CCD outputs better leica color but the price of M9 + noctilux are also much higher than Q..

    Also if you weigh up between Q and canon 5d3 / nikon n810, considering factors like price and convenience, what suggestions do you have?

    Reply

    Reply
    • dalethorn

      I had the Monochrom and new Noctilux for about 6 months, and while it’s a great combo, the primary reason to carry such a heavy and expensive piece of glass is the f0.95 aperture. But that aperture has an extremely small DOF, and unless you dedicate yourself to working with that constraint, you’d be disappointed. My Q doesn’t arrive until 3 days from now, but already I have in mind that it will be much like the X Vario I had, at the low end of its zoom range, and somewhat like the Nikon ‘A’ but with much better sensor, lens, and processing engine. For someone accustomed to shooting at the 28 mm effective focal length (ex: Nikon ‘A’ or X Vario un-zoomed), the Q should be a dream come true.

      Reply
    • Gary Morris

      I had the M9 + Noct combo for three years. Setting aside the price aspect, the Noct is a great lens at f5.6 and an amazing lens at f.95. However, at f.95, the Noct is very hard to focus and even more difficult in low light… the depth of field is so shallow (focus on the bridge of someones nose and their lips are out of focus) that for me focus success was very hit and miss.

      But if you use the Noct with the M240 and the not-so-great EVF (too low resolution, in my opinion, a better EVF is the one for the T), then you will greatly increase your odds of low-light focus success with the Noct.

      I also once bought into the CCD in the M9 being better than the CMOS in the M240. After using both and the M240 for 18 months, I think overall the M240 files have a little more “play” in them… less susceptible to banding, particularly in well saturated skies.

      Reply
  519. Xpanded

    Dear David – I highly value your articles on Leica cameras. They ooze with knowledge and the wording flows really well. A joy to read. Thank you for talking your time and I hope it will sell well both in your shop and for Leica as a whole.

    Greetings from Waffleland

    /Xpanded

    Reply
  520. dalethorn

    While there are likely several compact cameras available with fixed 28 mm (effective focal length) lenses, the one I remember best was the Nikon Coolpix A, which I used for some time. It did a good job for me, although I thought the images were slightly sterile or ‘technical’-looking. This new Q (which is on the way to me now) should improve greatly on that other 28 mm experience, having a full-frame sensor, a Leica lens, and a processing engine that produces a better overall look.

    Reply
  521. Larsjepp

    Thanks for an awesome review, it indeed looks like what I was waiting for all these year, and I placed my preorder today at Leica Philippines, to my surprise the first they had received, the official launch here is next week on Friday 21st

    Reply
  522. seby

    Great review and I enjoyed a lot reading it. I noticed that none of your images has distortion, and for a wide lense that’s strange, did you correct it in PP? Thanks

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I did use the lens profile for the 28mm Summicron-M ASPH in Lightroom, since the Q hasn’t been added to the lens database yet.

      Reply
  523. dtich

    lol. i didn’t see that so many were asking for the presets when i made my first comment. very funny we’re all of the same mind. thanks again.

    Reply
  524. Coppel

    Hi David,

    Thanks very much for the comparison, whereas I personally didn’t get on with the M240 and subsequently sold it, I have to agree with you on the points you stated in your article. The M240 and M9 files are just different, and provide little to no substantiation regarding whether CCD is technically better than CMOS or vice versa apart from high ISO performance.

    I have kept my M9 and still enjoy using it, but I have also acquired a Leica Q so that I can be lazy and rely on autofocus for when the situation is a bit more spontaneous. I am just wondering whether you can share with me your lightroom preset so I can test it on the Q files?

    Thanks very much.

    Coppel

    Reply
  525. Helio

    It is amazing to see your beautiful review! The way you described the camera allow us almost to feel it taking pictures in our hands. Thanks a lot and as soon as I go to the States I will take some time at your store. I have the 240 but I was wondering a camera like this Q. Nothing else was OK for me except the Fuji 100T. I bought one last may. It is a great camera. But… a Q seems to be exceptional.

    Reply
  526. Dylan Rives

    Hey David,

    Thanks for sharing the results from this experiment. After visiting Leica Store Miami frequently for a few years now, I’ve had my eye set on an M240 but couldn’t convince myself to pull the trigger. Today I passed by the store on my way home and put my name on the waiting list for the Q. I’m extremely eager to receive it! Luis showed me your prints in the store and I was amazed with the results. Would you mind sharing the M240 preset? Luis said that the Q photos were processed with the same preset.

    Thanks in advance and I appreciate all of your detailed reviews!

    Reply
  527. steven kornreich

    David,
    Excellent article.
    If possible could I also get a copy of your LR presets?
    I am debating on selling my M9 and picking up a used M240. Prices on M240 seem to be dropping pretty quickly I assume because of the new Q and the rumors of a new M coming out.

    Thanks again for all you do for the Leica community

    Reply
  528. Steven Kornreich

    David,
    I am one of the people who have an M9 with corrosion sitting in NJ and just got off the phone with Leia.
    I was told it could take up to 3 months to have my CCD replaced and it will not be with the newly announced CCD, I would have to ship my M9 back to them again when they start receiving the new sensors and they have no ETA on availability. He also mentioned that the current CCD replacement comes with a 3 year warranty.

    Oh well looks like I may must bite the bullet and go for there M240 /M-P upgrade program. I was really hoping on getting back my M9 sooner, selling it and then purchase a Leica “QM2” M240 / M-P at a reduced cost.

    Reply
  529. Arno

    Thanks for your article David. I was struggling selling my M9P to M-P. After reading this in-depth analysis, I understood it is really the time to go out shooting, instead of debating the ccd vs cmos in front of the screen.

    Anyway, may I have your LR presets? I am interested to get some ideas from your preset setting as reference.

    Many thanks 🙂

    Reply
  530. james Quinton

    06/05 /2015
    Hello David , Really appreciate the article. Very much a no non-sense approach. I will be keeping my m9 but would love to have the pre set to see if they will assist with my other Leica tools. Thanks

    Reply
  531. Erling M Moe

    Can you please explain the technical differences between the S and the S-E, or is it only the guarantee?

    Reply
  532. Carl Berger

    My personal experience with the CCD versus CMOS “look:”

    Expose both sensors with a given scene to save detail for a bright sky, especially with the sun in the frame. Go for minimal blown highlights, maximum cloud detail and sky color with both. Low ISO.

    In post, mask for the terrain only, then push exposure for the “terra” section of either image.

    The CCD image will have a neat and different response to this processing than will the CMOS image. It’s part of the “CCD look” that I’m not sure was addressed here.

    Perhaps the resulting CMOS image can be made to look like the CCD image with further post, But I haven’t been able to …

    Reply
  533. Tuan Phan

    Giid work David. I have a Monochrom and looking into adding a M-P 240 for color images. Please send me your presets for both M9 and MM. They will be a great help to me. Thanks. Tuan

    Reply
  535. Raimund

    Hello David,

    thanks for this field test. I am one of those who switched from the M9 to the M (240) and (still) love the output I got from the M9. However, I also enjoy greatly the small improvements that come with the M (240) and in the end don´t regret the update. I am still struggling to achieve the M9 look with the M files and would greatly appreciate if you could share your Lightroom preset.
    Many thanks in advance and kind regards,
    Raimund

    Reply
  536. Jonathan Auch

    Nice review David

    just a few preliminary thoughts on the Q;

    -I noticed while shooting that you only get a exposure preview when you have to push on the shutter. For those of us who use flash it is extremely important to be able to turn this feature off, especially if we are intentionally under exposing the image by a few stops.

    -For those of us to shoot on the street with zone focus, it’s very important to be able to have a full depth of field preview before you have to push on the shutter. So adding two options; turn off exposure preview on the half press of shutter, two; turn on/off depth of field preview.

    -also noticed that exposure compensation doesn’t work with auto iso-in manual, which is strange given that this option works on the M2 40 camera. This is a critical feature for me.

    -Really want the ability to switch in-between the EVF and the back screen via a button. Often times the proximity sensor can get in the way of shooting, and as it stands you are able to switch to EVF only in the menu. It’s key to be able to switch this to a button, so that you can cycle between the EVF and LCD. This feature is available on the Olympus, Panasonic and Fuji cameras.

    Reply
  537. Sheng

    Hello David,
    Thank you for putting an end to the CCD vs CMOS debate. Could I get a copy of the LR presets? I am a M240 user who has never shot the M9 before and would like to see what all the fuss over the M9 color/tonality. Much appreciated.

    Reply
  538. Bob Hamilton

    David,

    Is the use of colour filters with the M246 the same as it was in the old black and white film days or not?
    I’d like to do landscape work with the M246 and wonder if a red filter, for example, would behave largely as it did with monochrome film or is there a better way to get the same effect with the M246 in a processor such as Lightroom?

    Kind regards
    Bob

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Color filters work the same way on B&W digital as they do on film. The effect is much easier to accomplish in camera than in post processing.

      Reply
    • David Farkas

      There is no CS version planned for the 100mm Summicron-S. My understanding is that the aperture is too wide to allow for the smaller CS mechanism.

      Reply
  541. Eurivaldo

    Hi.

    I am considering to Purchase a M 246 after reading your review.

    I am a DSLR usar and I am kind of worried about the rangefinder and focus.

    Do you have any recomendations about this transition?

    Thank you!

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      My suggestion is to just jump in with both feet! The transition to rangefinder is fairly quick and painless. After a couple of days of real use, it will feel natural. After a week, it will become second nature.

      Reply
      • Bharat Valia

        Thank you David for the excellent review.
        I have been considering to switch to M246. After reading your review I am convinced..
        I am only now debating between the Luxe 50mm 1.4 ASPH and the 50mm APO.. I really would like the bokeh of the luxe 1.4 and do not want to compromise on this with the APO!! any comments on this..

      • David Farkas

        You can’t go wrong with the 50 APO. I switched from the 50 Lux to the 50 APO and never once regretted it. The bokeh of the 50 APO is still very nice and pleasing. The Lux will be a little softer, but will not be as sharp as the APO wide open. And on the Monochrom M246, the added sharpness really shows. Hope this helps.

  542. Kenneth

    David,
    Great Article! I was straggling to buy M9 or M240. After reading your article, it made me clean to go for M240. I am now a M240 owner. Thank you for sharing your insight. I just start to learn Lightroom. Like many others here, I would like to have your presets so that I can see how you tweak all those parameters to achieve M9 look and feel?

    Many thanks & regards,
    Kenneth

    Reply
  543. richard lynch

    I realize you are talking 50mm, but the Helios 85mm f1.5 is pretty well known for fantastic bokeh… i use one sometimes on my Canon 7D. The Asahi Super Takamar 50mm 1.4 is probably a good, common, inexpensive comparison to these others. I think you can get the latter for like $75…and the former for about $350 or so, new ( they started to manufacture them again…)

    Reply
  544. Adam Spencer

    Hi David,

    Similar request, regarding LR settings. I’m a M8 and Aperture user, I borrowed a M240 but did not enjoy the colour signature mainly (well solely I did not like the skin tones), compared to the M8.

    I will down load a trial light room and use the original raws, or perhaps borrow the camera again. As I’m not familiar with the camera or Lightroom it would be such a boost.

    On a final note, great article, very nice rhythm to your writing.

    Warm regards
    Adam

    Reply
  545. Cha Li

    May I ask if this Apple Photos App Leica DNG file transfer bug has been fixed? Many thanks!

    Reply
  546. Erling M Moe

    Great review! Does it have a maximum exposure time? I found the maximum on the S006 limiting for nighttime/tripod photography.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Currently, the maximum exposure time is 60 seconds, but this might get longer in future firmware releases. I never had any issue with the limit during my testing. I think my longest exposure in 5,000 images was 32 seconds. I also went to a place where it doesn’t really get dark in July. So, there’s that. 🙂

      Reply
      • Erling M Moe

        On the 006, the max exposure time was reduced as you upped the ISO, which made 1 min/ISO100 maximum exposure. Does the 007 keep 60 seconds even on higher ISO? Is there any reason you cannot have Bulb on CMOS?

      • David Farkas

        The times break down as follows:

        ISO100: 60 Seconds
        ISO200: 60 Seconds
        ISO400: 32 Seconds
        ISO800: 16 Seconds
        ISO1600: 8 Seconds
        ISO3200: 8 Seconds
        ISO6400: 4 seconds
        ISO12500: 2 Seconds

        Judging from this, I’d say that the best bet would be to use ISO 200, as it will be equivalent to ISO 100 @ 2 min, with very little trade-off in image quality. Going to a higher ISO nets you nothing. I’m still expecting Leica to come out with some longer exposure times in upcoming firmware releases.

    • Pat

      Great review and beautiful photos. I was in Iceland 3 years ago with just my old canon 40D and 50mm lens and leica d-lux and still managed to take some amazing shots but as I’m trying to go away from consumer dslr into the medium format I have my doubts about Leica as I’m rather interested in long exposure shots 1 or 2 minutes isn’t enough for my needs. I’d gladly buy this system but it seems like Leica is limiting creativeness. It would be so nice with some firmware upgrade and at least 12 minute ability of long exposure. I’d buy this camera even today 🙂 Pat.

      Reply
  549. Tom LaBron

    David,

    I really enjoyed your writings on your Iceland trip. It brought back many old and good memories. When I was there I had only a Leicaflex SL and a Leica and a series of lenses 19 to 400mm. but I got great shots. I also lugged around my Linhof Master Technika on which i used mostly my 6X7 super Rollex backs. It was just too hard to work with 4X5 plate holders in the cold and dampness. Golfuss (sp) has changed a lot since I was there, for it was much more dramatic in its cascades, but that is what happens with waterfalls and the subsequent erosion of the cliff face from which it fell. By chance, did you get to hike up behind Golfuss (sp), the vista is just breath taking?

    When you spoke of you counter clockwise planned trip of 9 days, I am sorry to say, and sat back and chuckled to myself, saying, there is no way he is going to do that trip in 9 days. j used my Leicas a lot while I was there. It is too bad you did make it to, or knew of Thorsmark (a beautiful island in the middle of huge, hard running glacier river on the south coast of the country. I was there for a year stationed at the NATO air base in Keflivik. When I was there in the towns the homes were mostly just white washed, but ever home had beautifully strong colored door and window boxes. The contrasts were remarkable. My pics of the Icelandic ponies were during a late summer in an early blizzard. Did you try and get any pics of the geysers while you were there????

    In any event, thanks for the trip through Iceland again with the S-007.

    Tom

    Reply
  550. Jack MacD

    Great pictures.
    After doing the New England trip this fall, you should schedule a group trip to Iceland.

    Thanks for your good work on the review. You have previously put the sensor resolution question to bed. This time to put the removable back issue to bed too.

    The DOF readout was good news for me.
    Jack

    Reply
  551. Peter

    The review was terrific. I would like to see a comparison with the 006 in terms of rendering, etc. like you did with the M9 and M240.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Thanks. Carrying around two S cameras is a bit more effort than two Ms, so I’m not sure that I’ll be doing the same kind of comparison. I did, however, take some portraits of my daughter with both cameras, as well as do some table top controlled comparisons, which I will be publishing in the near future.

      Reply
  552. Ming

    Thanks so much for the extensive review. We are planning a photo trip to Iceland next June, this is great.

    Reply
  553. scott kirkpatrick

    Great review. I second Peter’s request above, for a comparison between 006 and 007 — not can they be made the same, but how are the starting points different?

    But I had to laugh when I saw the map of your intended route around Iceland. I did that route two summers ago, staying indoors, with family of four and less time devoted to photography (except where there are puffins, which we all joined in to do). It took us 14 days, and we had to skip a few things.

    scott

    Reply
  556. John Lou Miles

    David,

    This has to be the most epic review of all time. I don’t ever remember seeing so much dedication put into a camera write up on any level and I’m pretty sure this makes you the Odysseus of reviewers.

    The photos are spectacular to say the least and under difficult circumstances. You’re obvious talent aside I think it’s hard to argue that this is most likely the best digital camera system ever created. Other cameras may have more megapixels, but really what else is there?

    I recently snuck into the system after grabbing an S2 and a few Hasselblad CF lenses for less then one S lens new. Even though I’m on the bottom end I still get overjoyed by almost every image I look at on my computer. Thinking about the 007 + a 120 is almost mind blowing when I figure out how much better it can get still.

    Thanks for the dedication you put in, it’s great having a source that concentrates on Leica gear. Balancing loyalty to the brand and at the same time providing an honest view of each product.

    Reply
  557. Giorgio

    Thanks for the comprehensive review!
    Sounds like a great camera, truly an upgrade to the 006.
    And now I want a 45mm lens…

    Reply
  558. Peter Ghysen

    David,
    Thanks for the article!
    I upgraded to the M-P a couple of months ago and still have difficulties getting used to the ‘flatness’ of the files.
    Not being an expert in Lightroom doesn’t help either…

    You can hear me coming … Is there a way to downlaod the preset you mention in the article?

    Thanks,
    Peter

    Reply
  559. Lance Manderville

    Just reading this great article – many thanks. So, like others asked, it there a download for the preset? And by the way, after seeing so much debate on this it is lovely to just see someone check it out.

    Reply
  562. Kurt Bangert

    Great Article, I have been holding off on a M240 due to what I see as differences. Your presentation here shows that can be mitigated if not eliminated. Is there a place that I can download your presets? Greatly appreciated.

    Reply
  563. Joshua

    Hi David

    I shoot an M9-P and very much in love with the film-like character of images it produces, but have been thinking of upgrading due to the need of higher iso and speed for work. Reading your CMOS vs. CCD review, gave me the confidence to finally sell my M9 & Fuji XT-1 to buy an M240 .

    To be honest, I am quite regretful of this decision. I think the character of images by the M240 is different and I am still having a hard time learning to love it, especially outdoors. Most particularly disappointing is the off-WB that produces over-warm colours in bright daylight, for a $7,000 Leica camera I feel that this shouldn’t be an issue at all, it’s such a hassle trying to colour correct it again in Lightroom. WB is terrible compared to M9 or even Fuji XT-1 which is a only quarter of the M240 price.

    However, with the M240 I have to say it’s a joy to be able to shoot indoors and when the colours are right, the images it produces can be stunning in its own way. I would appreciate it if you can advise me any lightroom presets that might help with the M240’s WB issue. I will go and buy a white balance card and see how that will help, but in the mean time I will keep shooting and try to fall in love with this camera. If I can’t, maybe I will have to cut my losses and trade in the M240 to get my beloved M9-P back.

    Reply
  564. Richard

    Another round of thanks for your in-depth article and another request for the presets you have!

    I struggle to make M240 files look like M9 files and, irrespective of the capabilities of either camera, it is the M9 ‘look’ that I find captivating. The number of comments above along the same lines suggest this is a very common theme.

    There is just something about the way the M9 handles shadows and the tendency towards a cooler WB there that has always wowed me and I miss greatly so far with the M240.

    The M9 really felt like a digital incarnation of a film camera, the M240 doesn’t give me this feeling. Hugely subjective I know and expertly dissected in your article. If you are able to share your presets it would be greatly appreciated, thank you.

    Reply
  565. Rolophoto

    A great report, David. Many thanks.

    I’m contemplating a similar trip and like your accommodation solution. How did the Land Rover Discovery space work out for gear stowage, sleeping and eating ? I’m 6 ft and had doubted that a comfortable nights sleep could be had. Be great to hear your views on this.

    Where did you hire the LR4 from ?

    Regards

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      The LR4 worked out great for me. I’m 5’10” and had plenty of space. I was even able to keep my boots at the foot of my sleeping bag without bumping into them while I slept. I’d say you would be fine at 6′. My camera bag was on the rear seat on the passenger side and behind that I stacked my duffel bags with clothes and food. Water bottles and butane canisters went on the floor in the back seat. I usually ate behind the wheel or sitting up in the back area, unless it was nice out. My sleeping area extended from the back of the driver’s seat to the tailgate. In the LR4, you can fold everything completely flat in this space, so there are no weird bumps.

      I rented the LR4 from Geysir Car rental. They were great.

      Good luck!

      Reply
      • Rolophoto

        Many thanks, David.

        It’s on my bucket list. It seems very popular, but driving your accommodation is a great way to go.

        Cheers

  566. Torakun

    Dear David,

    I am thankful of the great review. I think your review single handedly calm down the debate and people had slowly put the matter under the rug.

    I am a beginner at LR, and being not to sensitive at certain color really making me doubt some of the adjustments I made. I would be grateful if you can send me an email containing the LR preset that you did to make certain files from M240 looking like M9. I want to test myself whether I can tell the different myself or not.

    Cheers for a great website!

    Reply
  572. Jay

    Thanks – what an excellent and thoughtful review (some amazing images as well).

    As a MF shooter I’m more than a little envious, well a lot really. This really is an impressive system, kudos to Leica for making it so.

    Reply
  573. Angela

    I recently purchased the Leica vlux and used the col effects on some of my photos. When I went to download them into apple photos they downloaded in an original form and not with the cool effects. I’m wondering what do I do to fix that.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      First, I’d suggest using Adobe Lightroom, not Apple Photos to process the RAWfiles from the V-Lux. Secondly, the Col Effects apply only to JPGs generated in camera, not to RAWfiles. If you are shooting RAW only, you wouldn’t see the effects in the computer.

      Reply
  574. foto2021

    Every new product announcement from Leica seems to confirm my worst fears about where the company is headed.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Leica is continuing to develop and release truly excellent photographic tools. The M240, M246 Monochrom, S007, Q, and now the SL are all phenomenal.

      Coming out with a line of lifestyle products doesn’t hurt this main goal any more than Porsche or BMW selling tote bags and golf shirts.

      Reply
  575. Alex

    Thank you very much for your effort.
    I really enjoyed the articel and the “quiz” 🙂

    I think lot of the “leica look” comes from the leica glass… even on my fuji my leica glass produces the special signature.
    My theory: Leica glass has a low element count compared to modern , overcorrected dslr glass.
    I will check my theory by buying some vintage low element count glass for my nikon ….

    I also did not like the look of my D800. They look “flat” without “heavy” processing.
    My M9 and fuji files look almost perfect after import into lightroom.

    Greetings
    Alex

    Reply
  576. Nick

    Great article. I have sold my m9p recently upgraded to M240 for the ISO, and as most of the users I’m struggle in M240 color rendering. I would appreciate if you could share me your present.

    Many thanks and for the efforts.

    Reply
  577. Glen Converse

    Dave:
    Thanks so much for the detailed review. I must have read and re-read it 4 times (slow brain). Anyway, my Leica 246 arrives today. I can’t wait to put it to work.

    Warm regards,
    Glen Converse

    Reply
  579. peterv

    Hi David, thanks for the report. For what number of lines per mm are S lenses being calculated/produced? Thanks!

    Reply
  581. Jagadish Tiwari

    Hello, I am Professional landscape photographer from Nepal. Mostly I do photography on high Himalayan region (sometime extreme cold conditions). I am the user of Linhof Master Technika 4×5 Classic, Mamiya RB67, Nikon D3X, Nikon D810 Cameras.

    I am always a Leica lover too. I came to know that Leica have introduced LEICA SL and its LEICA VARIO-ELMARIT-SL 24–90 lens. As a professional landscape photographer, I am really excited about it. I am really impressed with it. But i have few questions/ confusions, one of those is:

    I have seen someone’s video tutorial of SL body with M lens: As he said on his tutorial, we need to full open the f stop then only we can focus nicely, and after focus then only we need to fix the correct f stop. I mean to say, we can’t use M lenses on SL body as we use M lenses on M body. Its quite complicated. Is it correct?
    And How about the plan for Leica SL wide angle lenses (15mm or 18mm…) or wide angle full frame zoom lens?

    Reply
  582. Markus

    Looks like a smart move on behalf of Leica. I am sure many users will appreciate both features, especially the quieter shutter. Having said that I would not like to give up the live view of the 240, especially when doing architecture stuff with my wide-angle lenses … 😉
    Best,
    Markus

    Reply
  583. Sunset Island Productions llc

    CMOS has come a long way in improvements, especially in Low light environments. All the HD Sony cameras we use, are CMOS now because they out perform CCD during strobe and light blooming from stage lighting. Going from crazy LED and Laser lighting to balanced Spots really tests the performance of the camera. Here is the example I use in the film classes https://youtu.be/kYFsFcIuBis

    Reply
  584. J

    Great article and thanks for clarifying the difference in color output between M9 and M240 sensors. Would you kindly allow me to try out the presets you mentioned for LR as well? Thanks!

    Reply
  585. Joan

    David, your images are spectacular! How much post processing do you do with these images?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Thank you for the nice feedback. I do basic edits to taste in Lightroom after applying a preset to my images upon import. I probably spend a minute or two per image.

      Reply
  586. Julia H.

    Hello, thanks for the very helpful instructions – just one short questions: somehow i missed firmware 1.2 and 1.3 – are these updates necessary for the installation of firmware 1.4 and if so, it still possible to get them somewhere? (unfortunately it is not possible to download them from the official leica webpage anymore)… thank you for your response in advance!

    Reply
  589. penny parrot

    what is the time frame under water at 30 ft and what happens when the time is up??? do u have to charge? how long before u can go underwater again? How many lenses, do u need a external flash or two? Love to hear more….

    Thanks

    Penny Parrot

    Reply
  590. Gary

    Hi David

    I have re-read this article several times as I’m considering trading in my M240P for a M9 as i’m not totally satisfied with the files I’m getting from my M. After reading this article I believe it must be down to my Lightroom skills. I’m a novice when it comes to Lightroom; for this reason I have found myself shooting more film.

    Would you also be so kind to email the presets for Lightroom so that I can experiment before I go and make an expensive mistake.

    Great web site with very in depth articles.

    Thank you.

    Reply
  591. Bill

    Fascinating review and I’m looking forward to the release of more fixed primes.

    Reply
  592. Giorgio

    Hi David,

    I have an assignment coming up where I need a camera in the water, and maybe submerged up to 2Meters. Is this camera the Leica XU able to handle these conditions?
    I need to test in late Feb, will it be available?

    Thank you,
    Giorgio Niro

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Girogo,

      The X-U can be submerged to 15m for 60 minutes. 2m shouldn’t be an issue whatsoever.

      Leica Store Miami should have the cameras in stock very shortly, so you’d certainly be able to get one for your assignment.

      Reply
  593. Greg

    Film Is not dead and it’s resurgence is due to those who are not satisfied with digital and its obvious shortfalls, in fact Kodak actually posted a profit in it’s consumer film division this year. Digital has too many short comings but its big profits fore the manufactures of the gear. Every six months more pixels higher ISO’s and better video, I would prefer just buy a video camera at this point. Silver Gelatin prints are irreplaceable and no ink jet or Giclee (fancy word for inkjet) will come near a fiber base print or RC print for that matter so get over it. Digital suits those who view their images on a monitor and that’s about it. Makes production for print much faster and cheaper to produce, but magazines aren’t suppose to be archival and hung in a gallery or museum. I have just begun shooting film with my Leica’s again and My Nikon F3. I love photography again and know why I chose the profession, the results speak for themselves, digital is dying every company is loosing money and everything is on sale. You know your backs against the wall when you biggest competition is an i Phone

    Reply
  595. Markus

    Congratulations!
    Excellent report, beautiful pics. The cyclist riding in the yellow morning fog and the very last pic are my favorite ones.
    I guess I’m a dyed-in-the-wool M user and will thus not get excited about the SL. But it nonetheless seems to be a fascinating piece of technology.
    Greetings from Sao Paulo …

    Reply
  596. Steven K

    David,
    Excellent review.
    I am a S2 and M240 MP owner.
    Im on the fence with the SL.
    Still love my S and M system, yet as I get older it would sure be nice to have AF or a good EVF option for my M system.

    Reply
  597. Jeffrey J. Clegg

    I am extremely impressed with the quality of the images, especially at high ISO settings.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      To my knowledge, the TL lenses are not weather sealed. I would have no issue using it in a light drizzle though, same as I might with an M lens.

      Reply
  599. Jo

    Thank you for writing clearer instructions than those supplied by Leica, I must admit I was rather thwarted by the ‘video release button’, the ‘red video button’ in your instructions clarified things. My Q and I are very happy!

    Reply
  600. Adam Spencer

    To my mind M9 or M240 produce a colour signature, for most subjects it matters little as they are interpretations of the image. Where it’s not so much of a interpretation is when our brains know or want the true colours. For me the only failing of th4e M240 is Caucasian Skin tones, they are too warm, orange some say. As my family form a major part of my photography, the M240 causes me a problem. In the sample pictures they are very few Caucasian portraits, only two portraits, both were correctly guesses. For landscapes I can accept the wider dynamic range. I’d love a mini comparison of only Caucasian portraits. It’s a diverse world and Leica sell a lot of cameras to a global market, it might make sense to tune the colour array the way they do. But still it would be nice to know what the best option is for Caucasian subjects, mu guess is its easier to add warmth then to take it away.

    Reply
  603. Jack MacD

    Thanks David,
    You showed me some features I had yet to discover myself. The focus peaking in zoom with the ability to then see the finished result zoomed in and switching from one shot to the next still zoomed is a handy tool indeed.

    I suggest you consider also to do a video on the use of wifi control sometime. Photographers who have had live view for smaller formats for sometime may be very familiar with the magic of wifi enabled focus but I was not. Using wifi control of focus on my iPhone is certainly more handy than merely having a swingable LCD display. This of course assumes one is on a tripod for critical adjustments. It also allows me in interior architectural work to place the camera totally against a wall for maximum field of view and still see what the camera is taking via the iPhone view.

    Reply
  604. Steve Kawajiri

    Great Articel!!
    I like M9 color but my eye is not good any more.
    So I bought M240 and using external view finder+peeking.
    I would like have your Lightroom Preset.

    I lately bought Lica SL.
    This one has totally different color and I kind not like it.
    Do you have Preset for SL also?

    Reply
  605. Ellis Dionisio

    Dear David,

    Thank you very much for your great review. It’s very timely since I am in the process of upgrading my M9 to the M-P.

    I am wondering If I can request your “preset” that you did to make certain files from M240 looking like M9. Thank you so much again.

    Ellis

    Reply
  606. Maurice Chi

    Thanks David. This is a fantastic review, and wow the pictures! It seemed most photos were taken last September in Iceland, am I right? I was there in the same time frame. I compared my M9 photos with yours, it seemed the S typ7’s colors were more vivid and saturated. How much PS have you done with yours? And if so, what?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Thanks Maurice.

      I was in Iceland in July, so the days were definitely longer than when you went in September.

      I didn’t do any Photoshop work to the files. All edits were done completely in Lightroom, then exported to JPG for web. So, no layers, no blending modes, no compositing. All single shots. The S007 DNGs are the most malleable and luscious files I have ever processed. 15.5 stops of DR really helps for landscape shooting.

      Reply
  607. Jean Sicard

    Thanks Kirsten !!!
    works perfectly for 1.5 update.
    WHY LEICA official website is not as clear???

    They should hire you for communication with members!

    Jean

    Reply
    • Pablo insuasty

      Estaba feliz por haber encontrado una leica T en pleno 2025 y lastimosamente su firmware es muy antiguo y no puedo acceder a la app para actualizar, alguien a esta fecha ha realizado alguna nueva actualización?

      Reply
  608. BenYew

    Thanks for the review. Just a quick question regarding the light metering change, how do I change it from right to left? Cant seem to find it on the manual or any website? 😛

    Reply
      • Rob H.

        My guess is that BenYew is referring to the direction of the light meter display — I believe on Nikons it defaults to left to right (underexposed to overexposed), and on Canon it is right to left (overexposed to underexposed). I can’t speak for Leica’s default, but it seems BenYew wants to change it.

      • Michael

        Hi David, I believe he’s trying to change the light meter/exposure compensation displays from

        -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 to
        3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3

  610. Mark William Rabiner

    What would be a compact elegant leica-like camera if only for the fact that the only thing made for the front of it are metal munching monster lenses. They promised a 50mm normal i think…. thats the lens which should have come out. Whats needed is a pancake 40mm. Hold the blueberries… make is short stack..

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I’m sure there will plenty of primes to come, starting with the 50 f/1.4 Summilux-SL coming later this year. In order to cover the widest range of focal lengths, the two zooms were launched first.

      Reply
  612. Scott

    Excellent post, I very much enjoyed reading this article! I have a Q and love it. I agree with you about it being an great travel camera. I read that you were using some filters with it. I’ve not tried to use any filters with mine yet, which ones did you have a chance to try out on the trip?

    Reply
    • Avatar photo
      Kirsten Vignes

      Thanks Scott! I brought a 6-stop B+W ND filter. I knew I’d be in touristy places with lots of people, so I used it to achieve longer shutter speeds and blur out crowds. Worked well!

      Reply
    • Hank

      Kirsten Wonderful article! I too have a Q and have visited London, Paris and Istanbul, your shots and insights were on point. I have also been in the Leica Store in Miami and will make a point to stop by next time I’m in SoFla. Thanks for a wonderful journey with you and your Q.

      Reply
  613. Angie

    Kirsten, this is a fantastic post! You’re a talented photographer and writer, and I just loved reading this and reminiscing about our trip!

    Reply
  614. Matted

    Is there no tripod mount or collar? Surprising given the size and weight of the lens

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Yes, the 90-280 SL has a very nicely designed rotating, detachable tripod collar. There is a knob to lock the rotation and a knob with safety release for the tripod food.

      Reply
      • Matt

        Ahh, right on. I didn’t see any evidence in the pictures. So the collar itself isn’t integral with a removable foot (like the Nikon 70-200s)? Thanks.

      • Matt

        Oops… I was only looking at the Product photos. Just noticed that the pictures of you holding the lens clearly shows the foot and it is pretty obvious where the collar is. Thanks!

  616. nhphoto

    This new policy of offering a 90 day subscription to Adobe CC seems rather stingy. I would think that a 2 year subscription to Adobe CC would be more the equivalent of the previously offered perpetual license.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I tend to agree that 90 days seems a little light versus the previous full version license. Even 1 year would be better. I have already passed on my opinion to Leica.

      Reply
  618. Bernard

    Is this an April Fools’ joke? A 90-day trial is the same thing as not providing a raw processor. This wouldn’t be a problem if Leicas were supported by other raw processors, but they aren’t. It’s one thing to use Adobe’s buggy software if it’s included with a camera, but it’s insulting to be forced to send them a ransom check every month just so I can access my Leica’s files.
    The least Leica could do is to contribute to the dcraw open-source project. That would give us a choice of raw processors on all platforms.
    My favorite processor, in terms of speed and interface, is Corel’s Aftershot. Unfortunately they only support a subset of Leica’s cameras, and they are years behind in supporting new cameras.

    Reply
    • NHPHOTO

      more musings on the subject…
      Disclaimer: I am a very happy owner of a Leica SL, and do own a copy of Lightroom 6.
      The more I think about the new Leica policy of not supplying a perpetual license for Lightroom 6, and offering a 3 month subscription to Lightroom CC instead, the more uneasy I get.
      First of all, this should really be an April Fools Day prank as the change makes no logical sense.
      Canon provides a Canon raw converter software for any Canon owner to use
      Sony Nikon and other camera manufacturers do the same.
      Leica, the company that boasted that it’s DNG files are future proof, does not provide software that can easily process its own files?
      Yes, one can use the free Adobe DNG converter to access the Leica DNG files, but that is not a practical solution for anyone with more than a small number of files.
      Having to pay a monthly fee to edit your own photos after shelling out upwards of $7000 for a camera is wrong. It makes one a hostage to Adobe, a perpetual income pipeline for that company.
      Might I need to sell my Porsche and perform more root canal procedures to afford the monthly Adobe subscription?

      I urge you all to protest this silly decision.

      BTW:
      3 months of Lightroom CC is actually 4 months of it since one can sign up for a month’s trial subscription before activating the generous Leica subscription offer.
      Still

      Reply
  619. Jimmy

    Great Job. Thank you very much David. Can you send the preset? I tried to follow your flow but not very confident that I am doing it right.
    Thank you so much.
    Jimmy

    Reply
  620. Frank

    Secretly kinda curious to see the M monochrom shots you took… 🙂

    Reply
  621. Ed Schwartzreich

    Really enjoyed this, Kirsten. You write and photograph very well

    Ed

    Reply
  624. Mark

    David, Did the new S 007 software update include the ability to change the Distance Information on the top display from Meters to Feet? This would be most useful to us who use feet versus meters. Thanks. Mark

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Mark, unfortunately, the distance scale is only available in meters, even on v3.0.0.0. I made a request/suggestion during my initial testing for the scale to be in feet as well.

      Reply
  625. Jim Kuhr

    A really great post and the images were wonderful, you have a wonderful eye and clearly know how to get the best out of the “Q”. Unfortunately I don’t think I could justify the expense but it does point out the potential of taking a single prime lens for personal travel. Thanks!

    Reply
  627. Gaston Vermosen

    Hi, Based on the pictures of the lens it seems that there are no strap eyelets. Is it safe to carry this heavy lens + camera just by the camera strap eyelets?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Correct, there are no strap lugs on the lens itself. I had no issues carrying from just the camera strap. The lens points downwards which doesn’t exert the same kind of lateral torque on the lens mount that mounting it to a tripod from the body would. In that case, use the tripod foot to remove the stress on the mount.

      Reply
      • Gaston Vermosen

        Thanks for your reaction and thanks for your excellent review.

  629. Jonathan Slack

    Hi David
    I hope you’re well.
    Great report as usual – I had the lens for a week, but I didn’t have time to really do it justice.
    Hope to get my hands on one again soon.

    best
    Jono

    Reply
  630. Jack MacD

    David,
    Thanks for the walk through.
    An easy update. Surprised they jumped from calling it a 2.xxx all the way to 3.0.0.0..0000
    I expect 3.00.001 to convert meters into feet. And what other suggestions did you make that they may include on 3.00.002?

    I like that it will update my old lenses “automatically” so I will be good to go as soon as the S 350mm is announced.

    Reply
  631. Jack MacD

    A nice useful report.
    I had previously wondered at the flash placement worried that so close to the lens it would flash back on any suspended particles in the water. But you explained the plus of the flash not being shadowed by the lens itself.

    I had not realized this was the only UW camera without a case that shoots RAW. I have a friend John who loves Leica, diving and fishing and this will do it for him.

    Jack

    Reply
  632. OMSchwep

    Thanks for a wonderful comparison between CCD and CMOS, which is very useful even for a non Leica shooter. I have noted similar differences between two generations of Canon 12 MP high-end compacts, comparing shots taken with the same ISO and manual exposure settings of the same outdoor scenes. The CMOS images have greater dynamic range, do not blow highlights nearly as much as the CCD images, but they look flatter and need adapted settings in PP or even in camera (custom colour settings) to get a similar punchy look, while still retaining more highlight detail. Thanks to this report I now know this is due to inherent differences between the two technologies. I can also note that the CMOS camera does a lot better in low light and is allover a lot faster in every way (8 times faster in burst mode!). As it is possible with fairly minimal effort in PP to obtain the look one wants, the greater dynamic range and speed seem to be making the choice between CCD or CMOS in most cases a no-brainer. Of course the manufacturers have mostly made that choice for us by now…
    I am however definitely not retiring the CCD equipped camera as it enables me to take good pictures that look snappy without much post-processing, and it has features that are difficult to find in more recent models.

    Reply
  633. Tor Berg

    Hi.
    Thanks for your great report and pictures using the X-U in such rough conditions.
    A few questions:
    Does the lens have AquaDura coating like the new SL-lenses or do you need to wipe it clean after it gets wet?
    Is the screen scretch-resistent?
    How is the readability of the screen in direct sunlight?

    Thanks again,
    Tor

    Reply
  634. Bora

    Great photos !! I have a Q also and love it , greetings from Istanbul 🙂

    Reply
  635. Joel Aron

    I have never been so happy with a firmware update before. 🙂 thanks for breaking down the updates! greatly appreciated since exploring the updates last night on the camera where very DIY.

    Thanks Josh!!

    Reply
  636. Robert McCullar

    Josh, thank you for the overview. Now, I can check off practically all of the items I have on my wish list for the SL. Hopefully, Leica will push some of these features out to the M and S cameras.

    Reply
  637. Lucien

    Great job Josh !

    Another improvement coming with the v2 :

    Now you can see the estimate aperture reading with R and M lenses in the EVF all the time.

    I mean before and after taking the picture, and not only in review mode like before.

    With V1,2 you could only see F– in the EVF.

    Reply
  638. Ana Flefil

    As additional help, I was having trouble updating the firmware and had no idea why. Finally I figured that the update (V1.5) did not have the “V” in the TUF file name (T701_V151.TUF). Once I updates the file name it worked.

    Reply
  639. greg

    great review, thank you. waiting for my lens to arrive. now more than ever. stellar images and IQ.

    Reply
  641. Noel

    Hi
    Thanks for the great test. That said. there were no comparison shots with skin tones. Of the few people subjects you had, they were taken with the M 240.

    CMOS sensors have it on CCD sensors in high ISO performance. No argument. Low ISO performance, CCD’s, in my view are better. The CMOS sensor is better for the amateurs who want a good shot most times without a second thought I see it as the CMOS is closer to print negative film and the CCD closer to transparencies.

    Thank you for your effort but I remain, unconvinced.

    Reply
  642. boy wye

    is it possible for leica to remove the gray band behind the viewfinder information so as not to obstruct the view of the entire image in the viewfinder for better composition?

    is it also possible to introduce a square format?

    thanks.
    boy wye

    Reply
  643. Gary

    Amazing images, thanks for sharing. As much as anything it has convinced me to get the SL: the colours and detail are incredible! When the lens was first announced I thought, “that’s no lens, its a telescope,” but its only an inch longer that the Nikon 70-200mm. And while its expensive, I would not need to buy either a macro or portrait lens, by the looks of your images… Time to take the plunge methinks!

    Reply
  644. Tim H.

    Great review. I have a Nikon 1 AW1 (which does shoot raw) but as a recent convert to Leica, I’m considering this for the better high ISO performance. After trying it out at an exhibition, I found it surprisingly competent!

    Reply
    • Julian

      Hi Tim

      I was looking at buying the AW1 but have heard mixed reviews about it. I am a professional diver and so know how too look after a camera after a dive. Have you had any issues with leaks etc?

      Cheers

      Reply
  645. John Lou Miles

    Excellent review as always. RDF and Christian Dowling are my two go-to review sites for Leica gear because the overall knowledge of the brand and the superior photo work with the cameras. I just got an SL today after I finally came to terms with the fact that I just wasn’t shooting with my M9 or S2 after I won a Q in a photo contest. Despite the fact that it’s a semi-wide angle lens and I consider myself a “50 guy” I still reach for the Q every time for its incredible lens, ease of use in all settings and the brilliant sensor. For all my sentimentality the M9 just wasn’t keeping up and the S2 being a recent purchase didnt seem a fit for me despite years of lusting after. I’m sure the latter was my fault as I’m not A) A studio shooter and B) using S glass, but rather adapted Mamiya and Hassleblad lenses. I knew the SL was a Hall of Fame camera that would allow me to use my beloved M lenses again on a superior sensor so after a few months of putting it off I woke up this morning and decided it was time for a change. I went to the guys at OC Camera in Mission Viejo, CA where they are more then happy to wheel and deal and made the switch. I’m looking forward to my images having a similar look across the two cameras as well as experimenting with video and third party lenses. Finally the R solution has been revealed and it has definitely been worth the wait!

    Reply
  646. Fred Delgado

    I am in a Windows 10 environment. Can I tether in a Windows environment?

    (I am a big fan of C1 and I hope I can make use of it with my 007).

    Thanks,

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Fred,

      Unfortunately, there is no Image Shuttle 3 for Windows 10 just yet. I’m hoping to see this soon, as I work in both OS X and Windows environments.

      Reply
  647. Ironymous

    Well done, Leica! Now one more step is all we need: fit a digital module into a body the size and weight of the M7.

    Reply
  648. jason berge

    Can you save WHITE BALANCE?

    This technique is well known and I have used it myself extensively in testing, but the deal breaker was that WHITE BALANCE was the only setting you couldn’t save as a default. Not a problem when shooting with my Leaf AptusII, as being a natively supported “camera” you use the “copy from last” feature in the “next capture adjustments” tab. I raise a support case with Phase and they said it was a deliberate decision to have this feature only work with supported cameras. Has this changed.

    Kind regards,
    Jason.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      You can’t set White Balance to the default DNG profile, but you can create a preset. Alternatively, what I was doing in my testing was to manually set a gray card white balance in the camera before shooting the tethered session. I find this technique works well, and have used it for LR as well going back to the S2.

      Reply
  649. Val Schaffner

    Excellent article. Just one small correction to the opening para: first digital RF was Epson RD1, not the M8

    Reply
  650. Tiago

    is this for real? because i have everything up to date and my SL is still not recognized in Lightroom… weird…

    Reply
      • Tiago

        whatever the latest is from Creative Cloud.

      • Tiago

        Lightroom 2015.5.1 Release and Camera Raw 9.5.1

      • David Farkas

        The only indications that the camera is fully supported are the proper display of camera metadata, showing there is an Adobe Standard camera profile and that the lens profile was automatically applied.

        Are you seeing these in your Develop module with SL files loaded?

      • tiago

        i’ll look. More looking for shooting tethered compatibility. i thought that was the big news here.

      • David Farkas

        Ah. Unfortunately, Lightroom doesn’t yet support direct tethering in LR yet. In the meantime, you could use Leica Image Shuttle to put DNG files from the camera into a folder on your computer, then enable Auto Import in Lightroom, setting the watched folder to the same one you selected as output in Image Shuttle.

  652. Chris Townsend

    Thanks for the article. Is your first picture from Barbury Castle in Wiltshire?

    Reply
    • Jonathan Slack

      Hi There Chris
      Yes, I believe it is – that’s a good take!
      I’m now off to read your ‘a year’ article
      all the best
      Jono Slack

      Reply
  653. Fabien

    Wonderful review of CCD vs Cmos comparison. I’m almost temted to use my m240 as i’ve been shooting m9 all along. Inspiring post processing work, well done! This article shows how it could be done with today’s revolutionary digital darkroom that’s available to us to create any “look” we want. I’ve try to emulate the m240 files to look like from ccd and couldnt find a solution to retire my troublesome ccd sensor for a while now. Your article is a true revelation to me. I am wondering If I can ask for your “presets” for M9 and m240 if possible. Thank you so much again!

    Reply
  654. Dr. Van Beveren

    Awsome! Thank you for that wonderful article Bob. That pretty much sums up the same experience I have had in that, as a semi-retired doctor I travel the world shooting 13th. and 14th. century paintings by the masters – often in medieval cathedrals, churches and museums that still use wax candles or other extremely difficult lighting conditions that result in glare. I also enjoy close-up zoo, super-fast aquarium photography and, my favorite – street art. Back in the late 1970’s, during the first year of my medical practice, I earned some extra income with wedding photography on the weekends using what would now be considered the Olympus point and shoot cameras – so I do have some limited experience professionally!

    After he interrogated me about usage I bought a Leica V lux 114 at the insistence of Lee, my Princetonian retailer. Years ago he sold me a Leica ranger M8 along with a simple Panasonic Lumix for most of my travel needs – a great little camera but with few extras. It was difficult to use in low light and the autofocus left a lot to be desired, comparatively. Its sensor was limited and It had very few bells and whistles. I always carried a heavy tripod everywhere I traveled. I did use it for many microscopic images and it worked great.

    He advised me to buy the newer Panasonic/Leica V Lux 114 and then upgrade to the Leica M9 – and that I’d never regret the combination. He could not have been more right. The Leica V Lux 114 is an incredible mid-range, lightweight, ergonomic, stealthy silent, very sturdy weather resistant camera that along with the upgrade to the ranger M9, resolved most, if not all my problems. To me this combination holds its own in even the most demanding situations and saves me from even being tempted by the $5,999 Eos/Mark 11 -:). Sorry Canon.

    The two cameras are a great combination for virtually all my applications. What one has the other does not and vice-versa. The fixed 28 – 400 mm high quality Leica lens (constant 2.8F ) on the V-Lux is both fast and handles with ease. When the long lens zooms in and out from its basic body – people often do a double take and stop to ask me “what camera” i.m shooting. (I did not mean for that sentence to sound so sexy!). This camera has video, Wi-Fi and other features that you only see in equipment that cost thousands of dollars more and still, for an amatuer like me, it’s really easy to use and gets professional images. And I obviously don’t have to sing the praises of the M9 as it has stood on its own for many years. Keep ‘um coming Bob..

    Reply
  655. Karl

    Hi, thank you for the wonderful images. Right now I have the Leica Q, which I am quite happy with it. But I miss
    sometimes a little more zoom. Do you think I am better off with the Leica T and one of the zoom lenses. How about the ISO and the focus speed of the Leica Q in comparison with the Leica T? Thank you
    Karl

    Reply
  656. Tom Fuldner

    Love your website, but please “Lock-circle,” not “Look.”

    Reply
  658. dalethorn

    I was considering this, but instead I swapped it out to a photographer for other gear, and bought an Omega Grey Side of the Moon wristwatch. I’m still waiting for another photographer to test my Leica X-U underwater camera, under water. In the meantime, waiting to see what Leica will introduce next.

    Reply
  659. dalethorn

    It would be cool to see a Leica lens on a smartphone, but first some observations:

    While the lenses on the Panasonic-related D-Lux and D-Lux 6 are/were top-notch lenses, the Leica lens on the new $700 Panasonic ZS-100 is not so great. The Leica lenses on the Leica C and related Panasonic LF1 were not very good at all. The tiny LF1 was $500 and the Leica version around $800, so their lenses should have been superb, but weren’t even very good.

    Canon makes a pocket superzoom (SX720) whose lens is superb, from 24 mm equiv. to 960 mm – fantastic!

    Apple’s iPhone6 lens is incredibly good – limited only by a tiny phone sensor. Clip-on lenses from Olloclip and (soon to be) Zeiss extend the iPhone lens, with excellent quality results.

    So, cellphones may benefit from a Leica lens, but only if they are made and implemented extremely well.

    Reply
  660. dalethorn

    I haven’t done underwater yet since someone else is going to do that with my camera – soon they say. But I have done quite a lot of shooting on land, and the X-U reminds me very much of the X1 that I had, with many improvements, not the least of which is the f1.7 lens.

    Reply
  661. dalethorn

    I will always have Michael next to my heart. Literally. When Luminous Landscape issued DVDs, I bought all of them, and ripped the tracks to MP4 i-device-compatible videos. There are 11 videos on Iceland alone. The good news is, instead of having a nameless or faceless presenter of scenes, Michael and his associates are participants and presenters in these photographic adventure videos. And having them at hand at all times, they continue to inspire me as well as others I come into contact with.

    Reply
  662. dalethorn

    Here’s one Oberwerth user who can testify to the outstanding quality and aesthetics of Oberwerth bags. They are an excellent value.

    Reply
  663. mohamed

    such an amazing report from your trip and the photos are stunning , nice work.

    Reply
  664. Sam C

    Great series of articles, thank you for the effort put into this eternal debate.

    I agree with you and most others that both cameras are different animals with different strengths and weaknesses, you win some you lose some.

    The colors on DNG files from the M9 though, I find much nicer and almost slide-like. Maybe that’s the “CCD look” that differentiates itself from the M240 (and other digital cameras with CMOS sensors). Then again, the M240 files are highly meallable when compared to the M9, therefore some work is needed to tweak the colors to emulate the M9’s look.

    I’ve tried quite a few methods, but have not been entirely satisfied so far. I would be grateful if you could send me your LR preset to try out.

    Thanks in advance!

    Reply
  665. su

    If you can save only DNG, doe it mean NR is automatically turned off?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      There might be some inherent hardware-based per-pixel noise reduction in the imaging pipeline, but a DNG wouldn’t have software NR applied to it like a high ISO JPG shot in-camera would. You’d still have to apply NR in post processing, just as before when a DNG+JPG was captured. The JPG used for preview would have NR; the DNG wouldn’t.

      Reply
      • su

        Actually I meant to write LENR, which I assume would still be applied, thus increasing the waiting time before the next exposure.

  667. Steve Rasmussen

    David– You said that the 105 was not corrected for CA. It was, just not to the degree that the Leica was. After shooting this lens on film for 20+ years, I have never seen CA with it. The really interesting Pentax lens to try on the S2 is the 300mm EDIF (6X7): an APO lens with very low tertiary spectrum.

    Reply
  668. Bob Hamilton

    Dear David,
    As an S owner (type 006 and type 007 and S2 before that) since almost day one, your comment, near the beginning of your otherwise excellent article, to the effect that there is a full complement of lenses available for the S system, which bodes well for the SL system, astounds me. For a system’s (the S) native lenses to stop at 180mm, which is not even 150mm in full frame terms, means that, as much as I love my S equipment, it can never be a complete “system” for me and is, increasingly, left at home when on an assignment which demands the availability of a system with focal lengths of 200mm or longer. The SL, in many ways, is already more of a system through the 2 native zoom lenses and the ability to use M and R lenses by means of smart adapters – all in the space of essentially a few months since the introduction of the SL compared to over half a decade since that of the S.
    I have been canvassing Leica UK and Germany for several years to, if they are, contrary to promises made at the launch of the S all those years ago, unable to introduce longer, native focal length lenses, at the very least develop a matched, APO tele converter for the 180mm lens. All of my emails on the subject have been unanswered and my pleas have fallen on stony ground, which speaks volumes for the future of the S system and to Leica’s commitment to those loyal customers who have spent a small fortune investing in a system which promised so much but which now looks as if it is being pushed into the background of no further development.
    Kind regards,
    Bob Hamilton

    Reply
  671. James McCarty

    This is great news, since I own an old Macro Elmarit-R 60 mm, and I’m interested in photographing my extensive collection of fountain pens. I was afraid I might have to go back to Japanese cameras, but the SL system represents a real alternative.

    Reply
  672. Christian Baur

    Hi Kirsten, wonderful review of the Leica Q, just bought one after reading, can you recommend some setting for jpeg-color pix? best regards from rainiy Switzerland, Christian

    Reply
  673. Sanford

    Thanks for the information. I have tethered my M240 with Lightroom and it is a useful feature. That Leica has made an effort to support this is great. However, that Leica chose not to support Windows, a much more widely used platform, in the beginning is a serious failure. Let’s hope we will not have to wait months for this to be available.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I use both Windows and Mac OS. I’d definitely appreciate a Windows version soon, but my understanding is that the ball is in Adobe’s court, not that Leica is trying to snub Windows users.

      Reply
  674. Chamara

    I wanna buy Leica APO-Vario-Elmarit-SL 90-280mm from Hong kong this week..Is Stock available and advice me how to come..

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I don’t know what the stock situation in Hong Kong is like these days. Here in the US, the 90-280 is still in short supply relative to demand.

      Reply
  675. Jack MacD

    I love your work.
    Nice to see a fine photographer with a fine camera.
    The two lenses, 24 and 30-90 are about all you need for a trip.
    The 120 would be the third for me.

    Reply
  676. Viet Tran

    I love the improvement of longer shutter speeds ( added up to 120 seconds at iso 100 ) but I do not see any changes at other iso ( 1600 / 3200 ), I hope to see any feedback about it.

    Reply
  678. Pieter J Blok

    Dear Josh,
    Very many thanks for your enlightening review of the new
    Leica Q firmware update.
    Very much appreciated.
    Best wishes and regards,
    Pieter J Blok
    Reigate
    Surrey UK

    Reply
  679. Mike Rosenberg

    Thank you so much for your website.i was not able to download the 2.1 for the sl at the main Leica website for members.but I had no problem downloading from your website.thank you

    Reply
  680. Mike Rosenberg

    Thank you so much for your website.i was not able to download the firmware 2.1 update at the main Leica website for members.i had no problem at your website.thank you

    Reply
  681. Tom Fuldner

    I’m really stumped when I attempt to do this when the elements are Leica SL, Leica Shuttle 3.4 and Capture One Pro 9.2.1. The folks at Capture One tell me that this process only works in Capture One sessions, not catalogs.

    I’ve managed to accomplish this almost by accident, but not able to repeat it successfully. If I follow Capture One’s directions, I start by creating a session, rather than a catalog. But as I progress, I receive a prompt that reads, “Select hot folder is only available for catalogs…”

    Any help would be greatly appreciated

    Reply
  682. richard lavoie

    Thank you, thank you from a challenged owner whose day was made better by your entry, specifically how to enter the 1 spot auto focus and the video lock…

    Reply
  683. Per Hildebrant

    I certainly join the above users when saying that your review was a substanciel aid for getting the set up of the new FW in place – the very best advice about this topic found on the net – in particular because of its VISUAL presentation. Thanks a lot!

    Reply
  684. Terry Salvoni

    Many thanks Josh for a very useful guide to the upgrade. In the section on the extended EVF mode you say that the live view is maintained in the EVF when playback or menu is viewed on the lcd, depending on the button pressed. On my unit when the buttons are pressed the playback or menu is also then shown on the EVF – do you think my unit has upgraded correctly?

    Reply
  685. JM Biren

    Best ww (world wide) post helping explain the version 2.0 of the Leica Q OS.

    Eternal thanks and best personal wishes!

    JM

    Reply
  687. Toni

    Hello

    for some reason the peaking did not work anymore suddenly on my SL. Then yesterday I shot in the studio, switched “exposure preview -off”. Peaking was fine all day. Really great peaking just like on the Sonys. Until I switched back to “exposure preview -on”.
    Sadly switching to “exposure preview -off” did not bring the peaking back again.
    What’s going on here?
    Firmware 2.1

    best regards

    Reply
  688. Belltown99

    Thank you for documenting these changes. The Leica Q manual has not yet been updated and some of these changes are not intuitive (e.g. push delete button to change size of AF field). Hooray for DNG only.

    Reply
  689. Albert L.

    Absolutely stunning and extremely inspirational! Thank you for sharing your efforts.

    Reply
  690. William Scharf

    I can download the firmware but it won’t open on my MacBook Pro so I can transfer it to the SD card. It doesn’t seem to recognize the .lfu ending and asks me what program I want to use to open it. I’ve tried downloading several times. I didn’t have any trouble updating my M240. Any suggestions?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      The update file is not meant to be opened or run on your computer. Take the file and copy it to a blank SD card that you just formatted in your camera. Navigate to the Camera Information menu, then start the firmware update within the Firmware menu.

      Reply
  691. Bob James

    Hello Kirsten,
    Just thought I would tell you i’m from the oppositions site, [ Thomas Menk’s Fuji site ] but I realy like your images taken with the ” Q ”, thank you.
    R. S. James.

    Reply
  692. Niclas

    Does anyone know if the firmware upgrades for the M-D also works on the M60 version?

    Reply
  693. Ola

    Hi,

    I’ve attempted the update numerous times on my 601, just as described above (done this several times with my XT-1 & Q, so no stranger to updates) but all I get is ” No firmware on SD card found”. Anyone who has a clue why this is?

    Reply
  694. mabyismabyline

    You mention you made WB corrections and the sort.. but would it not be quicker to try make a lightroom color profile for m240, to match the color profile of m9 ? I think DXO optics pro has a camera simulation effect (where there’s drop list of camera which effect you want to apply) which could also prove to be useful

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Perhaps, but not everyone is adept at creating camera profiles. My goal was to see how close I could get the files using standard, everyday methods – ones which any Lightroom user could reasonably perform.

      Reply
  696. John Brewton

    Albert, thank you for your report and fine images. I think your article would be enhanced by providing f-stop and aperture. While I do shoot an S, I don’t have the lens latitude as you so this information would be most appreciated. Everything I have seen from the S24 astounds me (as does the price!) Luckily I’m not all that inclined to WA’s 🙂
    Kindest regards,
    John Brewton

    Reply
    • Albert Knapp

      Thank you for your comments…
      I would suggest that you rent, beg or steal a 24mm.. You will not be disappointed. It is their best lens!
      Albert

      Reply
  697. Jack MacD

    Thanks Josh,
    You provided the best examples out on the web of the usefulness of the 007 update.
    Great improvement of the info display, and the ability to do ratings on camera is a big plus.
    Jack

    Reply
  698. David H Dennis

    I really love the concept and design of the SL, but in view of what David is saying about the new lens designs being meant for higher resolution, I am wondering what the time frame for development of a new, higher resolution SL might be. Also are there any plans for improving low light sensitivity? In my testing it’s still noisy at ISOs above 12,000 compared to the Nikon D5.

    I really like the design and controls of the SL better than the D5, and I love your various design innovations, but it’s hard for me to make the switch in light of the much higher system price and the worse low light performance.

    By the way, thanks for the Q! I’ve been delighted by its performance! Most of my recent Facebook albums were taken with it.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      David,

      Who knows where the sensor tech will be in 10-15 years. I doubt Leica does. And I wouldn’t be so brave to speculate. By designing lenses that are suited to high resolution digital sensors, now and what might be possible in the future, Leica is essentially protecting your investment in glass. And their investment in R&D and manufacturing. Make it once. Make it the best it can be. Make it that way for years to come.

      With regards to low light sensitivity, I don’t personally use this as a measuring stick for most cameras. To me, the fact that the SL can turn out fantastic results at ISO 6400 or 8000 is plenty – for me. The D5 is very much a spot news and sports camera. Absolute image quality is not as important as getting the shot, no matter what condition. I’d wager that your SL shots at low and mid ISO settings look nicer than those from the D5, with more microcontrast, textural nuance, and more pleasing colors. A big part of this are the Leica lenses, no doubt. But, a huge part of the credit needs to be acknowledged, and that is Leica’s digital side. The sensor and processing play an enormous role in meshing up perfectly with the glass and delivering that signature Leica look. The D5 is not a bad camera. Far from it. But, for me, I don’t need heavily noise reduced ISO 100,000 shots. I rarely shoot anything above 6400 even in the darkest conditions. But, I do an awful lot of shooting at ISO 400 – 1600. And here, the SL wins hands down.

      Indeed, the Q is fantastic. It shares almost the same exact sensor and image processing as the SL. 🙂

      Reply
      • David H Dennis

        So the good news is that even as the SL is replaced by a SL2, the glass should still be good for many, many years to come. I must say that seems very different from how the Japanese makers do.

        The biggest complaints I see about Leica are the times to repair them when sometime goes wrong. I’ve heard from multiple sources that it can take a month or even multiple months to get repairs done. Is this something the new division is going to be working on going forward?

        I do feel I get significantly sharper and more attractive results from the Q than the D5, which bears out your assertion about the SL. And I particularly enjoy using manual focus on the Q, which would also work well with the zooms and M lenses. The Q has certainly caused my love for the Leica brand to deepen.

        Is there some good resource on understanding how these lens charts work? I notice that Nikon and Leica use completely different measurement systems – if I recall correctly, Nikon uses 30 lines and Leica uses 40 (and, you say, 60 internally). Is there any way to compare the curves when it appears that Nikon is easier on themselves (if I understand this correctly) than Leica?

        I really want to try the SL and 90-280 lens on the butterflies at Fairchild Garden (I think about 10 minutes away from your store), perhaps that could be arranged in advance?

        Why does the SL require an audio adapter instead of having jacks built into the body?

  699. Bernard

    Is this the same Stephan Schulz who worked at Rollei 15 years ago? If so congratulations, he treated me very well back in the day.

    Reply
  700. John Downing

    David, thanks for the report from Photokina. Has Leica abandoned the S system? A product roadmap for the S would be most welcome. A mirrorless replacement for the 007 leaves Leica would be most welcome. But no news about the S line is worrying.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      John,

      I have meetings scheduled with Toni Felsner, product manager of the S System, as well as Stephan Schulz, global director of business unit professional. I will see what I can find out.

      Reply
      • Albert Knapp

        Great reportage as always!
        Please let me know what is in store for the S system.
        Can you also put in a plea to get the histogram back on the LED after each shot?
        Never hurts to beg…
        Albert

    • Will

      It is most worrying. I also feel as if they have abandoned the S and their customers. No road map, no signs of life. I have no interest in the SL or any new product from Leica at this point.

      Reply
      • David Farkas

        I’ve already had some discussions, and will be publishing an interview soon, that the S System is still a top priority for Leica.

    • William

      I feel the same, like Leica has abandoned the S and I am feeling very uneasy about my investment in it.

      Reply
  701. LeicaPhotos

    David, certainly jealous you are there, but glad you are sharing so much information! Leica keeps making it difficult to pick between the M series and the SL series. It’s great to see a roadmap of what’s coming. Thanks!

    Reply
  702. Robert McCullar

    David, thank you for this interesting and informative report. Like Albert, I am also interested in learning what Leica has planned for the S System. Many, such as myself, have invested heavily in S bodies and lenses, and my concerns are two-fold: the roadmap for the S, if there is one, and support plans for the S if there is not one.

    Thanks,
    Robert

    Reply
  703. John Nopper

    David:

    Just wondering how this new lens compares to the S 100/2 using the S to L adaptor on the SL camera? And it seems like there is little to no review/experience with the S lenses on the SL. Is the S to L adaptor available?

    Thanks

    John

    Reply
  704. Dan

    I too need to know about the S, I have zero interest in the SL. Have they abandoned the S? They seem to have abandoned their customers.

    Reply
  705. Mirek Rzadkowski

    Great idea, I really welcome it. I’ve recently transitioned from the Canon system to the Leica SL system. While with Canon for the last 15 years, I enjoyed the privileges and support of the CPS (Canon Professional Services) in Sydney, and when I travelled around the world. This included asssitance with repairs and maintenance of gear, and even simple and quick service like cleaning the sensor of the digital Pro camera bodies. It really worked fantastic. Contrast it now with the Leica realities. A month ago, I sent my Vario-Elmarit-SL 90-280 lens for a repair to Leica Germany through Camer Clinic in Melbourne-Australia, the local service provider. The outlook isn’t good. I’ll have to wait another three (3) months for the repair to be completed, as I was told. This is completely ridiculous turn around times for not so complex fix to my lens. I hope the new Business Unit Professional will be empowered to make a change to the current largely disappointing level of support granted to users of the S and SL cameras.

    Reply
  706. Brett

    Hi I love your photos and thank you for the amazing review. I have just ordered mine today and will have it Thursday!! I can’t wait to try it and take it on our trip to Iceland in November.
    Thank you
    Brett

    Reply
  707. Adam

    The only thing that Leica has abandoned is their loyal customers, in favour of collectors.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Adam,

      I’m not sure I agree. Leica has developed an amazing portfolio of cameras and lenses over the last few years that are very much intended for the quality-conscious shooter. I have a hard time deciding between S, SL, M, and Q these days. I’m not a collector by a long shot. My priorities are image quality, build quality and how a camera feels while working. Leica excels on all those points for me.

      Sure, Leica comes out with special edition cameras to capitalize on the interest of collectors and enthusiasts. Why shouldn’t they? Ultimately, the revenue from such products makes its way back to R&D for lenses like the 50 Lux SL, which is just the first of the next level prime lenses for the SL.

      Reply
  708. Jack MacD

    David,
    Nice report as always.
    You mentioned the S120 being a favorite lens and the SL75 being your next favorite but different a bit.

    I recall the S lenses were designed for handling resolution increases of a factor of two. Sounds like SL may be there too?
    Would you be able to say that S lenses are still better than SL, or SL lenses are as good as S. Or will we see a step up in newer S lenses in the future?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Jack,

      Thanks.

      I can’t say that the 75 APO SL is a favorite just yet. I haven’t shot with it. I just said that the look reminds me of the 120 S, which you already know is a favorite of mine.

      The S lenses are incredible for sure. There’s no doubt about that. But…. it would seem that the SL lenses are the next step. If and when Leica increases resolution for either system, I think the lenses will be able to handle the added demand easily. Both the S and SL optics are able capable of more.

      Reply
      • David H Dennis

        So does that mean the SL lenses could handle a medium format sensor? That would be quite interesting!

      • syed hasan (Sami)

        Hi David, which lens/camera did you use to take photo of peter Karbe Holding Leica Sl with 1.4 Lens.
        Thanks,
        Sami

      • David Farkas

        D-Lux 109. I wish I had taken the extra time to grab the SL and the new 50 Lux, but Peter needed to go to his next appointment.

  710. Manoli

    David,
    Did you get an opportunity at Photokina to check out the two new Novoflex AF adapters for the SL ?

    Reply
  711. Bernard

    Question for both of you: are we going to see a stronger Sinar retail presence in North America?

    Reply
  712. Nunnzzzz

    so to circle the wagon on the 30-90 zoom. It seems the crazy “color” images I was getting with the 30-90 zoom is a firmware problem with the the 4.0. Thankfully John Kreidler with Leica walked me thru 3-4 software upgrades to finally get the 4.0 to work. It seems they are having issues with this lens when you update the software

    Reply
  713. Al

    David, should have asked Stephan about the widespread AF mechanism failures on S lenses, and Leica’s lackluster acknowledgment of it thus far. I own 5 S lenses, of which 3 have already failed. Leica fixed them “for free,” except I had to pay outbound postage (and risk theft) and wait 4-12 weeks each time.

    Reply
  714. John Downing

    Thank you for the excellent interview with Stephan Schulz. I’m pleased to see that Leica will continue to develop the S system. Based on this interview I’m adding another S lens. I’m especially happy to hear that Leica is truly listening to it’s customer base and has created a professional services group. I’m sure many of us are now eager to hear the details – especially for markets outside of Germany.

    Reply
  715. scott kirkpatrick

    Did you get an explanation of how the different DOF rolloff that makes f/2 have the same feeling as an f/1.4 shows up in the MTF’s (or does it?). And how are corrections for distortion and LCA “baked into the DNG”? DNG1.4 (used in the SL but not in the M240) has a place for these parameters, and they show up in files from the SL zooms and some of the supported R zooms and wide angles. Is there more going on? Are the corrections applied to the JPGs in camera the same as those passed in the DNG files?

    Karbe, as a justifiably proud engineer and designer, seems more open than the typical Leica exec, so maybe he can give us more insight into what makes these lenses so special.

    Reply
  716. Raid Amin

    I enjoyed listening to Peter Karbe as he gave us a 75 minute presentation on the history of Leica optics in Wetzlar.

    Reply
  717. Felix

    In order to update to the newest firmware 1.55, you need to have previous version firmware 1.4 installed in the camera before you can install the newest v1.55, otherwise won’t work, because it happened to me when I bought the Leica T (Top 701) 3 weeks ago, the firmware installed in my camera was v.1.0, I followed the exact instruction on this page, but the firmware update screen didn’t popped up as shown in this page. Long story short, a Leica regional sales manager finally updated the firmware for me, as he told me, he installed the previous v1.4 in the camera first before the newest v1.55.

    Reply
  718. Felix

    I just purchased the Leica T (Typ 701) 3 weeks ago, the firmware on my camera was v1.0 and I was having problem updating the newest v1.55 firmware into my camera, followed exactly the Leica instruction told me to (format the SD card in camera, copied the T701_155.TUF file into card, inserted to camera, but the update screen didn’t popped up). then I bought the camera back to the store, they ran into the same problem as I did and could not figured out what’s wrong, it should be simple update. At the end, Leica sales manager took in my camera and updated for me, he told me I need to have the previous version 1.4 installed in the camera before I can update to v1.55, otherwise v1.55 won’t work on v1.0.
    So if you just bought a brand new Leica T with v1.0 firmware in your camera, either you go to a Leica store and ask the stuff to update for you or ask Leica to send you the v1.4 firmware to you thru email.

    Reply
  719. Thomas

    Thanks for your great pictures and this brilliant article.
    I own M9 and M9Mono cameras. But I still work a lot with my old M8 in B&W. It still gives me very good pictures.

    Reply
  720. Ster

    I also wonder what is the focusing speed with this adapter?

    Also, you have not listet G lenses (like 200 F2 VR),… are they not supported?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Because Nikon G lenses use a mechanical cam actuator for aperture control, you wouldn’t be able to electronically control aperture from the SL via the adapter. Only the NikonE lenses have electronically controlled aperture systems, so these are the ones that are officially supported and which feature full functionality.

      Reply
  722. Rick

    Hello, I also have a Q and I really enjoy it. Your photographs are superb, I particularly enjoyed the one with the hot air balloons.

    Regards from Wash. D.C.

    Reply
  723. Internautas

    Sorry, I am new, but how extremely rich you have to be to buy a mid-size camera for $16,900?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      For working professionals, tools of the trade are offset by income. For amateurs, we all have our passions and priorities. Many people will spend much more than this on cars, motorcycles, musical instruments, cruises, ski vacations, fishing boats, etc. For those who love photography and appreciate top quality gear, the Leica S is an amazing tool that produces incredible results.

      Reply
  724. Glenn Kaufman

    The new SL 50 looks heavy. I assume no OIS as in the zooms? Did you get a sense of the weight of the 35? I worry about hand-holding these lenses on the SL. Thanks.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      The 50 Lux SL is somewhat large, but not especially heavy. It balances really nicely with the SL. The Summicron SL lenses at the show were just design mock-ups – no glass inside. But, they will certainly be smaller and lighter than either the zooms or the 50 Lux.

      Reply
  725. Jack MacD

    Until reading about the TL, I hadn’t thought about it being as able to use the S lenses as the SL can. Might look a little out of proportion putting an S lens on my T, but it can be done. Am I correct that the effect would be the same as merely cropping an image created by the S sensor?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Yeah, S lenses would probably look immense on the TL. The crop factor calculation is the same as any other lens. So, a 35 S lens would behave the same way a 35 TL lens or 35 M lens would on the TL sensor, roughly equating to a 50mm FOV.

      Reply
  726. 2wenty

    @d.p. you’re a Moron. If I’m spending $8k I want to see the differences in output. Especially if it’s a specific camera like the monochrome. If you don’t like it, don’t read it. Maybe you should spend more time taking photos than complaining.

    Reply
  729. cooper051

    As shown in the video, attachment of the new Leica flash bracket seems to block the bouncing of flash to the right rear or side. So then what good is it?

    Reply
  730. Lyndale P

    I was somewhat saddened to learn that I bought the T system a camera that was discountinued which I found out totally by accident from a friend who called me to buy the same camera, since I had touted the camera with so many accolades. I’m so glad that Leica has developed a newer model with the new features on the TL.

    My ultimate plan is to create a book of my incredible summer with my Leica T…now if I can trade up all will be forgiven 🙂

    Reply
    • David Wolman

      I have a T after the 1.55 firmware update I do not see a significant difference. This is the first time a manufacturer has gone out of their way to improve a product through updates. It has made a very mediocre camera into an absolutely fantastic one the only thing missing is photo peaking to an otherwise excellent camera.

      Reply
  731. Harold Bailey

    Am I correct in believing that using the SL 90-280mm on the TL will give a field of view equivalent to135-420mm full frame?

    Reply
  732. Dan

    Leica’s lack of solution to fix the faulty part in S lenses is monumentally diabolical. It’s a very, very, very bad reflection on the company and it is clear they are not interested in their customers, or the future of their company. RIP Leica.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I agree that the focus system failures on S lenses are troubling. Leica is actively working on a permanent fix for the issue. Keep in mind, though, that when a solution is implemented, Leica wants to be sure that the new part(s) will last in the long run. This is why high repetition QC testing is required to verify greater longevity and long-term reliability. And this kind of testing takes time. Clearly, Leica does care about its products and the customers who use them, which is why they are being so fastidious about testing before announcing the permanent solution.

      Reply
  733. Jack Scherrer

    I just read this article and have been struggling with moving up to the 240 from my m9p. What a terrific job you did! Would you be so kind as to send the presets you used for m240. Regards, Jack

    Reply
  734. Jeff

    Luis, thanks for the video on the SL 24-90 versus M lenses. I noticed that when you used the zoom, unlike when you used the M lenses, you did not use the hood. Was this to downplay the already massive size comparison, because it would be unwieldy otherwise, or because you genuinely feel the zoom hood is not necessary for shielding light and for optimal performance?

    Thanks,
    Jeff

    Reply
    • Avatar photo
      Luis Mora

      I personally don’t like to use the hood on the 24-90 because not only does it add length to the lens, its actually not that necessary (in my opinion at least). The M lenses have such small hoods that they don’t really detract from my shooting experience so I don’t bother removing them.

      Reply
  735. dritz40

    Terribly lovely images! I concur with the earlier comment to note the lens and aperture. Thank you for sharing your pictures and words.

    Reply
  736. valentino

    great lens. nice photos. i sold mine because it was just too heavy. it somehow balances much worse then the canikons on the d800/5d cams, even it is not much heavier.
    Also zoom range 70-200 would be a far better range for most cases for mixed shooting content. 70 is still quite useable with a step backward as a normal lens. while 90 is already fully tele, so its not a versatile lens but fully tele. some people might prefer to have that 280 instead.

    Reply
  737. Dr.Saad Habba

    I presently own Q and anticipating giving up my Nikon D800 with zoom lenses24-70 to get an SL 24-90. Am I crazy to do so.
    Please add me to your email list for any future leicas Info.

    Reply
  739. David H Dennis

    Video and lens both look lovely! Pity my Internet connection doesn’t work great with 4K video.

    Was the video shot with the SL and the same lens?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Thanks! The video was all recorded with the SL. Most of the footage was shot with the 35mm Summilux-TL, the beginning tracking shots were with the 23mm Summicron-TL, and the close-up beauty shots were with the 24-90 SL.

      Reply
      • Bernard

        I would love it if you did an article showing your video shooting rig with the external recorder, and presumably the LockCircle cage.

        Do you know if Leica is working on implementing the ACES workflow (http://www.oscars.org/science-technology/sci-tech-projects/aces)? That would make it a lot simpler to integrate the SL into larger projects. I see you used an Arri Alexa preset in Premiere (which looks very good, BTW), but the best option would be a dedicated SL ACES IDT.

      • David Farkas

        Bernard,

        Yes, this is planned for the future for sure. There is a lot of uncertainty surrounding best practices for video. So many variables.

        I will certainly inquire about the ACES workflow, and work to educate myself more on this evolving standard.

        Thanks for the feedback.

  741. John Nicholson

    Very late catching up with this but found it an enormous pleasure to read highlightingfor me what I have found so good abot the XV in the last two years of ownership. It goes into hibernation in the winter but is otherwise my absolutely favourite camera for image quality and haptics. The latter I have considerable improved by adding a thin strip of metal with a bottom ridge in the same colour as the control wheel. harmonises perfectly and has completely removed false activation of the flash contact. Much more useful than the auxiliary hand grip. I shoot mainly jpegs and the XV is the camera on which I have least pp adjustment to do.

    Reply
  742. Jack MacD

    Good work Josh,
    My review of all the reviews suggests this iteration of the M is getting universal acclaim.
    My favorite part is that it is available now, not in 12 months. I like the ISO dial. All these little changes appear to really add to the appeal.
    Jack

    Reply
  743. Daryl Ovadia

    Thanks Josh, well written and succinct. Always exciting to hear of a new M.

    Reply
  744. scott kirkpatrick

    Sign me up for your first video webinar or at least send out an alert for a blog post on how to put this together. Point’n and shoot’n and capture on the SD card seems to work OK, but getting good audio in a crowded setting is important, and I see that my gear (Beachtek mixer for line input and powered mikes) which ends up with a standard 3.5 mm plug doesn’t find a socket on the camera body. Is it hopeless to shoot SL video without the extension grip/battery pack?

    And I see you are using Premiere, but half the world uses Final Cut X, so which steps can be done both ways?

    thanks,

    scott

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Scott,

      There is an audio adapter for the SL to accept 3.5mm miniphone input and also provides a 3.5mm headphone jack for monitoring.

      For capturing video, I use a Video Devices PIX-E5H 5″ recording monitor which takes the clean feed off the sensor over HDMI. This allows me to record at 10-bit 422 rather than 8-bit 420 to the SD card. There are other advantages besides the improvement in image quality, but this is a big one. The PIX-E uses the Apple ProRes 422 codec so Final Cut X workflow would be great. I just prefer the Adobe CC ecosystem and work on both Mac and PC, so cross-platform compatibility is important for me.

      For audio, I use the Sennheiser AVX wireless mic system. Handles loud environments with ease. The system is about as close to plug-and-play as you can get. For audio recording, I use the PIX-LR audio interface adapter for the PIX-E5. It attaches on the bottom and allows the use of two XLR inputs. The audio sounds amazing, thanks to the implementation of the legendary Audio Devices analog pre-amps and analog limiters.

      I’m hoping to publish and article, a video guide or both on best practices for SL video shooting and post-production workflow.

      Reply
  747. Jesus Cardonne

    Loved the lenses. The video is extremely well done. Luis you sounded like narrator on a NG special, great.

    Reply
  748. Jack MacD

    David,
    An incredibly through interview.
    You touched on some items that I had not gleaned from other reviews.
    Glad you asked about the eventual mono.
    Thank you.

    Reply
  750. scott kirkpatrick

    This was very informative, especially where they get into the continued differences between the M10 sensor and the SL sensor. It appears that there may always be lenses that are more appropriate to one or to the other. After some of the experience with the SL and formerly “tricky” lenses which had gotten recently re-issued, I suspected that the SL was a new standard. For example, does the new “vintage” Summaron 28/5.6 give a nicer overall image on the M10 than it does on the SL? (There must be a way to answer this tactfully?)

    And we’ve seen Stefan and Jesko before, but who are the other two guys in the ;picture partway through the article?

    scott

    Reply
  751. Sam Kanga

    Very nice interview, with lots of information. I hope this answers many people’s questions about EVF, touch screen, video etc. I’m glad that although they are listening to their customers, they are trying to keep the M close to the original philosophy as much as possible.

    Reply
  752. Joe Lee

    I would welcome insight from others on processing software other than Adobe CC, PS, or LR with the MM246. Capture One appears to be not compatible and when I called their tech people they said they had no plans to do so, even though the M9 Monochrom is supported. Has anyone tried Luminar?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Joel,

      Leica has a partnership with Adobe (since 2009), so the best results will usually be had using Adobe software for DNG image processing. Is there a reason you are looking for alternatives to Lightroom?

      Reply
  753. Gabriel

    Both look great, but if you compare a physical print from the Leica body to a print from the Pentax 67 negative, it would be no contest in my opinion. The Pentax 67 print (the body that the 105mm lens was intended for) would blow the Leica print out of the water, in my opinion. Apples and oranges and personal preference, sure, but the photo is all I’m interested in the end.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Gabriel,

      I’m not so sure I agree. Yes, a good quality print from a 6×7 original should be very nice indeed. But, I’ve seen prints from the S System at 5 feet across that are just stunning with incredible amounts of detail. It would be an interesting experiment for sure.

      Reply
  754. Jeff

    No, the frame lines for the M240 are the same 2m as on the M8.2; that’s one of the reasons those have been my 2 digital M models.

    Reply
  755. LeicaPhotos

    Thanks David, great review. Really nice to see the dynamic range and ability to pull out shadows when needed. Also nice to see the 10,000 iso shots come out with great color and so smooth. – David Knoble

    Reply
  756. Steven Kornreich

    Great review David,
    I’m in a bind right now maybe you can make a recommendation.
    I am all in with Leica having the M262, SL and a S006.
    I was thinking about upgrading my S006 to the S007, yet with everything I have read as of recent it seems that Leica is abandoning the S system, with the issues with the S lenses AF motor issues and now with the X1D and Fuji GFX.

    I love my SL and would love to upgrade to the M10 also. My delima is what to do with my S006, I love the S but was wondering if it’s time to trade in my S system for a M10
    I realize they are totally different systems, yet for the days I don’t want to shoot my SL and want to shoot a RF I like the idea of the M10 with it’s new sensor, better color and DR.
    Thanks

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Steven,

      Leica is absolutely not abandoning the S System. Please see my interview with the head of Professional Photo, Stephan Schulz from Photokina this past fall. We talk about this very topic. The S007 is still top dog in the Leica line-up with regards to image quality (15+ stops of DR, amazing color, great glass, larger sensor, etc). The S lens motor issues have been resolved with new assemblies, which are making their way into repairs and new lenses alike. And just because they aren’t rolling out new lenses isn’t because the system is dead. Rather, the system has reached maturity.

      The SL is also a fantastic camera, one that bridges the M and S, with lens compatibility for both, along with stunning native SL glass (and more on the way this year). It offers all the latest tech, has speed to spare and offers incredible versatility.

      And yes, the M10 is without a doubt, the best M to date. So, there are some tough choices here. Add in the Q and it becomes tough to say which is best for each user. Right now, Leica seems to be firing on all cylinders. Every product line is really, really good. I suppose this isn’t a bad problem to have.

      Reply
      • samgold

        Sorry for all of you guys but as an amateur nor professional, there is no reason to shoot with a digital m. I know almost all lenses of leica are perfect both optical and design. But come on guys, its 2018 and they’re still stucked in a fixed rangefinder with silly frames. Still limited with that fixed view range. We still cant get any close to a subject and even crappy iphones does that. This is totally misreading the technological trends. This is not the innovation style of Barnack or Ernst. I love my m3 and i never end up using it with all my leica lenses old or new. But now leica is just a design company for me on cameras. And you know what, i still prefer the old design

  758. Glenn B

    Hey David, great story, great test and review, great photos, great history summery, and I have to say it again, Great Story!

    However, now I’m lusting after the M10 !
    Oh well, may one day!

    Reply
  760. Randy

    Absolutely wonderful photographs and a great read! I’ve often wondered what print sizes one can achieve with a 37 megapixel medium format sensor and Leica glass.

    Reply
    • Albert Knapp

      the answer is basically unlimited. I have enlarged to 6 feet wide without loss of resolution…

      Reply
  761. Jonathan Slack

    Hi There David
    I really enjoyed that – great writeup and pictures. I also really enjoyed your interview with Jesko and Stefan. . . and of course meeting up again at Wetzlar. Hopefully we’ll meet up again before too long.

    With all best wishes
    Jono Slack

    Reply
  762. Dan Bar

    Very nice article+photos
    I never used an EVF. Could you please tell me why i should use the EVF and not the viewfinder
    Is there any advantage.
    Thank you
    Danny

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Thanks, Danny. The optical viewfinder in the M10 is the best Leica’s ever put into an M camera. You are more than welcome to use the viewfinder.

      The advantages of the EVF are more precise framing (WYSIWYG), accurate exposure preview and the ability to zoom to 100% to aid in manual focus. Additionally, the Visoflex 020 for the M10 also confers GPS functionality for geotagging your photos. The great thing about the M10 is you can use a combination of both, which is exactly what I did when testing.

      Reply
    • P

      You will need the evf or visoflex when using some great old or cine lens which is not RF coupling, such as Zeiss Contarex, Contax, etc

      Reply
    • bchalifour

      The Visoflex is also very useful with anything shorter than a 28 mm and anything longer than 50 mm. Also nice to use with extra-wide-aperture lenses (f2 and below) to check precise focusing.

      Reply
  764. Olgierd

    Great review!
    Can you say something more about white balance? Have you used only Auto WB?
    PersonalIy I prefer to switch to day light or use WB card because it its difficult to trust auto position (from my experience).

    Regards

    Olgierd

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Yep, I had the camera set to Auto WB the whole time.

      The M10’s auto white balance algorithm is excellent, even under mixed and challenging lighting.

      Reply
  765. ML

    Amazing Article and probably the most rational one!
    I just discovered this website and I love it already.
    Great pictures, great text.
    Thks for this very good job.
    Is it possible to get the preset as well?
    Many thanks

    Reply
  766. robert quiet photographer

    Excellent photos and interesting review, thanks!
    As an M7 shooter who never took the plunge into the digital Ms i think now it’s the time to do it. The M10 seems very similar to my analog M and a possible purchase. Only worried because of the sensor cleaning procedure and eventually RF calibration in future…but for sure this must be an interesting camera…
    robert

    Reply
  767. Guenter Rohde L.

    Thanks for this nice write up and lovely pictures.

    Under “Improved 6-bit coding” you mentioned: “The identification of 6-bit coding on lenses has gotten a nice update. Let’s say you have a non-coded M lenses mounted, like a classic 50mm Cron rigid. As such, you are using manual lens selection, and have picked out the lens in the menu.”
    Does this consequently mean that within this menu for choosing the setting of my classical 50mm f/2 rigid Summicron (from the early sixties), these lenses are now also incorporated??

    Best regards,
    Guenter

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I’d have to check to see if additional lenses were added. My main point for improved 6-bit coding was to say that if you had a manual code selected for a non-6-bit coded lens then changed to a modern 6-bit lens, the camera will automatically assign the correct profile even though you might have forgotten to change from Manual to Auto.

      Reply
      • Gunter Rohde L.

        Thks David, Your main point is/was clear to me and appreciated. Just would be very (pleasantly) surprised to see the list extended to the effect to also include the Classic Rigid Cron’s from the early sixties…since you started off with these as an example.(so I understood).

      • David Farkas

        Sorry. The oldest 50 Cron in the manual selection menu is a version III, model 11817, introduced in 1969. Honestly, I don’t think the lens corrections would be much different between this and a version II.

  768. Aforns

    Excellent review David, all pertinent and to the point !!! Much appreciated.

    Have been able to shoot the M-10 enough to agree with all the information written, it is one sweet camera, hope to be getting a spare once there are readily available !!! Thanks

    al

    Reply
  769. Simon

    Can the SL can be used in a studio situation at all? I am a photography teacher and one of my students brought a SL along – as far as we could make out, there is no way to disable ‘exposure simulation’. With typical studio settings (such as ISO 100, 1/125, f/8), you get a black screen, with no way of changing it. Tell me it isn’t true that a camera that costs the same as a small car has such a basic flaw.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Simon,

      The SL can certainly be used in a studio environment. But you are correct that that you need to turn off exposure simulation so that you don’t get a black frame with typical strobe settings. To disable Exposure Preview, just go to the second page of the camera menu and set Exp. Preview to Off. Hope this helps.

      SL Menu screenshot

      Reply
  770. GVarano

    I took this photograph of the Olympics Mountains form the Sooke BC Pacific Basin with a Leica M8 and a 1968 50mm F2 Summicron Rigid.

    Reply
  771. scott kirkpatrick

    Thanks or the pointers and subsequent discussion to Sound Devices and Video Devices gear to work in 10 bit Apple ProRes 4:2:2. Does that eliminate the need to shoot in L-Log profile? If you do use L-Log, how do you return it to an atrractive natural look? LUTs or color correction? I’ve gotten color correction working for some L-Log files in FinalCutProX, but am not confident that this is optimal or that it won’t be different in each setting. If you use a LUT, where do you find them and where do they run?

    scott

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Scott

      This video was shot in L-Log, but all of my Photokina reporting was done without shooting in Log. Log gives you more ability to adjust your look later and gives more flexibility in the files.

      I apply a LUT in Premiere Pro CC in the Lumetri Color controls. For past videos, I’ve created my own 3D LUT in Davinci Resolve by using a Datacolor SpyderChecker. For this video of Luis in Little Havana, I decided to try something else, so instead used a stock ARRI Alexa LUT that comes pre-loaded into Premiere. The result was a nice “Miami” look. The only downside was losing some of my highlight detail, but the overall look is really nice. Much of color grading is subjective.

      Whether shooting in Log and applying a LUT or recording straight with no Log, I still color correct (grade) all my clips so that they have a color continuity through the whole project. I do this through the use of adjustment layers in Premiere Pro, again with Lumetri color controls.

      I’ve never used Final Cut, so can’t speak to how this would work under that workflow.

      Reply
      • Scott Kirkpatrick

        Thanks. I see that even when you do use L-Log plus a LUT, you still find yourself making final color corrections by the clip or by the project. No free lunch. Others (nofilmschool.com, for example, gives examples in FCXP) also say that the LUT is just a starting point. Anyway, I’ve worked through some examples where L-Log in 8 bit 4K, recorded internally on my SL and then corrected manually, is more alive than just shooting 8 bit internal 4K straight from the camera. So I’ll keep exploring in this direction.

      • scott kirkpatrick

        There are a few SL video explorers on the Leica User Forum that have come to a practice like yours, but with Final Cut X. Consensus there is to use the Arri Log-C LUT that is provided, but be careful to underexpose by 1-2 stops so that highlights don’t get lost when re-expanding. And everybody then does some hand-tweaking.

  772. Jeff

    I didn’t find any reference to weather sealing….how does it compare to the M240? Another site indicated the M10 is not as effectively sealed.

    Regarding your comments that the S system is “mature” and will continue to be supported, that. doesn’t give optimism for an eventual S008. Did you mean to suggest otherwise?

    Reply
  773. Michal

    Hi! i really enjoy the whole test – excellent work. I am a big m9 fan but this post make me think about used M240. Would you mind to share the preset for mimic M9 with m240 files? Many thanks!

    Many thanks
    Michal

    Reply
  774. Bob Lampert

    Nice job as usual , glad you included lots of low light shots which most reviews never carry

    Reply
  776. Ralf Dremel

    David,
    Thank you for this thorough review and the stunning images along with your daily experiences being shared. Love it! And your jewel of a store in Miami is beyond stunning with its incredibly informed staff. Had purchased my M6 there last year, since my son had attended UM prior transferring to NYU.
    Ralf

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      The M10 doesn’t have a USB connection or any support for tethering. Leica’s intention with the M10 was to focus solely on the essentials and create a pure M experience. No video. No tethering.

      Reply
    • M.ellert

      Dear David
      Thank you for your very good test prouved by images, this is always the best.
      Concerning the picture of the Leica 0, this one is with the 3,5|50 anastigmat, but the Leica Ur was equiped with a 4,5/42
      Kind regards
      Michel

      Reply
  780. Joshua Ng

    David, is there a reason that ISO 50 was not used even when you had a sufficient shutter speed at ISO 100?

    I was under the impression that ISO 50 provides the most dynamic range and lowest noise output.

    Let me know if I should avoid ISO 50 as I use this whenever possible.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Honestly, I just didn’t think to use ISO 50. There is not much of a real-world quality difference between ISO 50 – 400. Some theorize that ISO 50 is actually a PULL setting and that the SL has a base ISO of 100. But…. I haven’t received official confirmation of this.

      Reply
      • Stephen

        Some measurements of the Leica sensor (published at PhotonstoPhotos) have shown that there are actually two base settings of about equal dynamic range and noise – ISO 50 and ISO 200 – as the sensor uses dual conversion gain (quite a common technique).
        So either 50 or 200 (probably better 200) are the ideal settings, but the differences are small.
        Here you can read more about it: https://www.dpreview.com/forums/thread/4124741#forum-post-59206694

      • David Farkas

        Thanks for the link. Interesting stuff. I will need to ask the SL team at Leica about this next time we chat.

      • Karl Marderian

        You are correct ISO 50 is the same as ISO 100, just a pull. For want little I known

  781. arminw

    Hey all, I am not sure what I’m doing wrong, but when I log into Leica’s members area I can’t seem to find any Lightroom plugin download at all . Can anyone help please ?

    Reply
  782. Chris Hoover

    I can imagine the M 50 Lux ASPH (2004) being bested by this modern SL50, but wonder if the M50APO would produce the best results on an M10 body?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Funny you should mention this…. I had the same thought, so repeated the test with the same setup, tripod, etc. with the 50 APO on the M10. Same result. Besides slight color differences between the SL and M10 files, the detail level was exactly the same.

      Reply
  784. David Monkhouse

    Outstanding review and excellent images, seriously many thanks. 5th in a queue at my Leica dealer for a chrome M10 and a new 35mm Summicron to replace my non aspheric one.
    Once again, thanks….

    Reply
  785. John BS

    David,
    Would you please comment on the Summilux 35 that you used (great shots), and the Summicron 35 mm f2? I don’t need the speed of an 1.4, but I have heard that the current Summilux is outstanding and can be used for landscapes. Does the current Summicron produce as good images as the lux? I have read comments that the lux has more of a ‘Leica look.’ What is your take?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I used the 35 Cron ASPH for many years before moving to the 35 Lux FLE. Both are wonderful lenses. The Cron has a little more pop, with higher contrast and more saturated colors. The bokeh is pleasing and natural. The only shortcoming of the 35 Cron ASPH is that is prone to flare under the right conditions.

      The 35 Lux FLE is stunning. I love the way the lens handles direct light. It is incredibly sharp wide open, with lovely bokeh. The lower contrast of the lens lends itself to higher contrast lighting situations. The Lux has no drawbacks that I have found. It is my desert island lens and the one that I most often shoot with when I want to just have one camera, one lens on my shoulder.

      So while the 35 Cron is a great lens, the 35 Lux is just that much better. If you can swing it, I’d go for the Lux.

      Reply
  786. FotoNow

    Best review I’ve read on this camera, I have a follow up question, the saturation of the colours is amazing, did you use any filters or do any post work?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Thanks!

      No filters were used on the lenses. I added +14 vibrance and +5 saturation as part of my M10 preset when importing into Lightroom, so not an awful lot.

      Reply
      • FotoNow

        Perfect! That’s very much appreciated!

        As a related question, did you or do you use UV filters on the lenses or do they take away from the sharpness of the lens?

        Thanks!
        Zee

      • David Farkas

        I don’t use UV filters on my lenses, but I do know many photographers who do. They offer protection, but I find that filters can be harder to clean than the lens itself. If you shoot with scratched or dirty filters, the image quality can degrade. If you use a good quality multi-coated B+W or Leica fitler and keep it clean, it shouldn’t impact image quality in any meaningful way. For landscape shooting, I do use polarizers, ND and GND filters, often stacked, and image quality is fine.

  787. Mattia

    Thank you for the comprehensive review!

    On my SL I use both a Leica M 50mm/1.4 Asph and a Leica SL 50mm/1.4, and, after many pictures taken I’ve noticed one recurring difference on their rendition:

    at F1.4 the M-Asph seem to constantly have a more 3D presentation, with the subject in focus that pops more and the out-of-focus background that melts away. This is especially true at mid distance focus, like 3-5 meters. I feel I can separate more the subject from the background. But I also notice it on your ball of yarn comparison.

    I really don’t know why is like that (maybe some residual spherical aberration on the M-Asph helps? Maybe more vignetting? Maybe the completely different optical project?) but I personally much prefer the M-Asph rendition a F1.4, it reminds me a bit like a medium format (true medium format, not 45×30) normal lens one.

    Reply
    • Greg Turner

      Maybe this is because the M version has only eight elements whereas the SL version has 11? I know a lot has been written about this in various places, summarised by the argument that ‘optical perfection’ comes at the expense of aesthetic style and presentation (micro contrast etc).

      I own the M 50’lux and use it extensively, but have not used the SL version. Even so, in every image I’ve seen of the SL50 I’ve been left feeling underwhelmed; it doesn’t have the same 3-D pop that I get from my M vesrion on the SL.

      Reply
      • Mattia

        Could be the less elements and the overall different rendition, different field curvature, etc.

        After further experiments with my 50 ASPH (black chrome, so recent construction) and the SL 50, I found out that:

        – the SL 50 gives the impression to have *slightly* more DOF at the same aperture.
        – the SL 50 is a bit more wide
        – the SL 50 is perfectly corrected (in camera software) for distortion AND, more importantly regarding look, for vignetting. Not just the extreme corners, but also more towards midfield area the SL is brighter then the ASPH-M. This fact obviously changes the look of the image, and put more emphasis on the subject with the M.

        Consequently, I wish there were an option for disabling vignetting correction with the 50 SL (the distortion correction is fine: without the is a really prominent barrel).

  788. Ron M

    It’s quite amazing Leica cannot deliver the M10/ but can raise prices? Please.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Leica is delivering M10s, and has been since January. The issue is one of maximum production versus demand. The M10 is a hand-made product. It takes time to assemble, calibrate and test. As such, they can only make a limited amount per day. On the flip side, the demand is massive. Leica can’t just make 50,000 cameras in one go. If history is a guide, meeting the initial M10 demand will most likely take another 6-8 months.

      Reply
      • Ron M

        Thanks David. I certainly accept all you’ve said but note it is very unusual for a manufacturer of most products, including luxury products, to raise prices before the initial wave of demand is met. More elegant to have simply introduced the product at $6895…IMO. Thanks again for your thoughtful respons.

  789. scott kirkpatrick

    Where does this sort of super high quality separate audio recorder fit into your scheme of things? How does it compare with using just a preamp (mix-pre-D or several simpler units) recording onto chip#1 in the SL? It would seem that for highest quality video with the SL you would go to a Pix-7 recorder with audio inputs from Sound Design and HDMI 10-bit, all recorded externally with video and audio monitored.

    And BTW, that looks suspiciously like a Sony R7 in the lead picture. Will you update it when you shoot your next feature?

    scott

    Reply
  790. Hans Richard Stoger

    Hi Kirsten

    thank you for the beautiful photos – I visited Dubrovnik on business a few years ago and have happy memories of the place , fantastic fresh seafood from the clean Adriatic ( there is no major industry on the Croatian side – but back to photography , I was going to buy the SONY RX 1 , also full format , but more reasonable than the Leica Q but after reading your blog I will save to buy the Leica Q – the pictures are stunning ( I still use a Leica R5 film camera but it is getting more and more difficult to get film developed here in Montreal ) thanks again and best wishes Hans in Montreal

    Reply
  792. Wificor

    Where is the C-Sonnar 50mm F1.5? Great mistake didn’t include it. King of Kings of bokeh.

    Reply
  793. Marcin Majda

    Dear David,
    Seeing your shots with M10 it is hard not to be impressed with this camera, to say nothing about your technique and artistic flair.
    I have a broader question: cameras such as M10 make you shoot while looking through the range finder. However, you must have also worked with cameras with tilting back screen that let you shoot “from the hip.” In comparison, is working with M10 and the likes a limitation or does it requires a different set of “street smarts” and etiquette in street photography?
    Many years ago I started with all manual Pentax MX slr. But I always dreamed of a Rolleiflex of Vivian Maier (years and years before I found out about her photography). Finally I got what I wanted! Now, I shoot exclusively with Olympus OMD EM10 always “from the hip.” It’s nothing compared to M10 but it probably would have been very hard if not impossible to take many of my shots with M10 and certainly not with any bulky DSLR. Street photography seems to me almost impossible with a camera that has to be put to your eye – particularly in places like Morocco and many others. What is your take on this? Why are there not more cameras with tilting screen? Or do I just have to grow up into M10?

    Reply
  795. Mike Rosenberg

    Great article.thank you so much for all the info.one thing I noticed with the electronic shutter when I set it to always on my shutter button does not work.it works fine in off and extended.

    Reply
    • Josh Lehrer

      Mike, are you sure the shutter button is not working? Do keep in mind with the Electronic Shutter set to “always on” the camera will not make ANY sound when you take a picture…which is very odd at first if you aren’t used to it!

      Reply
      • Mike Rosenberg

        Thank you.i did not know that it makes no sound.when set to always on.

  796. jesse

    mind doing a video on the new and improved SL autofocus both in still & video modes? I’d love to see a test for this as this was the main reason I was holding back on buying this camera with the SL zoom lenses, I just couldn’t see it being able to replace my DSLR (Nikon system) for AFS-C applications (shooting sports or fast moving subjects on stage.

    thanks!

    Reply
    • Josh Lehrer

      Jesse, that is something we plan on doing in a future post, it just requires more testing than we had time for. The SL’s auto focus has been improved with every major firmware update and 3.0 is no exception!

      Reply
  797. r

    I note a problem with M lenses on the SL. The aperture is no longer projected on the upper display nor in the evf. It just says “f –“. Anybody else noted this?

    Reply
  798. Steve Fleming

    Is there an option to just save DNG and no JPEG ?
    I can’t find it in the new menu.

    Reply
    • Josh Lehrer

      Steve, to shoot a DNG only on the SL, you want to go to Photo File Format which is near the top of the Camera menu (one of the first settings you’ll see when you bring up the menu). Then you can select DNG!

      Reply
    • Stephen Fleming

      I was more concerned with the storage options, there is no DNG without some type of JPEG add on.

      Reply
      • Josh Lehrer

        Steve, I’m not sure what you mean. On the SL, if you shoot DNG only (by selecting DNG in the Photo File Format menu), there is no JPEG file created at all. Are you seeing something different?

  799. Roger

    Josh Well done ! I am impressed that our discussions actually made it into this firmware release . No time to test it this week ..but soon I will give you some feedback onAF tracking ….

    Reply
  800. Devin Mack

    Just completed the 3.0 Leica SL update. I found it odd that the manual spot metering did not preview on the screen while in manual mode. One of my forum members suggested I switch the Exposure preview to PASM. I already had it on PASM and so I changed it to PAS. Reverse to what is expected, the preview is available in manual mode when the preview setting is on PAS. I reset the camera settings and the preview setting is still reverse to what is expected.

    You can checkout my photos at http://www.dfunlife.com you can also lookup DFUNLIFE on Instagram (http://www.instagram.com/dfunlife), Facebook, and Twitter. I also have photos on Flickr (http://www.flickr.com/photos/dfunlife) Also see my photos at https://500px.com/dfunlife

    Reply
    • Josh Lehrer

      Devin, from my testing here I do not see a difference in the behavior of the spot metering function in Manual mode whether Exposure Preview is set to PAS or PASM. The only difference I see with Manual mode is that in PASM, if you set your exposure manually, the live view will reflect that exposure even without the shutter half pressed. More testing is needed!

      Reply
      • Devin Mack

        I’ve tried out some additional scenarios. I drew up a block diagram of my issue. How can I get it to the forum to post? I have it as a picture.

  804. scott kirkpatrick

    You tested the DNG writing speed with a pretty fast chip, so I checked with the 150 Mbps Lexar 1000 64 GB chips that I normally use. These are also UHS-II, and sitting in the #1 slot. I get 40 sec to empty the whole buffer with the new firmware. (Don’t know what it was before.) An interesting observation, though — the electronic shutter in continuous mode goes faster than the mechanical shutter. With the electronic shutter, I saw 32 shots in 2.6 seconds before the buffer filled and things slowed down. That’s 12 shots per second. With the mechanical shutter, it absorbed 34 shots over 3.4 seconds, for 10 fps average rate.

    A question — I noticed that the firmware was updating my 90-280 SL lens (it took over 5 minutes to do that). Does 3.0 also bring TL lenses or older (but new in the box) T lenses up to speed when it sees them? (For video use on the SL, of course.)

    scott

    Reply
    • Josh Lehrer

      Scott, a 64GB SD card would be SDXC. I’ve always found SDHC (cards 32GB or smaller) to be a bit faster, in general. Interesting about the electronic shutter being a bit faster. I’ll have to check that here too!

      There is no new firmware for the TL lenses in SL firmware 3.0, only for the SL 24-90mm and 90-280mm. And yes the lens firmware update does take quite a while!

      Reply
  806. Dan

    Great article. And my Noctilux is number 41 units after your pictured one (top of article). It performs incredibly well, and has received a new birth on my Leica SL.

    Dan

    Reply
  807. John Downing

    Josh, is there a way to turn off the joystick / focus point grid on the display other than a half press on the shutter?

    Reply
  808. John Downing

    Josh, exactly what is “extended mode” for the electronic shutter?

    Reply
    • scott kirkpatrick

      That one’s easy — extended mode uses electronic shutter when you need a speed > 1/4000 sec. When any speed at or below 1/4000 is called for the mechanical shutter is used.

      Reply
  809. John Downing

    Josh, please disregard the joystick / AF focus point question. I just remembered how to turn it off.

    Reply
  810. John Downing

    Josh, on the right bottom corner of the live view screen there is a number which changes when the shutter button is half pressed. That number on my SL is 5K. When the shutter button is half pressed it changes to something that looks like L 33 . What are these numbers? I can’t find any reference to this in the manual. The screen images in the manual are all 633 or 634.

    Reply
    • Josh Lehrer

      John, the 5K refers to the camera’s estimate of how many shots are remaining on the SD memory card (or cards). The L33 when the shutter is half pressed represents how many shots you have left in the camera’s buffer (33 shots in that particular case).

      Reply
  811. Anthony

    I stumbled upon this article whilst reading your Leica M10 review. By far the most reasoned i’ve come across on the subject.
    I wonder if you do see this, and if you would be kind enough to mail me the preset as well. Thanks

    Reply
  813. Andreas Øverland

    A new bug:
    – time lapse with 1 second interval, is more like 1s, 1s, 0.2s, 1s, 1s, and so on. So every so often the camera jumps ahead quite a bit, instead of waiting the full interval.

    Reply
  814. cha li

    I have been using this lens for the last 2 months. Its been a love and hate experience.

    Apart from the APO 50mm, this is probably the best normal lens Leica has ever produced. However its auto focus is a nightmare. It reminds me of using the world’s first autofocus camera when I was a student in 1986 — Canon T80.

    Its a crime of Leica management. The top grade glasses to be combined with autofocus technology from 40 years ago. I urge Leica to recall this lens for an improved autofocus system. If not so, I urge Leica to announce Leica Summilux-SL 50mm f/1.4 Mark II immediately, and offer V1 users a free upgrade. If not so, I urge Leica to announce Leica Summilux-SL 50mm f/1.4 Mark II immediately, and offer V1 users a trade-in option. If not so, I urge Leica to announce Leica Summilux-SL 50mm f/1.4 Mark II immediately, and I will buy the new version and dump the older one.

    I love Leica but HATE the autofocus of Leica Summilux-SL 50mm f/1.4!!

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I agree that the 50 Summilux-SL is one of the best 50mm lenses Leica has ever produced, and would add that it’s AF is infinitely better than the 50 APO-Summicron-M. 🙂

      In all seriousness, though, I have also found the 50 SL’s AF speed to be lacking, especially when compared to the lightening quick AF of the 24-90 and 90-280. It’s not a fault of the SL’s AF system. Rather, the fault lies in the massive glass elements inside the lens that take considerably more energy to move than the feather-light tiny focus elements in the zooms. The zooms were built for speed. The 50 SL? The priority was on absolute best image performance at a much wider aperture. Wider than the zooms. And wider than the 50 APO for the M. Take a look at the test shots and 100% crops. The 50 SL actually resolves more detail at f/1.4 than the 50 APO does at f/2. That is no small feat. One that, unfortunately, requires large and heavy lens elements to achieve.

      While the speed isn’t great, I have found the AF to be deadly accurate. And with razor-thin depth of field at f/1.4, I wouldn’t call this level of accuracy and repeatability to be antiquated. Or the ability to select focus anywhere in the frame.

      So, yes, the 50 SL represents a compromise. Are you willing to accept slower AF for higher optical quality? Some photographers will be. Others won’t.

      Reply
      • Mattia

        David,
        from a company like Leica, with their incredible optical background, that contributed and still contributes to make the history of the field, I expect optically excellent lenses.

        The SL 50 1.4 produces very good image. That is undisputable.

        But,
        given the size and the weight of the 50mm 1.4 SL that evidently where not a limiting factor in designing the lens, I personally find quite disconcerting that they let go this much the distortion variable, and correct that absolute mess via software. In my opinion, this is not at all “LEICA”, this is not *optical* excellence. Plus such big distortion corrections lose pixel quality.

        Given the fact that the 24-90 SL and the 28/1.7 of the Q heavily rely on software correction for distortion, I really, really hope that this trend would not come to the M family.

        Why this rant? Because this is LEICA we are talking about, we are paying for optical excellence. Not “optical+software”. Because software correction is cheap, and Leica glass is not. So, Leica, let’s leave software correction to Sony and others less costly manufacturers, please, and stay “Leica”.

      • Cha Li

        Thanks David, you made a good point!

        I think Leica finally realized that there are two worlds of photography (manual vs autofocus) in between I travel often. I use M lens a majority of my time, but there are situations that autofocus is a necessity, in which I use 50mm lens majority of my time. This is why the SL Summilux 50 became my everlasting pain with Leica — if they do not admit their mistake.

        I have married to Leica, but there is such a pain in the marriage. For the God’s sake, I can not get divorced. In the world of photogrphy, there is no Vietnamese wives that we can always go for a happy ending…

    • Stephen

      Since firmware 3.1 has been around the autofocus is discernibly faster and the hit rate better.
      For me it is now a real pleasure to use the SL 50 – I use it more often than before.
      (Optically it was always great, but now AF is improved, but of course not yet as fast as the SL 90-280.)

      Reply
  815. David H Dennis

    Is this an indication that a replacement for the SL might be nigh?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I don’t think so. The SL was only introduced 18 months ago as a brand new system, and the lens line is still being developed. The Q is six months older and shows no signs of being replaced. Fact is, Leica’s product cycles are longer now. Four years passed between the M240 and the M10. And, in many ways, the SL is still more advanced than the just-launched M10. From an image quality perspective, performance of the SL and the M10 are extremely similar. Leica has also been diligent about rolling out regular firmware updates for the SL to continually improve the performance and user experience. Bottom line: this is not an end of life product. Rather, it is Leica’s current standard-bearer. Based on other product cycles, I wouldn’t expect to see a replacement in anything less than 18-24 months. And a lot of new SL glass will be rolling out in that timeframe, further bolstering the system.

      Mainly, I think the price adjustment is aimed at achieving global price harmonization.

      Reply
    • Kevin

      Most likely Leica is not selling the volume of units that they thought they would. The M and M10 (when it’s released) is not that much more money and a better camera with a better selection of lenses.

      Why anyone would spend $5000+ on a diginal system regardless of name is beyond me and in my optinion stupid. It will be outdated in less than two years. My M6 and even My IIIc are still chugging along and will never be outdated as long as film is available.

      Reply
      • David Farkas

        The SL is doing well, especially for a new system. Leica just wants to accelerate this process and make it more competitive to attract those outside the Leica universe.

        To your point about the lens selection, the SL is actually able to accept many more lenses than an M camera. These are:

        • SL autofocus native lenses, which are some of the very best optics Leica is offering right now
        • TL autofocus lenses, which only cover APS-C, but are perfect for 4K video projects
        • S autofocus lenses with adapter
        • R lenses with adapter
        • M lenses with adapter
        • PL mount cine lenses with adapter
        • Nikon AF and MF lenses with adapter
        • Canon AF lenses with adapter

        So, quite a few lenses. By my rough count, more than 300 options.

        As far as being outdated in two years time, take a look at the M9. The M9 was introduced eight years ago and has an very loyal following, still producing incredible images. Digital cameras don’t get worse with age. They produce the same quality as they did they day they were manufactured. The SL is extremely quick in operation. I can’t see myself needing anything faster than 11 fps. Heck, I only use single shot. At 24 megapixels, the files are large enough to produce stunning 30×40 inch prints. It shoots in low light up to ISO 6,400 with extraordinary quality. And, the 4.4 MP EVF rivals an optical finder. So, for me, I’d say the investment in an SL is much more than a two-year deal. I shot plenty of film before reluctantly transitioning to digital just a little more than 10 years ago. And while film has a certain look and nostalgia for me, I can’t see going back. The quality and flexibility of the SL is so far beyond what I ever was able to achieve with film.

  816. David H Dennis

    Is there any chance of lower lens prices in this same spirit of harmonization?

    I can add one other possibility: the coming TL2 is rurmored to offer 4K video and they wanted the price difference between the two cameras to be relatively low.

    I look forward to checking out the new TL at your store soon! Will be interesting to compare handling of the two cameras.

    Reply
  817. Mistral75

    Regarding the price drop in the U.S. serving the goal of providing better global price harmonization (same price in different countries): please note that the European price dropped simultaneously from €6,900 to €5,900.

    Reply
  818. Franz Scheurer

    Having shot extensively with both the CMOS and the CCD sensors MM246+M9M I must say that the CCD presents the ‘Leica Look’ a lot better than the CMOS. Yes, in pure measurable performance the 246 wins hands down, but send me out to shoot some B&W ‘Leica’ images then give me the M9M anytime. 🙂

    Reply
  820. Bernard

    David,

    Can you test the external video recorder that you use with the SL?

    It look like the TL could make a great “B Cam” if you already use the SL for video, provided it can match the SL’s look. Does it do S-Log and 24fps?

    Reply
  822. James Evidon

    The one change that should have been included, even at the expense of a slightly thicker or longer camera body would have been a battery with a longer charge life. The need for a larger battery is the only real complaint I have with my Leica T. The other changes are very welcome, but battery life remains the Achilles heel.

    Reply
    • Jack MacD

      James,
      Regarding battery life:
      I agree with you but…
      With the USB-C, I would just charge now through the cord to an external battery that I always carry for my phone anyway.

      Reply
      • James Evidon

        Jack,
        I am carrying one now. Still, since I shoot with a leather half case to preserve the body finish, it is still a pain even with an external battery.

  823. Robert Westcott

    Hi David

    Reads like an end-game version of the digital M has arrived — almost!

    I would really like an M with just one frameline per lens. Is there some reason why Leica do not do this and do you think they ever will?

    Thanks

    Robert

    Reply
  824. Joffe

    If I buy a Leica SL in NYC around August 10, will it be upgraded with the new firmaware 3.0? As a vdeo shooter I’m very concerned about the AF tracking improvment. Any video on this topic yet? Thank you!

    Reply
    • Josh Lehrer

      Arthur, I cannot speak for other Leica stores but at Leica Store Miami we always offer to update the firmware of new SL’s that our customers purchase before we deliver them if they so choose. In regards to the AF tracking for video, it has been improved but we usually use manual focus for our video production so we have not test the video AF improvements extensively yet.

      Reply
      • Joffe

        Thank you very much Josh! If my choice is made I will probably buy it at B and H in NYC before august 12th
        As soon as you will have test the video AF improvments please let me know.
        I have summilux 35mm f 1:4 for my old Titanium Leica M 6 and a gorgeous 9Omm summicron nf: 2 for my old Leica R+a Distagon Zeiss 35mm f: 1:4 and Planar Zeiss 50mm, f: 1:4 for my Canon 5D Mark 2 to be changed for maybe the Leica SL and zoom elmarit 28/90….but before I need to be sure that the video autofocus capability works fine with no delay… Thanks again to let me know asap

      • Josh Lehrer

        Arthur, while you can of course acquire the SL anywhere you like, I do want to mention that when you shop with Leica Store Miami, that does support our efforts here at Red Dot Forum to do the kind of testing our readers appreciate. You are also welcome to email me anytime with additional questions at josh@leicastoremiami.com.

    • Josh Lehrer

      Bernard, that is a good question! The S-E was not listed but we have inquired with Leica, and will update the table when we get a reply. I’ll also reply to your comment with the update.

      Reply
  826. Jack MacD

    Good work.
    This was my first time seeing a total solar eclipse here in Missouri. My conclusions are that a partial photographs just like is looks, because you must shoot though a dark filter and then the sky is black. But in total the photos do not easily show what the eye observes. Where I was, the sky in total was never black, but dark blue, and I felt that the best way to photograph to show the event would be HDR where one shot exposes for the blue sky, and the other shot for the corona. Otherwise, to expose for the corona would force the sky black, which is not what I saw. Your shot through the clouds if beautiful. Am I correct that the sky as you observed it was dark blue?

    Obviously a different question if one is just taking scientific photos, then the black sky is fine.

    Reply
  827. LeicaPhotos

    Jack, thanks for the kind comments! To answer you directly, yes, the sky was a darker blue at totality than during the ‘regular’ part of the day before and after. One note I made was how defined the shadows were during the darkest parts of the eclipse, the ambient light was just low. It was odd to feel like it was an overcast day, but still see so many shadows. We had a really cloudy day on the coast as luck had it. However, the sun was bright enough to cut through the clouds. This was an OOC JPEG and I’m working on processing the RAW images now to see if I can bring out any more coma… Hope your viewing in Missouri was fantastic!

    Reply
  828. Sunil Mehta

    In 1980, I witnessed in India, best way to shoot during totality is
    (1) Remove ND or Dark filter.
    (2) At Iso 400, Shutter speed 1/60 and take different images at all Apertures. This way you can record all phases from Baliy’s Beads and different layers of Corona…
    (3) same setting, but keep Aperture at F/8.0 & shoot at different shutter speed from 5sec to 1/250.

    I have an old photo of my standing with my set up and photos of different phases. Photo is old and torn, but this is only i am left with.

    https://photos.google.com/share/AF1QipNADJGcNYz26F03Wm0gnIzs33Q3mbZYVfD4sPoMr9Fh89DtM5FOf6TG9ZV4U69pmg?key=bVZYM0E0NjNfZlJETFNnOHUtVGJmbmYxLUhzWTZn

    Reply
  829. Cha Li

    As much as a Leica loyalist as you are, I tend to believe that a Reform Party is going to emerge within the Leica fundamentalist groups. I think Schultz neither knows well enough about medium format, nor he has the authorization to life support the S. Even Dr Kaufmann has no clue about medium format. He is probably still a Canon SureShot shooter by heart (pls forgive my directness) though he made the deal of acquiring Sinar business few years ago. IMHO it’s up for the sake of grabbing Sinar brand, nothing to do with large format, just like why he had purchased into Leica brand in the first place. And forget about Leica board, Leica supervision board, Leica new CEO, Leica engineers, designers, global sales director…Medium/Large Format isn’t in Leica’ blood. It’s not Leica’s DNA. Leica is all about M. And Leica is pretty good in making great SLRs with battle bruises all over.

    However, I love Leica not because it’s a perfectionist luxury consumer product company, but due to its everlasting stupidity braveness. I only discovered such a trace in one other company: Apple during Jobs’ time. It is a spirit. A spirit of dare to try the unthinkable innovative new new thing and strive to the absolute and ultimate excellence. The best, or nothing.

    The stupidly braveness had created two pivotal moments in Leica’s history…nonono, in camera history: firstly M8, then SL. Without these moments, there is probably no more Leica today, and no full frame today, not mention mirrorless FF. (One other stupidly braveness is MMonochrom, what an awesome piece of true jewel. )

    If M8 is the brainchild of M9/M240/M10, then Leica R got to be the fatal brainchild of SL. Thus, the S should be the holy sacrifice for the real Leica medium format, if there will ever be a true and long living Leica medium format.

    David, I wonder if you had remembered my email to you asking your view on the S and Phaseone quite a while ago? I finally decided to get Phaseone instead. Incidentally, the day I went to Manhattan for my purchase, I saw X1D announcement. It’s like a death note to Phaseone. Funny enough, or rather fatally, the day I was going to get an X1D through a European dealer, I saw the news that our beloved Hassy was sadly sold to DJI. Another death note! Oh Les Miserables,…Now I have the GFX, though its build is far from that of Leica, Hassy, Phase (Mamiya+Schneider) …it’s very much an XPro vs an M, a substitute.

    I wish I had a Leica medium format. But it’s not going to be the S.

    Leica got to listen to medium format pros who mostly are not the S fans. Leica medium format should not listen to Schultz or Stefan Daniel…they should listen to the users, listen to the market! Just like they listened, so they got an M10 today!

    SL is all because of its self disruptive courage and braveness, it did not kill M but opened a new territory. Leica please do it again with medium format! Let me just call it SS, it should alter its sensor size ratio, it should start at 80MP, it should drop the mirror and stick an EVF!!!

    M 24MP
    SL 36MP
    SS 80MP

    The clock is ticking. Be brave, be fast, Leica, oh my Leica!

    P.S. As for Sinar digital, RIP please. Large format was never an industrial product but rather a DIY thing. When MFT sensor price drops further, I will buy a ton of them to glue together as my first 8×10, lol.

    Reply
  830. Cha Li

    This is a great article. David you did it again!

    After reading almost every article about medium format resolution over the web. I decided to find out the truth myself. So I did lots prints as experiment and comparison, with 100MP, 50MP, 42MP, 36MP files. Honestly speaking, if you are after Fine Art quality large prints, even 100MP is rather minimal.

    This is not pixel peeping. The mega pixel war is not for computer screen but for high quality prints.

    Reply
  831. LeicaPhotos

    Sunil, those are great photos, and film to boot! I wanted to try some film shots, but did not have two lenses that I could get a proper filter on and that mounted to a film body. Thanks for the exposure suggestions!

    Reply
  832. Jack MacD

    Now we will be ready for 2024. A fellow photographer predicted that by 20124 the DR of sensors will allow for a single shot to be able to pull out the range we need.

    Reply
  833. LeicaPhotos

    Interesting Jack. I also read that every 18 years we get a long totality. In 2047 we should have another solar eclipse in the US with 6 minutes of totality! It will be interesting to see what will be the Leica of that year!

    Reply
  834. John Blyth

    Hi Bob,
    A very interesting resume of the Leica 114 many thanks. Just a quick question having seen the quality of your photographs. Have you used the output in any published book/magazines.
    I have the opportunity to produce a local book of my surrounding area in the UK, the
    Leica would be a very convenient way to produce the photos without masses of lens changes but I cannot find out if the 1 inch sensor would be up to the job.
    From a detail point of view your photos look superb

    Many thanks

    John Blyth

    Reply
    • Bob Levite

      Hi John-
      Thanks for your comment. Yes, the 1″ sensor produces great images in my opinion. Currently Leica Store Miami has a show of bird photography shot entirely with the V-Lux. Some of the images are 20×24 inches and are excellent. My only caution involves low light level performance. When traveling I take the V-Lux and a Q or Monochrom for low light situations.
      I hope this helps.

      Bob

      Reply
  836. billy turner

    i had heard that someone asked Jim if he liked digital, and said he did not. It is interesting that you chose to put these on the market. Would it not have made more sense to do a film camera…..

    Reply
  837. Mark S

    Hello David, I really like this article, and an excellent ‘advert’ for the Leica gear too, I wish I had the funds for some of this gear.

    Can you tell/give me any tips on getting such vibrate but believable colours?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Thanks for the feedback.

      Tips for getting colors like these: use a Leica 😉 All kidding aside, Leica doesn’t get the credit they deserve for the color science in their digital cameras. Doesn’t look fake, flat or overdone. The resulting look is like real life, but the better version.

      Reply
  838. Myname

    This app has been updated, it’s time to refresh the information on this website.

    Reply
  839. Michael D Cadogan

    Lenses need to have Sport photographers in mind.

    The Leica SL should have lenses 400/2.8 and over.

    Reply
  841. Carlos Ruiz

    Hi,

    Thanks very much for your wonderful reviews and specifically for the CL review.

    I was going to get a Leica Q and since the CL review I am doubting now because I wonder if it is a bad move to get the Q now.

    This is is the Q technology is over 2 years old and so my question is: is it better to invest on the CL?

    Does the CL has better IQ than the Q? Is it a better camera overall in terms of image quality and dynamic range?

    I know all the differences in terms of performance but the two that stack out for me are:

    Is the CL’s viewfinder better than the Q’s?

    Mechanical shutter is very useful at 1/8000 versus the 1/200 of the Q? No more problems with rolling shutter?

    Another question I do not have very clear is that the TL lenses (that you can use on the CL) when they say is 18mm it means is 18mm or is it equivalent to 35mm view in full frame?

    Thanks very much for being so generous

    I hope you find the time to give a brief input

    My email just in case is carlosruizcarmona@gmail.com

    Kind Regards

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Carlos,

      The Q, with its 24MP full frame sensor will give a little better quality than the CL with an APS-C sensor. Both are going to deliver great results. The Q for me is a mini M camera where I can’t take the lens off. Even two years on, it still is best in class.

      Really, the decision comes down to one important criteria. If you are looking to get into a full system camera with interchangeable lenses, the CL would be the way to go. But, if you’re happy with 28mm, the Q is tough to beat.

      18mm is the actual focal length of the lens. On APS-C, it will be equivalent to a 28mm in full-frame terms.

      Hope this helps.

      Reply
    • Dejan

      Hey Carlos,

      I am an proud owner of the Leica Q, for more then a year now. I was thinking to change my Q for CL, but I am not sold on it. Not yet.

      As David already put it, it depends what you are looking for. If you want interchangeable lenses, then CL is the way to go, if not I’d say Q is the better option.

      Why? Well even if the Q was released 3 years ago, it’s still best in class. It has an integrated 28mm fixed lens, but it also has a macro mode. The electronic view finder in Q has a higher resolution, probably on of the best electronic view finder u gonna find in any camera. It also has in-camera image stabilization, it’s better in low light because of the bigger pixels ( 6.00 vs 3.92 microns) and the list goes on.

      I’m waiting for the release of the new Q, but it seems it won’t happen so soon.

      The only downside I can agree on is the shutter speed, so 1/200 vs 1/800 on CL.

      Reply
  842. ANTONIO DI MARIA

    I am strongly tempted by the Leica CL.
    What about the 18 56 zoom lens ? Should I regret the prime lenses in terms of IQ?
    Do you think that the lack of the stabilizer is a real handicap.
    Thank you.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Antonio,

      The 18-56 TL is extremely capable, with excellent image quality and a nice focal length range. I do find myself gravitating to the 23, 35 and 60 primes more and more, though. The wider apertures and DOF control overrule flexibility for me. So, not a straight-up sacrifice in IQ. Rather a difference in overall look. And, no, I haven’t ran into situations with the original T, TL2 or CL where I needed image stabilization.

      Reply
  843. ANTONIO DI MARIA

    I am sorry, just questioning if the lack of the stabilizer should be considered a real handicap in the operational usage-

    Reply
  844. Wilbur Norman

    Thanks for the descriptive article! The current/old 75mm Lux is one of my 2 favorite Leica lenses.

    With all the recent Leica new lens releases can a 35mm Noctilux be far behind?!!!

    Reply
  846. Marcus V. Lins-Barroso

    Dear David, What are your feelings about this new 50 APO Limited Edition?
    Do you prefer this vintage edition or the current 50 APO, lighter, sleek and smaller with a very practical hood?

    Reply
      • Marcus V. Lins-Barroso

        …but I can only buy just one!
        What to go, David?

      • David Farkas

        Can’t go wrong with either, although the LHSA version might prove difficult to get at this point. You’d be surprised how quickly 500 pieces become spoken for.

      • Marcus V. Lins-Barroso

        … but I can only buy one!
        What to go, David? The Vintage or the Modern?

  848. Paul De Cauter

    Hello Kirsten,

    You made quite a lot of beautiful pictures on your European tour, remarkable and original points of view very often too! Since I am seriously considering to buy a Q myself, there is one thing though I noticed on some of your pictures that show an even but intense blue sky (e.g. the photo of the Elisabeth lying in the grass, the vertical Louvre photo, the Cappadocia photos): you seemingly get spots on the sensor (some small and some bigger ones)!
    Hence my question is: do you get those all the time and did you get rid of them in post processing on the other pictures? On the internet I have read about this “dust/spot-Q-problem” a couple of times (it is said to have occurred with the first years’ batches due to a sealing problem in production that ‘supposedly’ would have been eliminated in later batches).
    Personally I think this should not be a problem at all with a fixed-lens camera in this price category! Years ago I had a serious similar problem with my Canon 5D, but up until now I have never had a single spot on the sensor of my Panasonic GX8 with some 5 interchangeable lenses … Could you possibly advise if the problem still persists on your Q and if you still feel it is worth the investment in spite of that (I personally love the rendering of the sharpness, of the “bokeh”, the full frame, the interface simplicity and the IQ at higher ISO’s under dim light conditions as well as the responsiveness of the Q; I wonder a little though if the IQ-increment I could get compared to my GX8 will justify the price of my purchase …
    (by the way, the photos on the website I submit are mostly from my former film-cam’s and some of simple early-generation-digital cam’s – I process and print all my work myself, older work up to A4, actual work – which still is absent from any website/blog/vlog etc. – from my actual GF1, GX8 and some of the 5D up to A3+).
    What a tremendous “IQ-leap-forward” from say 15 years ago till now!

    Reply
    • Emily

      Paul how can I reach you to purchase some of your travel photos? I’ve just spent an hour looking at a ton of them on Google reviews while just wandering around looking at maps in Africa. I know this is a shot in the dark bing such and old post. I googled your name and it brought up this site/post and I found your comment. If you have a way for me to contact you please let me know. Emily

      Reply
  849. Alex

    Thanks for the links.
    No firmware for the M8? I can’t find it on Leica’s site.

    Reply
  850. Michael

    Nice pictures but nothing that cannot be achieved with any top DSLR – it is important to have a boundary between you and the camera which makes great pictures and believing they are perfect rather than the technical perfection of the tool camera.

    Reply
  851. Ben Jordan

    I found that after installing the new version of the firmware for my M240 that the exposure metering was erratic and all over the place – but everything returned to normal once I had performed a camera “reset” using the Menu “Reset” Item. This saved my camera from the garbage can.

    Reply
  852. Jack MacD

    David,
    Nice of you to let us give feedback in your polls.
    A quibble: You said the lens line up is complete. At the initial announcement many years ago they showed a 350mm S lens. I do not believe the line up is complete until we see something beyond the 180.

    I voted for 80 meg resolution as long as Dynamic Range stays 15+, but for marketing reasons. Going to 50 is OK for me but for someone entering the system they will care m ore. Me, I print 90”x60″ as is, so higher resolution just allows for cropping. I hope they will delay this next camera until they can get to 80. I will probably be able to see a difference in a print then.

    Going to a mirrorless S would have been fine if there never was a reflex S. Then as they built the lens system they would be set. I believe going forward that optical viewfinders will be unique viewfinders and it would be nice for Leica to have one of the few. But this is a pro system and if other pros want mirrorless, then Leica should go in that direction. I will prefer to stay optical in part because I have lenses for optical.

    For me, other than a long lens on the S, I am happy with the system. But to keep current owners and bring in new owners they must progress. They keep surprising me.

    Reply
    • Bob Hamilton

      I totally agree. How can any system be considered “complete” when the longest native focal length is the equivalent of 145mm in full frame terms? I wrote many times to Stephan Schulz about this issue and Leica’s failure to follow through on the lens roadmap they issued at the system’s launch all those years ago, even to the point of suggesting the compromise of a matched tele converter for the 180mm lens, and eventually received the response from him that, despite many individual requests for such a compromise, Leica had decided that there was no return on investment for them and that they would, therefore, not pursue development of a longer focal length alternative for the S system. That, to me, was the nail in the coffin and the indication that the S system was in its end of life cycle and would receive no more investment and development from Leica, the future being obviously seen by them in the SL system. As a consequence, I have sold off my S equipment, after many years of devoted Leica camera usage. Why continue to flog a dead horse?

      Reply
  853. Hien Nguyen

    David,

    As we’ve discussed at the NH workshop (which was terrific, btw), one of the biggest reasons I didn’t go with the Leica S system (and opted for Phase One) is the after sales support. After I damaged my Phase on that trip, I sent it back to DT and Phase sent me a loaner of everything that was damaged for the entirety of the time they needed to be serviced. Everything is as good as new now. I also decided to trade my 50 mp back for the full frame 100 mp Trichromatic back, so having a generous upgrade program is also important.

    I would love to see the next iteration of the S to have, in order of priority:
    – More resolution
    – Cooperation with Profoto so their HSS protocol is compatible with all Leica system cameras
    – Mirrorless (a large EVF with at least the same resolution as the one in the SL)
    – Ability to turn off noise reduction for long exposures
    – Self-cleaning sensor
    – On sensor image stabilization

    And from the “Professional Services” division of Leica:
    – Better customer support (such as the loaner program if the S needs to be serviced)

    Reply
  854. Gary Morris

    I have owned the SL (now sold) and I have an S006. Since owning both camera types, I have felt that the future would be a merger of the two systems. SL body and 4K or 5K EVF with S-size sensor. Lenses from the SL and the S via adapters on this new, unified body (that is if Leica ever ships any more SL lenses; otherwise the S lenses are more than sufficient). 75-100MP sensor and a processor and buffer that would enable 8-10 shots per second for up to 100 shots. Finally, S006 color rendering.

    My 2¢. Thanks for the opportunity to comment. Are you listening Wetzlar!

    Reply
  855. Daryl

    David, the roadmap for the S lens included a 350mm and a tilt shift wide, yet to be introduced. The 350mm I am thinking is delayed due to AF issues. While I find the AF to be extremely accurate the 120 and 180mm need a slight tweak for dead on focus. My SL/S adapter with these lenses is more accurate. Due to this, I lean toward the EVF with it’s magnified finder option and one of several reasons many are feeling abandoned are these non addressed issues in current bodies. The lenses are phenomenal, that goes without saying however Leica’s achilles heal is body features and function. To have these S lenses and not have the option to take them to their limits is, I feel, a missed opportunity for Leica. I really love the S system, and I enjoy work-arounds, as a landscape shooter stitching overcomes 100mp sensor resolution very easily but not always, having greater resolution is necessary for certain shots and makes me think that other systems are addressing this now. That means giving up Leica lenses, and there’s the issue, wanting to use Leica’s lenses on a current feature body. Come on Leica, keep up:-)

    Reply
  856. Steen Bjerregaard

    Very important to get improve sharpness system, the S007 works very slowly, both the house and the lenses, and is important with multiple sharpness points in the viewfinder, such as on SL.

    Reply
  857. Mark Gowin

    David,

    I appreciate your thoughts and polls on this topic. One thing that I would like to see improved that you didn’t touch on in your article is a better rear display. I would like to see a rear screen with better dynamic range, color, and brightness.

    Mark

    Reply
  859. David

    Please add a touch to focus tilt enabled articulating screen & something similar to eye auto focus that would be awesome for fashion or portrait shooters. Please renegotiate with Capture One for fast tethered and raw file support. Adobe is unreliable and slow to implement updates to support the S system, I would’ve fired them long ago, there’s got to be a better software solution.

    Reply
  860. aaron c greenman

    David,

    Thoughtful article – a few thoughts below:

    – no EVF! In today’s market, there is nothing like the split prism viewfinder of the S, or the OVF of the Hasselblad H series. Let’s keep it that way, EVFs are not the same. I don’t want to look at a television that flattens the scene – not the same shooting experience.

    – I would have thought that in camera sensor stabilisation would be the most valuable add – an ability to add 4-5 stops handheld without increasing ISO would be very, very welcome.

    ACG

    Reply
  861. m . calvert.

    I think you are looking at lens aberrations here, and the correction of these in the design. In real life photographs, ‘bokeh’ is a function of aperture [and the corrections] , applied to objects LIT by directional light. ‘Bokeh’ works when the light is behind the object. It is irrelevant when the light is coming from behind the camera. For example, go into winter woods and shoot against the light, while focussed on a foreground object. Then you will find the effect called bokeh, to a less or greater degree with most lenses, but obviously most pronounced with a 0.95 or even wider. Try a Dallmeyer 2C [c. 1910, uncorrected] on a Hasselblad for example if you want ‘real bokeh’.

    Reply
  862. Les Rudnick

    Hi Josh,
    Is there a way with the SL to observe which photo number is being exposed on a particular SD card rather than only looking at how many remaining. My reason for asking is that if I am traveling and I want to make a note about a particular shot, e.g. a model’s name, the name of a store where that name doesn’t show in the photo, a town, the name of a lake, etc it would be easy to jot that down in a notebook. With shots remaining, I need to know the size card, and the shots remaining, and then figure out everything when I get back to Lightroom or Luminar.
    Thank you in advance. Les

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Les,

      If you enter playback mode on the SL and cycle through the info display (lower right button), you’ll see the picture’s file name in the upper right corner. Ex – L1003310

      Hope this helps.

      Reply
  863. Jack MacD

    David,
    Thanks for the interesting article and nice photographs.
    I too have found the S007 excellent for night work.
    The assumption that the mirror movement will cause camera movement has been false for me.
    Perhaps my belief that I can indeed hand hold the S at 1/30 sec. allows me to brace the camera well enough. I confess I couldn’t do that with a dog pulling on my arm. I’d encourage every photographer regardless of camera to test themselves on steadiness so they know what low speed they are comfortable using. I know I can shoot the S at 1/30th. I have even shot at 1/8th but I know from experimenting it’s then better to goose the ISO and accept extra noise to get back to 1/30.

    Reply
  864. Stuart Richardson

    I have to admit that I am surprised that people are concerned with ISO 12500 on a medium format SLR…also that so many want mirrorless. The optical viewfinder and direct connection to the subject matter is quite important to me, and if you want EVF there are many other options. In addition to not feeling like I am looking at the world through a TV screen, the OVF also makes it much easier for me to work at night, where an EVF camera destroys your night vision every time you bring it to your eye.

    My ideal S camera would an 80+ megapixel version with S006 color and detail. CCD is fine, but I know that it will have to be CMOS. Live view and 4k video with Sony A7S/RIII quality would be ideal, but not expected.

    What I think we will see is a 50-60mp 007, maybe with some sort of touchscreen and a stop or two higher ISO. This would not be that interesting to me, but I would consider it based on the resolution bump.

    Reply
    • al

      There’re some people who genuinely prefer an EVF to an OVF, even the superb one on the S, but I suspect more people actually just want less bulk. If Leica could release more lenses — or just ONE more, a wide-ish one — that don’t incorporate a CS shutter (like the Summicron-S 100) that’d help.

      Reply
    • Kenneth Noelsch

      How about a tethered computer/tablet in live view. You get a larger screen (4mpixel ?), possibly display a full image AND an enlarged segment of the image, live histogram, be able to adjust brightness, etc., etc.

      Reply
  865. Steven Kornreich

    I hope they do come with with a S 008 or whatever they end up calling it so I can upgrade to the S007 at a reasonable price. Im still sitting with my S 006 which has almost now monetary value anymore, yeah I can trade in for a new S 007 for under 10K yet I feel that is still to much money.
    I was considering switching over to a newer modern Fuji or Hasselblad system, yet what keeps me hanging onto my S is the durability and of course the lenses..

    EVF would be nice yet I don’t see that happening any time sone. I tilt screen would be nice but yet again I highly doubt Leica will ever do that.

    Reply
  866. Jeff Plomley

    As a current SL and M10 user, I almost abandoned the SL for the Fuji GFX in lieu of their recent sales program. Why? The lethargic roll-out of the SL lenses. I am extremely disappointed in the progress on this front whilst we see the introduction of the TL2, the CL, the Chamber, the 28 Summaron and the 75 Nocti. Really Leica, there’s more demand for a 75 Notch than the 16-35 SL lens every landscape photographer has been waiting for. I realize this post was to be for the next gen S, but they can’t even get lenses out the door for the SL. What hope is there for another medium format system? I think at this point in time it’s all fairy dust. Myself, if I don’t see that 16-35 as promised in April, the SL is gone and I will be moving to the Fuji GFX. Sorry Leica, I bought into the SL system with the expectation that the lenses would roll out within the timeframe initially promised. More fool me.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Jeff,

      As you might have seen in today’s news, the 75 and 90 Summicron SL lenses are going to be shipped within the coming weeks. And, the 16-35 SL is still slated for April. I’m with you that the 16-35 should have been top priority, followed by the 35. The lack of an ultrawide is frustrating, but just like the rollout of the S lens line, it will soon be a distant memory. Just like the S, it seems that the SL lenses will have no weak links.

      Yes, Leica has rolled out quite a few new products over the last year. The TL2 and CL are a deliberate move to attract a new audience to the brand. For first time buyers, these APS cameras offer an achievable gateway into the Leica universe. This is good for the long-term health of the company, which is good for all product lines. And it was actually advances made for the TL lenses that lead to the current crop of SL optics. So, there is always benefit to global innovations.

      I agree that niche products like the Thambar or Summaron reissues seem like distractions, but these are in parallel, not instead of. I view these more in line with special editions, in terms of the resources they take up. I’d say that the scramble to deliver M10s to market over the last year was probably a much more significant factor. The M10 was on perpetual backorder for 11 months after introduction, even at full manufacturing capacity. Now that that demand is mostly caught up, Leica can shift gears a bit.

      Personally, I’m very excited to see what Leica has up its sleeves for Photokina, fairy dust or not….

      Reply
  867. Dennis Welsh

    Hi David – Great reviews as always. One issue I always had with the Leica S was that although it felt like a 35mm camera in my hand, and was billed as “that bridge connecting 35mm usability with medium format resolution”, it never performed like a 35mm at all. People photography was nearly impossible unless the subject was absolutely stationary. Focus was doggedly slow. Frame rate fine but not super. I think you hit the nail on the head when you said the Leica S is a fantastic landscape camera. Having said that, if I was looking for a great landscape camera it still probably wouldn’t be the S. As much as I shudder to say this, I’d probably go mirrorless now. Camera shake would be minimized: no medium format-sized mirror swinging up and down, and the body size would be inherently smaller.
    So my wishes for the next:
    S – Landscape camera is – mirrorless, 100 mp.
    or
    S – Commercial camera is – faster auto focus, faster motor drive, mirrorless.
    I’d take either.

    Reply
  868. al

    I generally agree with this review and also routinely shoot at 1/30, and even 1/15 with the 35mm with my S 007.

    In my experience however the S007 can sometimes be strangely too fast for stability. I found that on the dinosaur S2, the time lag between the different steps could mitigate or counteract against vibration. The speed of continuous shooting on the S007 is so fast that taking many shots and hoping for a sharp one is less viable than on the S2.

    Additionally the S007’s extra sensitivity can lead me to be careless. Often I’m surprised to find slightly blurry photos taken at 1/60 or even 1/90 in decent light.

    Reply
  869. MV Lins-Barroso

    David, do you know why the future Summicron-SL 35 is the only one not APO like the others?

    Reply
  870. Jeff Nalin

    How are you David,
    Photographer Author, specializing in portraits of chefs from the kitchen around the world, and some other people famous for their profession or their action.
    With my Leica M, I usually use the Summilux 50 1.4,
    I think I would appreciate this object, 1 objective 75 mm 1.25 Noct,
    according to the images and given its manufacture, the bokhe is extraordinary …
    As soon as I could I would make myself an obligation and a pleasure to offer it to me!
    Thank you for all information,
    Beautiful photos & All my Best,

    JN Leicaiste & Photographer Author

    Archivist of the Photographic Heritage 1995-2015 of Paul Bocuse *
    * Official Photographer Paul Bocuse

    Reply
  871. Jon Rowley

    A bit late to the party, but I’ve recently ordered a Q and am now trawling through old posts to see what others think of it and see some beautiful images. This is a Great post with some beautiful photos. Can’t wait to get out there with mine.
    Cheers,
    Jon.

    Reply
    • Steve Simone

      Jon, please provide a followup…. as I was on the fence between a TL2, CL or Q….. read this Story, saw the PICS and now I am leaning on the fence towards the Q….I am going all out though, grabbing the Titanium if I do do the Q…. Let me know HOW you are Loving yours…….. it says my email won’t be published, but who else reads these forums besides, photo nerds and Lica Lovers….. here is mine if by chance one day re read your post again….. stevesimone@me.com

      Reply
  872. Paul

    Hi David,
    I am going to buy one of these LHSA models. Which color do you think will carry more
    value in a few years? I like both colors. I am not a collector and I will be using the lens
    most days. Since I am buying it anyway, I may as well buy the one that will retain the most value.
    Paul

    Reply
  873. Martin

    Your review is very interesting thanks. I was thinking about buying the TL2 but the lack if an EVF (as standard) was daunting. The CL seems to fix that at the loss perhaps of the USB C port.

    I mainly use my camara for travel and wondered 18-35mm or 23mm prime.

    I rarely change lens (and certainly wouldn’t do this on the hoof with this camara)

    Really would appreciate your views

    Reply
  874. Akinobu Yoshikawa

    Hello David,

    Thank you for your insightful content for the S system. It really started me thinking about what I would like to see in the next iteration if any.

    I shoot a lot of architecture (interior and exterior) reportage style (no tripods) using the 24mm. With its bulk, weight and shallow depth of field, it has been a challenge as you can imagine. I occasionally try to shoot my children with my 100mm, with very little success for a similar reason (I know it’s not a bright idea to attempt). I do agree with most of your “like to see” list. But my priorities may be different due to the way I use it. I need to be able to shoot dark, high contrast indoors handheld with minimum noise and maximum color accuracy.

    1) EVF. I am in my 30’s, and other than a rangefinder, the S007 is my first OVF. From this experience and trying the SL, I do not see much if any advantage of an OVF over the EVF. Of course, a hybrid would be nice if it must have a mirror, where the mirror up mode enables the use of the EVF somehow (use the back of the mirror?). As others have said already, focus zoom to capture the focus with that shallow DOF 100mm, would be very helpful.

    2) Image Stabilization. Due to the slower lenses (relative to 35mm), large mirror, and ok high iso performance, shooting dark indoors handheld (many places prohibits tripod these days) is really challenging even using the 24mm. From the history, it’s the least likely thing to be included by Leica, but this would help me concentrate on the subject than place my mind on the shutter speed and shake, provide flexibility to the DOF and style of a photograph to take. Not to mention a sensor cleaning as a bonus. It would also allow me to purchase other lenses I felt were too slow for my use, and the first Medium format camera to have it.

    3) Mirrorless. Like the SL, it allows for a lighter body (please only shave off the mount, and keep the rest of the body design as is! That flat look on the SL is like a mockup, and that grip is horrific), and flexibility. Not to mention develop new line (generation) of S lenses to sell, but in the meantime, with adapters, allow for SL, M, R, TL lenses to be used for those wanting some lighter lenses at times.

    4) Better sensor (ISO) performance. It’s just me it seems, but I prefer to keep the current MP, or even less if it means to have better sensor performance. More MP would require more tripod to shoot it right, the files are huge to process (cropping is helpful too). If the new sensor can handle better contrast situations without blowing out the light and recovering the shadows more than any Medium format camera out there, that would also allow for low light shooting helping the slower lenses. This makes more sense for this relatively compact system in the market to me for this to be unique and easier for those new to the segment to come into relative to the competition.

    5) Faster focusing. If that is physically possible. To be able to capture a running 3-year-old with the 100mm would be worth the upgrade alone. Then again, autofocus is not Leica’s strong points, so no expectations here.

    Small things to add.
    6) Please get rid of this rubber that peels off every summer, and the eyecup that tears easily!

    7) A standard USB connection, as well as a standard mic and audio jack, would be helpful so I don’t have carry separate cables along.

    Sounds like I just need to purchase the Sony A7RII. But then again, it does not have that medium format rendering, and that means goodbye to the amazing lenses….Or I could just wait a little longer for an adapter to use my S lenses on the X1D. Accept medium format as they are, or is there hope out there?

    Reply
  875. LeicaPhotos

    I updated my Leica SL and the Summilux SL 50 last night. The updated firmware to the lens is much better, in my opinion. The motor drive actually seems more quiet and the focus is definitely faster. It is not as fast as the two zooms, but this should be expected because the Summilux has a larger, heavier set of elements to move for focusing. I tested it in dark hallways with my cats (one white and one black) using ISO 12,800. The photographs were grainy, as expected, but the focusing was very good. In very, very low light, you still need to find a good contrast edge (the focus was fast on my white cat and hunted a little on my black cat – all in a dark hallway). Overall, I am excited that this lens immediately feels more useful for active focusing.

    Reply
  876. Marcus Adams

    It’s a lovely camera but the cost makes it well beyond practical for many.

    What I would really like is an SL with the CL sensor in it that can use the TL lenses natively at 24MP as well as all the other lenses cropped – or a full frame SL that has a 42MP sensor, thereby offering cropped images with TL lenses at around the 16Mp zone.

    The SL body is awesome but, as a travel photographer, the weight of a full frame SL kit is just too much (never mind the cost!).

    Reply
  877. Jaeger

    Go back the to bakery and use the 24-90 for A & B comparison! It can’t be any better than F1.4 and F2 M lenses.

    Reply
  878. Jeff

    The most AND least expensive S lenses won’t receive a price increase. See S 70 Summarit listing.

    Reply
  881. Michel

    Hi David, thank you for the Review. In terms of practicality for fast and accurate focus would you go for the LHSA or the normal APO? Thanks in advance.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      They are the same lens, with the exception of the focus ring. The LHSA version has a knurled focus ring, while the standard lens has a focus tab. I don’t think you’d see much of a difference in the speed or accuracy of focus between the two.

      Reply
    • David Farkas

      There hasn’t been an official launch yet and we haven’t heard anything besides the preview announcement. Hopefully, we’ll see an official launch before summer.

      Reply
  883. CJ

    Am I the only one who can’t see the 3.2 update? I can only see the PDF instructions for 3.2 but no actual firmware file to download.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      You’re not the only one. The file seems to be missing on Leica’s downloads page. You can click the link in the article for a direct download link.

      Reply
      • CJ

        Oh, okay! Thanks for your quick response. Cheers!

  884. djsutherland@shaw.ca

    Hi, nice to have the joystick lock feature.

    However, my SF 40 flash still seems completely non-functional.

    It might fire once when I first turn it on, (massive over exposure, or nice, or under exposure) and then it never fires again. This is in any mode with any lens attached. 24-90mm or manual lens. PSAM, Auto mode, or TTL mode. Fixed ISO at 200, set slow sync, or 1/125 or 1/F nothing…..

    I can turn everything off and try again, and it fires once and then gives up again.

    Any suggestions welcome. (It did this on the prior version firmware too) If a put an old Sun Pack flash on it, in Sun Pack A mode, it works great. Of course it is not using any TTL or camera funtions.

    thanks in advance for any suggestions,

    Dave

    Reply
  885. scott kirkpatrick

    Most impressive pictures, and I hope you will convey our thanks to your patient and cheerful model. I had wondered why Leica emphasized that the dual drive autofocus motors were driving the two moveable lens elements separately, but your explanation that this replaces the FLE compensation seen in the latest M lenses makes sense.

    But what’s with the lemon-shaped bokeh balls coming from light dots (or something) in the background? Some light dots show up with a uniform enhancement around their oval edges, for example, the yellow background lamps in your second image. But the shot in the section “Availability” shows a different effect. In the center the white spots are circular, but as you move left or right they get narrower and the tops and bottoms develop a sharp corner. What sort of aberration is this, and when do you see it? Is it a side effect of the tricks paid to get the appearance of sharper depth of field separation?

    Reply
  887. m_k_s

    This Leica SL firmware update 3.2 has a MAJOR FAIL with introduction of full-time Auto Image Review. This is not included in the release notes and I haven’t been able to find any documentation on it but the “feature” has been added. It cannot be turned off and is devastating for anyone who captures subjects in motion, it is an absolute deal killer if you shoot anything other than inanimate objects. There is now a built-in, full-time auto review “freeze frame” that pops up in the EVF and also on the LCD if shooting live view after EVERY frame you shoot. It stays onscreen for a fraction of a second (or longer if you don’t release the shutter button. A “fraction of a second” may sound inconsequential but if you are shooting moving subjects, this momentary freeze-frame in the viewfinder is the equivalent to shutter blackout and is unacceptable as it causes the photographer to miss seeing valuable split seconds of emotion and action. I don’t “spray and pray”, I carefully capture the peak moments of emotion and action AS I SEE THEM HAPPENING. This is why optical viewfinders were previously superior for action capture. You simply cannot miss seeing the moment that needs to be shot! Switching to an EVF was not an option until introduction of the Leica SL’s EVF that was previously the supreme EVF of all of the mirrorless EVF’s on the market today, it was truly without fault. Zero blackout. Bright, live exposure preview, basically perfection. I cannot understand why this freeze-frame forced auto review “feature” has been added. And it can’t be turned off. It is no longer possible to stay immediate with your subject, by the time the millisecond freeze-frame review leaves the screen, your subject has moved, I have already lost irreplaceable moments of emotion and movement in 2 days of shooting with 3.2 firmware. Wedding photographers, sports shooters, music shooters, anyone who shoots movement, professionally or personally, and relies on capturing peak moments as they occur will be devastated by this new feature. I repeat, it can not be turned off and if it can I implore someone to respond to this post with how. This is a non-optional Auto-Review that takes a precious milliseconds from the photographer when seconds and parts of seconds actually matter. I implore Leica to correct this immediately. This is a deal killer for a daily professional shooter of action. I passed over Fuji and Sony mirrorless systems in favor of the superior EVF and responsive shooting experience of the SL. I have continued to compare them, and until now the Leica SL continued to reign supreme over every new Fuji & Sony release with its incredible EVF. I’ve spent a fortune committing to and investing in a system that has produced incredible results. Now it is virtually useless. Leica, Please correct this immediately: make it an option, not a full-time feature or remove it. I can no longer do my job with this camera.

    Reply
    • Elliot

      Perhaps you’ve already done this, but why not revert back to firmware version 3.1? I have this camera, and love it immensely but have not noticed the issues of which you speak. I also don’t use this as my daily shooter.

      Reply
  889. Jack MacD

    David,
    Your excellent filter article transports me back to a fall trip with you and Josh back in 2011. It was the first morning of a seven day shoot and you were explaining to eight Leica photographers just these same filter details, only right in front of us.
    I too had felt up to that morning that digital post replaced the need for filters. Your fifteen minute demo changed my mind. The only problem was that we were in the wild and there was no photo store on the shore. And you had advised us all before the trip that we would want to have such filters with us. And I had ignored you.
    Ah!
    Fortunately you explained that you brought along on the trip some extra sets of filters available for purchase. I did so immediately in case you might run out of supply. That purchase allowed me to vastly improve my photos for the rest of the trip and the rest of my career.

    I have subsequently broken only one filter in the subsequent years, and that was when I had the filter holder a bit too loose. Haven’t done that since. The cases are plenty of protection.

    I commented on the forum back seven years ago regarding how GLASS filters vs the old plastic filters I had used before, made all the difference.
    http://www.reddotforum.com/forums/topic/leica-s2-new-england-fall-foliage-trip-day-four/
    see Oct 12, 2011 4:08

    The photo I show in my reply was shot with a graduated ND filter I had bought from you minutes before. It paid for itself many time over as the photo was later sold worldwide over 40 times.

    But now you have shared your advice to everyone without them having to go on a trip with you.
    How very kind.
    But it makes me want to go on another trip.

    Reply
  891. John

    I notice that all of your recommendations are for athletic people. I’m not built that way. I’m short and overweight. I live in the Pacific Northwest where it rains a lot but doesn’t get bitterly cold. It’s be hard to find a good rain shell with a hood that fits my belly. Given that overweight is a serious epidemic in the United States, why don’t these manufacturers make clothes “for the rest of us?”

    Reply
    • Jack MacD

      John,
      You are right that Arc’teryx is styled for mountain climbers who are never overweight.
      The advice of what kind of items are needed is separate from what sizes you might need.
      Just order the same kind of things from Hunting suppliers is my suggestion.

      Reply
  892. Ross

    I enjoyed your photos and like yourself have found the Leica CL is a great travel camera having just returned from Japan with mine.
    Great to see how well the images turned out mind you you have a great eye for taking them and that is the most important thing.

    Reply
  893. Gary Morris

    I enjoyed reading of your adventures in India. I had a similar out-of-comfort-zone experience. In 2004-2005 while my father was still alive, I traveled with him on his work in Ho Chi Minh City Viet Nam. Over 15 months we made four trips there, each 3-4 weeks in duration. We’d take weekend trips to China (Shanghai and Beijing), Cambodia (Angkor Wat) and Thailand (Bangkok) as well as exploring south and north Viet Nam. It was a terrific adventure and priceless time with my father towards the end of his life. I’m sure you father appreciated your company.

    Unfortunately all I had to shoot was the then-new Canon Digital Rebel. But that camera was way better than no camera at all.

    I recently bought a CL and sold my Q. In retrospect I should have kept the Q. The pair would be a great travel set. For now I am pairing my CL (with the 23 Summicron and 18-56 zoom) with my M10 and 50 APO Summicron. A little heavy for travel but it covers most of my visual bases.

    I’ll look forward to more adventure reports from you.

    Reply
    • Steve Simone

      Gary….. I too thoroughly enjoyed reading the story and admiring the photos of Kristen’s adventures in India….. in your comment you mentioned that you SOLD your Leica Q…. oh no…. and noticed that you have a M10…. I recently switched to a Q….and my gateway was a Leica T….. I had 2 lenses, 18-56 and 11-23 which at times was like Kristen said, “Changing lenses can often be distracting, causing us unnecessary frustration and missed shots “…. those whom you may travel with, do not understand the MIND of a Photographer with OCD tendencies….. so NOW I am with One Body and One Lens….. I wanted to ask…. more about how much you loved your Q and how sad it was to say goodbye? I had almost picked the TL2 before Q… but wanted to try FF and ONE lens…. I was in film with many primes, 35 and 50 and then zoom, I guess FILM was the first Full Frame experience!! we had….in my YOOT. Any comments would be appreciated… Thanks!!

      Reply
    • Steve Simone

      KIRSTEN…. Absoul….. and I stopped at SOUL…… I did ABSOLUTELY LOVE your stories and admire your work….being out of your comfort zone….. is a true testament of the FAITH that your DAD has in bringing you up in this, ever changing World we all share….. Dads are a Treasure that we should for as long as we can….and after they pass on into another World…we are here to make them Proud, because I know they are watching over us….. Sorry…. my Dad is away now, and spending that time with him was another Life changing moment not just being out of a Comfort zone….. I am sure that working at Leica, you have had the pleasure of many many models…. every picture you took I found myself trying to imagine taking them with the Q…. One Lady One lens…. ( ha ha ) I am on “Safari” soon with the Q….and I wonder…. I have had the pleasure of Zoom and many lenses…but NOW….. it’s ME and the Q…. but YEARS of experience…. Only time will tell….. Great Stuff, keep dreaming…. for life is one to be experienced…. and sometimes we can so that others can SHARE the moments with us…..if even through, Photography….and WORDS……

      Reply
  894. Jack MacD

    David,

    Excellent advice.
    I suspect everyone understands the value of a rain shell or rain parka.
    I would emphasize the need for rain-pants that can really handle rain.
    On the trip I took with you, I sort of wondered if rain paints weren’t overkill.
    But then I recall one day and one location where the rain was just pouring down for hours. My camera was weatherproof fortunately, and that was the day I added rain paints to my rain jacket. The combo was truly waterproof and I learned to easily shoot in the rain. If I hadn’t had the rain paints I would have literally been washed out after the first hour.
    https://www.macdonough.net/For-your-review/Rain/n-375bPF/

    Reply
  895. LeicaPhotos

    David F., do you like the multi filter case for on-location, or do you prefer the individual cases for the glass filters? Seems like one case is ideal, but then you get wet weather locations and might prefer to have one case per filter…

    Thanks for such a detailed article – this is great and brought to light several things I had not though of..

    David K.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I prefer to use the individual cases. They allow a little more flexibility in carrying what I might need without extra bulk. Often, I’ll just pop a filter or two in the hand pocket of my shell jacket. The multi filter case would be too thick.

      Reply
  896. Kirk McElhearn

    Great review, thanks for all the detail. You might want to fix the ISO on a couple of the photos where you say its is 125000, rather than 12500. 🙂

    Reply
  897. Dan Frick

    I really enjoyed your article. I shoot my CL also in apature mode. Would you please
    Show me in detail how to set up and save the left and right wheels as you do. I have
    Been able to only change mode to A and then use the right wheel to change f stop. Then how Do I save to personal profile ,confirm, and get back to these settings using FN button later, after using mannualy with M lenses. I seem to have trouble both with right wheel And retrieving past settings. Still loving the CL which has relegated my M7 and M8 To backup.
    Thanks, Dan Frick

    Reply
      • jm bottazzi

        Bit of an embarrassing situation: I have both M10 and M10R, and I just realised in the previous round of upgrade I applied, I applied carelessly the M10R update to both. So now my M10 was on 20.20.47.37, and has been running that way, but while it lets me upgrade to the new 30.22.11.52 and still runs (!) it would not take the proper M10 distribution 3.22.11.52 (maybe because 30>3?). Any suggestion welcomed

  899. Fred

    It’s just a marketing schpiel. That’s all. Smoke and mirror tactics. No video because it’s too cramped and will overheat. No increase in pixel count – and saying anyone with experience know’s it’s not important is insulting to their user base because that is totally untrue. You can’t even tether the M any more, that was once a very usable feature for “those with experience”. No spirit level anymore. Greatly reduce battery life. Leica ruined the M. They killed it off. The M is dead.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Fred,

      For many M users, the M10 is the penultimate digital M, the one they’ve been waiting and dreaming of since the M8. Leica took user feedback into account when designing the M10. The top request was for a thinner body, with the same dimensions as a film M, and they delivered. Second most requested was an improvement in low light capability. The M10 shoots cleanly at ISO 10,000 with great color, where the M240 topped out at ISO 3200. For most users, lower noise, better color and increased dynamic range trump pure pixel count.

      The M10 also has a significantly improved optical viewfinder, a direct ISO dial, reduction in UI clutter, improved LV functionality, faster processing speed and frame rate. All around, the M10 is a natural evolution from the M240. It has a slightly smaller battery, but also more power efficient processing. On the M240, I carried two extra batteries for a full day of heavy shooting. I do the same with the M10.

      The omission of video wasn’t due to heat. If this was the case, Live View would have been eliminated, as reading out for LV puts the same demands on the sensor and heat dissipation mechanisms. Video was taken out because the vast majority of M users didn’t want it there. They complained vehemently of video ruining the pure M experience on the M240, and such an incredibly small percentage of M users ever used it. The concept of the M10 was to get back to basics, the essentials. Not marketing schpiel, but rather a company-wide mantra. Every product manager strives to this standard.

      I’m not saying that some users didn’t appreciate video, or tethering via the multifunction grip, but Leica responded to the 90%+ of users who flat-out rejected these features as un-M-like. For those who want to tether or shoot pro level 4K video, and have the option to use M lenses, Leica offers the exceptional SL. This is the idea. M10 for the purists. SL for those requiring a professional feature set.

      I’d recommend checking out my full review on the M10 here. It’s a fantastic camera to shoot with and the image quality is phenomenal. And, yes, I’m ok with 24MP, both on the M10 and SL. A 6um pixel size allows for stopping down to f/11 before hitting diffraction, and I have a stack of 24×36 inch prints that look incredible from nose-in-print distance. If the need arises, you can certainly print bigger and maintain gallery quality output, but again, most M shooters don’t want or need to print this large. Will Leica ever increase the pixel count? Maybe, but only if there they can do so with no sacrifice in image quality, DR, low light ability or edge-to-edge performance.

      Go out and shoot with the M10 and you’ll see that the M is far from dead. Quite the contrary, actually.

      Reply
  900. Ralph Ingersoll

    David –

    Suggest you inform Leica immediately that their published Leica Q firmware 3.0 upgrade instructions are careless and WRONG.

    Successful Leica Q upgrade requires both that the upgrade file be located in a root directory of the SD card AND and that red movie button be held down when turning on the camera.

    After wasting a hour messing with multiple SD cards using Leica’s incomplete instructions, I succeeded eventually only because Luis Mora shows in his video exactly how to successfully upgrade Leica Q firmware.

    What Luis Mora includes that Leica misses is the need to hold down the red movie button while turning on the camera.

    Reply
    • ColLab

      Leica firmware update instructions

      6. Insert the card into the camera.
      7. Switch the camera on while keeping the video record button pressed. ?
      8. Press YES to start the update process.

      Reply
  901. Jack

    David,
    I really appreciate your comments on this new machine, and I look forward to your decision. I am relatively happy with my mid 2014 15” MacBook Pro, and have avoided an upgrade until 32Gig Ram was finally available. I am also looking at an upgrade to my desktop and for similar money I could rationalize an iMacPro.

    I know you are an agnostic on operating systems so I pay attention to your thoughts. Your comments on 4K rendering speed catch my attention.

    Too bad that instead of a Leica watch, Leica doesn’t make a computer.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Jack,

      I have a feeling that we won’t have to wait too long for in-depth benchmarking tests on the new MBP 2018. Besides the raw numbers, I will still need to go to the Apple Store to see for myself if the slightly tweaked keyboard is any better a typing experience.

      As far as a desktop goes, I think the only way to go these days is to just build your own. A quality i7-8700K 6-core build with a 30% overclock (5GHz) can be had for $2,100, even with a beefy GTX 1070Ti graphics card (faster than both the Vega 56 standard and Vega 64 top of the line option on iMac Pro). Then pick up an LG 43″ 4K monitor with 100% sRBG gamut and super accurate color for $700. Yes, 43 inches. Yes, $700.

      So, for roughly half the price of the iMac Pro, you get a solid imaging workstation that chews through photos and video. Here’s a quick config I threw together: https://pcpartpicker.com/list/qpwwq4. You’re not limited to a 27″ screen, and you can upgrade the SSD, add additional internal storage, upgrade the video card (or add a second in SLI), even change out the CPU. Half the price, with up to 50% better performance in Adobe apps. I know a lot of people like the 27″ screen, but as someone who uses a 34″ ultra-wide LG everyday, 27″ is tiny. And I’m seriously eyeing the 43″ 4K LG to gain even more screen real estate. For serious content creation, more is almost always better.

      And honestly, if you didn’t need a monster video editing machine, scaling back the graphics could save you a few hundred, to well under $2K. I just wanted to give an apples to apples comparison (pardon the pun). Realistically, with a $5-6K budget, you could get a tricked out Razer Blade 15 laptop (32GB RAM / 2TB SSD) for $3,500 and a desktop for $2,000-2,500. Or, just plug the 43″ monitor into the laptop and call it a day, for $4,200. All that being said…. I’m still pulling for the MacBook Pro to surprise me when reviews come out this week.

      Reply
    • Albert Knapp

      I use the new iMac PRO for lightroom/PS and it is wonderful.
      Albert

      Reply
  902. Mark Nunneley

    Good article David. I ordered mine with the 4TB SSD today. Will report vack

    Reply
      • Albert Knapp

        David-
        I am on the fence as well. Still using my 2015 Mac pro in the field but am perplexed as to why they dropped the SD card reader???

      • David Farkas

        Albert,

        Apple dropped the SD card reader for the same reason as why they omitted full-size USB-A or HDMI ports, and why the keyboard has such short travel – thinness. Thinness at all costs. And, if you check out my update from today, you’ll see that there seems to be a very tangible performance penalty as well.

  904. Bill Dane

    I am seeing some very ‘natural’ feeling print colors recently – subdued, almost ‘flat’.
    I use Leica’s V-LUX 114. I now
    What color settings do you recommend?
    What processor in Raw or Jpeg? I now use Lr5.
    Thanks for being here, Bill.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Bill,

      We always recommend shooting in RAW and processing in the latest version of Lightroom. LR5 is a bit long in the tooth. I’d suggest you subscribe to the Adobe CC Photography Plan which includes Lightroom Classic CC and Photoshop CC.

      Reply
  905. Daniel Forster

    Excellent for my Q. Strangely, no M10 battery charger ? does anybody know if it is in the pipeline ?

    Reply
  907. Karl Marderian

    I have the new i9 Apple 15″ Laptop. If you use it for intense video editing yes you will see slowing down of the processor due to heating. It is a Laptop, if you want to do a lot of intense video editing buy a desktop. It is want it is, maybe some will design a laptop that has big enough fans and heat sink to elevate this short coming. But who wants 30 pound laptop. This the Red Dot forum, stills for me. I’ll pass on the Red Dragon.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      The new 6-core Windows laptops render video as fast (or faster) than most desktops. The Gigabyte Aero 15x, Razer Blade 15, MSI GS65, and Dell XPS 15 all are able to cool the new processors and are only 1-3mm thicker than the MacBook Pro. They weigh between 4 and 4.5 lbs. Other larger gaming laptops, like the Aurus X9 are even able to run overclocked i7 and i9 processors around 5GHz and still stay under 80 deg C. This computer is no lightweight at 7 lbs and 0.9 inches thick, but certainly no where near the bulk of previous generations of gaming laptops.

      Reply
  908. Karl Marderian

    I just bought an SL (601). Here is an other comparison I would like to see, how does the 50mm F1.4, for the SL and the New 50mm F2.0 compare or do I ask too much.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Karl,

      I compared the 50 f/1.4 SL to the 50 f/1.4 M and the 50 f/2 APO. The 50 f/2 APO SL isn’t available yet. It will certainly be interesting to see how the upcoming Summicron-SL will compare to the Summilux-SL.

      Reply
  909. David Heintz

    Sorry, but this is not “USB charging” in the true sense. All this is, and I have a few of these, is a regular charger with a USB plugin instead of a typical electrical plug in. The charger to camera connection is unchanged. What this gets you is arguable, as you can easily purchase (for a lot less $$$) a right angle plug to replace the cord.

    A real “USB charging” camera allows you to leave the battery in the camera and simply connect a cable to a USB slot on the camera. A smaller(er) charger is configured as a electrical plug. The Sony has this.

    Reply
    • Josh Lehrer

      David, I certainly understand what you mean but I have found these chargers personally very handy. They are less expensive than the Leica brand chargers, provide more detailed information about the battery and allow me to easily charge from a USB power pack. Plus they are smaller and lighter. The angled plug connectors for the Leica chargers are definitely useful, but they do not give me the same level of functionality that the Nitecore chargers do. I’m not sure if I’d plug my camera into USB to charge too often, since usually I am using it, and prefer to have a spare battery charging separately, out of the way!

      Reply
  910. Martin

    Nice to finally get an update for the Q!

    On the other hand this kills my hope for a new Q model in the veery near future…

    Reply
  911. Chuck Albertson

    Josh, I’ve been using Nitecore chargers for the past year ot two (for MM, Nikon D750, and SL), and they’re quite good. They are very lightweight, made of pretty tough plastic and are packable, so I use them a lot for travel but also around home.

    Besides all the USB charging devices that abound, I use a solar panel (the Goal Zero Plus Nomad 28, a 28-watt panel that packs up well and weighs about 3 pounds) a lot of the time. It can directly charge a SL batt in a Nitecore charger in about two hours in bright sunlight – we’ve had some of that this summer in Seattle! You can also daisy-chain one of their storage batts (I use the Flip10 and Flip20, either of which can later charge a SL batt) with a battery charge off the panel. I haven’t tried it on cloudy days, as they’re generally rainy as well around here.

    Reply
  912. Boris Massieux

    If anyone from LEICA Gmbh is reading the comment section on this article here are my two biggest wishes that would make my professional life the happiest one one could wish. And you could/should implement them to my S007 or make a marvellous program where you buy back my camera so that I could afford to buy the new version for peanuts!
    1) interlaced frames for all movie formats (and more options on these formats). I bought a S007 also for its 4k capabilities.
    2) THE MOST IMPORTANT ONE: a goddam good software, even better than Capture One (that I use), so that the tethering goes wildly smoothly, dreamendessly (new world) smoothly, ZE powerhouse in my Mac Pro, the best friend of my dear and loved one, the missing link, the thing that you ZE germans are able to produce, where we can do everything: treat photos, grade videos, export images so great that you ask yourself why are all these people using Fotoshopé?
    Except that, I’m fine with my S.

    Reply
  913. GD Morris

    I enjoyed reading this. I particularly like the rich saturated colors. I have a CL and the M-to-L adapter but have not tried any M glass yet. Maybe a 21 M lens is in my future.

    Reply
  914. Arnold Wexler

    Let’s assume that my M10 does not show any CCD corrosion issues at this time.
    *What causes the issue
    *When in a timeline would/could the issue be expected to arise
    * If the issue subsequently arises, how is it taken care of via Leica, and any time limits attendant with repair
    *How prevalent is the issue

    Reply
    • Josh Lehrer

      Arnold, from what I understand the corrosion issue will affect all, or nearly all, full-frame-CCD-based M cameras. The timing with which corrosion happens seems to be somewhat random, same with the severity of it. I have noticed that the less a camera is used, the more likely it is to suffer from corrosion. Leica can replace the CCD if you so desire. This is done under warranty if the camera is less than five years old, but there is a charge (determined by Leica and it does vary sometimes) if the camera is older than 5 years. Depending on the severity of the corrosion and your own plans, you do have a few options to either upgrade, exchange the sensor or simply continue shooting as-is.

      Reply
  915. Richard Hutson

    I have not found a way to set the FN button to Exposure Comp and keep it there. The camera always defaults to AWB which I never want to change.

    I also have not found a way to set User Profiles that stay the way I set them.

    Very frustrating !!!

    Reply
    • Josh Lehrer

      Richard, I cannot seem to duplicate the issue on the Q I have here with firmware 3.0 installed. If I press and hold the FN button then select Exp. Comp as the function I want, the button stays that way unless I reset the camera to factory default, or select “Default Profile” from the User Profile menu (which is basically the same as resetting the camera). Feel free to give us a call this week and we are happy to help at 305-921-4433 or email me at josh@leicastoremiami.com

      Reply
  916. Jeff

    I also have a CL and have been using the adapter to mount my vintage (1953) 50 MM Summarit 1.4. Interesting results…a little softer than current lenses but in a nice way

    Reply
    • Josh Lehrer

      Jeff, I think that’s one of my favorite things to do with the CL as well – experimenting with vintage M glass can be fun especially with the crop factor making a 50mm f/1.4 the perfect portrait lens!

      Reply
  917. Merv Haber

    Sold my beloved M (typ 240) but I kept my Leica Glass ( Summicron 35mm, Summarit 50mm, Elmarit 90mm; several Voigtlanders: 25mm, 40mm, 75mm). Slapped the adaptor on the CL, read (well perused) the manual and got shooting.

    Pros: 1. The comfort of the M lens on Cl and the manual focusing/control was so M-like, I at times forgot I was shooting with the CL.
    2. The “Focus Peaking” feature was reminiscent of the rangefinder of the M: deeper density of a pre-selected color (red, blue or green) indicates clear focus-shooting was a breeze.
    3. The APS-C sensor has high sensitivity and even my 25mm Voigtlander F/4 lens was bright enough for indoor shooting.
    Cons: 1. Auto focus with the T/L telephoto lens suite (I have the 11-23mm, 18-56mm and the 55-135mm) was slower than the m-glass.
    2. The quality of the T/L Japanese glass is just not the same as the adapted M glass and I suspect I will be using the M-lenses in their 1.5x APS-c configuration on this camera more often than the invest was worth in the new T/L lenses.
    3. Not weather sealed (BOOOO !!)
    Do I miss my M240? sure I do. But the flexibility, technology and seemless transition of the original M-glass (and Voigtlander lenses too, particularly the 40mm at 60mm APS-C configuration) is awesome.

    It’s a Mini-M loaded with technology and an extremely accurate viewfinder….I’m loving it

    Reply
    • Josh Lehrer

      Merv, thanks for the great feedback! You definitely should give some of the CL prime lenses a try – especially the 35 f/1.4 and 60 f/2.8. They are stunning and I would say as sharp as any M lens I’ve used. I find the autofocus fast enough for most things personally. I also just use a center point focus spot and recompose as needed, which I find to be the fastest approach. And of course always make sure your CL is updated to the latest firmware for best performance.

      Reply
  918. Tad

    Hi David,

    I am reading your article in 2018. A masterpiece. It answered all the question I had regarding the topic.

    I was wondering if you can share your presets to convert M240 look to M9.

    Thanks for the great article.

    Reply
  919. Mattia

    Beautiful camera that improves and already almost perfect M10.

    I honestly didn’t expect a quieter shutter, given that the M10 one is already perfectly fine for me (the M9 days, with the clunky shutter, were already gone), but it is a pleasant surprise!

    What I would have liked still?

    – I would have preferred a black paint body, instead of the black chrome. It would have been another difference from the stock M10 and I personally much prefer the paint version of lenses or bodies.

    – the possibility to order “à la carte” frames, like for the analogue M (still a possibility?). E.g. a simple 35/50/90 frame set, for me, would be perfect. Given that the rangenfinder is the “raison d’être” for the M bodies, every possible way to improve that experience I think should be used by Leica.

    Reply
  920. Nigel Huxtable

    As a long term Leica user and outdoor mountain person I was intrigued that Arcteryx was the only brand of choice for this author. Yes photographers tend not to be of the ‘athletic fit’ modern technical clothing is cut for! Other mountain and rain suitable clothing brands well worth recommending are the British company ‘Rohan’, The Austrian ‘Carinthia’ and the Swedish Fjallraven. In short the principles are sound but the brand less so. What would have been of more interest would be to know how he kept his camera warm and dry in the torrential rain and cold waits he had been on.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Nigel,

      There are certainly other options besides Arc’Teryx. In many cases, I make specific recommendations for these too. For example, while I love the Arc’Teryx Atom LT, the Patagonia Nano Puff is a super solid piece as well.

      I’m not personally familiar with Rohan or Carinthia, but as long as they meet the same criteria, I’m sure they are fine. I do like Fjallraven and mention a few items in my article from them.

      The most important take away is how a layering system works and what to look for in each layer. I’ve tried so many different items over the years and have found my way to what works best – for myself and many others. No, not everyone will prefer an athletic fit. But on the flip side, I tried in vain to find anything that would fit me in my local Bass Pro Shop. Every single thing fit like an oversized trash bag. So, yes, there are options for every size and shape. It’s all about finding what works for each person.

      As far as the camera, I shoot with the Leica S and SL for all my landscape outings. I don’t worry about keeping the camera warm or dry. Not even a little bit. These cameras and lenses are built like tanks and are extremely weather resistant.

      Reply
  921. motel accommodation bunbury

    Thank you for the sensible critique. Me and my neighbor were just preparing
    to do some research on this. We got a grab a book from our local library
    but I think I learned more from this post. I am very glad to see such excellent information being shared freely out there.

    Reply
    • Josh Lehrer

      David, there is no way to tether the Leica M10-P to a computer. You can send images to an iOS device over WiFi and control the camera as well, but not to a laptop or desktop. The SL does have USB 3.0 tethering, for reference.

      Reply
  923. Oliver

    In the official release notes it says the power saving mode has been “Changed the timing from 3 to 10 seconds” but in your article it states that the timing has actually been *shortened* to 3 seconds (from 10 seconds), the exact reversed situation, which is the actual change?

    I have downloaded and try the firmware v3.3 and the “Shutter Pressed” option for Auto Review only works in “Auto” and “LCD” mode, but not in “EVF Extended” (which is the mode I use, is this a confirmed bug?

    Reply
    • Josh Lehrer

      Oliver, it was 3 seconds and is now 10. I have fixed the article. Thank you for pointing that out! I never use this mode (easier to carry a spare battery or two) so I was not too familiar with how it operated in 3.2. I’ll have to try the Shutter Pressed option in the EVF-only mode tomorrow, so I will get back to you on that.

      Reply
  924. Vladimir

    An excellent battery charger, I have been using it charging my SL battery when travelling and in my car.

    Reply
  926. James Evidon

    I installed it on my iPhone and mated it to my Leica TL2.
    Not yet ready for prime time. It does connect very easily, a big improvement over the old and very fussy
    TL iPhone App. But the new Fotos App. also disconnects when not intended, requiring new acquisition. I realize it is a Beta version, but I think you ought to contact Fotos and tell them that the App has this problem.

    Reply
    • Josh Lehrer

      James, I am sure over the next month Leica will be gathering feedback from all the beta testers so that by the time the app is released it is ready for use!

      Reply
  927. dave@davecooperphoto.com

    For what it’s worth, I’ve been beta testing the Foto app for about 10 minutes and it has frozen my M10 twice. I had to pull the battery to restart. Let’s just say that it’s not ready for the masses.

    Reply
  928. David

    I saw the connector when I looked at the camera in the Leica store. It’s hidden under that stuck down panel with the SD Card icon/graphic. On the demo model I looked at, that small panel had been removed.

    Reply
      • David

        I didn’t take a photo of it, at the time I didn’t realise it was suppose to be covered since it is there on the M240. I just looked and was glad to see it there. Only later I found it was covered and there is no USB grip, apparently is covered on the 262 as well. What a waste of a perfectly good camera 🙁

      • Josh Lehrer

        David, I don’t think that is a “waste” I think it was just a conscious decision on Leica’s part to make the M10/M10-P a more focused, efficient camera. That’s why they removed video and simplified both the hardware and software interfaces. There are a number of options for Leica shooters that need to work tethered. You can go with the SL, the S or even the M/M-P (Typ 240) cameras.

      • David

        I guess that is a matter of opinion.

        It really is a waste for those who have amassed a very large kit using M8 and M9 for well over a decade, tethering and functioned perfectly well. I have no interest in the SL.

        I’m extremely disappointed by this.

      • Josh Lehrer

        David, why not go with an M or M-P (Typ 240)? That works tethered with the multifunction grip. And you can use your M lenses on the SL don’t forget!

      • David

        I have the M240 already and I believe it’s now discontinued? The M240 was the perfect solution having the functions a pro needs on a grip that is optional. Those that don’t want it don’t even need to know it exists.

        Also there is no way to use the EVF and flash or flash trigger with the EVF on the M10. :-/

      • Josh Lehrer

        David, the M (Typ 240) is not discontinued. If you want an EVF, flash triggering capability and tethered shooting…that sounds an awful lot like an SL to me!

      • David

        Thanks Josh. But the M240 is not being developed further is it? I use one today but It’s a dead end, as I understand. I’m not interested in using another one at this point either.

        I’m not interested in the SL when the A7rIII does a such a great job at a fraction of the cost. I would much rather be using the M though, which worked perfectly well in this scenario.

        What a great shame and waste of a perfectly good system it is the loose the M for professional work.

  929. Hans-Dieter Brand

    Hi Josh,
    I installed the 3.3 update but still get no QR Code to connect…?

    Can you give me a hint?

    Reply
    • Josh Lehrer

      Hans-Dieter, firmware 3.3 is compatible only with the FOTOS app which is being released later this month. Until that comes out, you cannot use the camera’s WiFi with the old app, as far as I know!

      Reply
  931. Paul

    Wow, 6-7 frames before a 10 second wait to clear the buffer on a $25k camera targeted at fashion and for which one of the main selling points was supposedly speed? My guess is Leica are too lazy to re-develop the logic board to put in more RAM.
    Delivered in Spring 2019, supposedly is not “delivering what customers actually wanted”?
    Price rumoured to be +$25k?
    I know it’s hard to be impartial David, but do you really think this will be a success for Leica this time round?And why on earth does it take so long to deliver a new sensor? Did they only start this year?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Paul,

      I agree that buffer memory should have been increased to 4GB on this generation. But…. Most fashion photographers don’t shoot at full burst. Quick, yes, but not at burst speed. I think at a fast single shot rate, the S3 could keep up. A Phase One only shoots about 1 FPS max, and these are used in fashion work all the time.

      For me, I see the S3 mainly as a landscape and travel camera, which is how I personally use the S007. The more compact body, full weather sealing, long battery life, excellent high ISO, and class-leading dynamic range make it the perfect tool. As a landscape photographer, do I personally care about burst depth, or even maximum FPS? Nope. The S was never intended as a sports or PJ camera, two areas where fast frame rate is paramount. Rather, the speed of the S that matters is the shot-to-shot responsiveness, playback speed and ease of operation. This is what I tested during my handling of the new camera, and it feels just as responsive as the S007.

      Based on my own desires as a long-time S shooter, feedback I’ve received on articles, and direct conversations I’ve had with other S users, yes, I do think the S3 will be a success. Would I have liked to see other updates? Sure. But for me, I already love the body, lenses, viewfinder and overall shooting experience of the S. I already know how solid a workhorse it’s been for me in the field. What I, and others, really wanted was a bump in resolution without sacrificing DR or low light ability. What we got was additional resolution and a marked improvement in DR, high ISO and color fidelity.

      I don’t know when Leica started development, but if the final result is the best sensor on the market, then I’d say it’s worth the wait. 🙂

      Reply
  933. Jeff Resener

    An M-10 to M-10p upgrade program would be great! Frustrating buying a camera and shortly after I did the P came out. 🙁

    Reply
  934. Gary Morris

    From your shots it appears that this show is well attended. Is it or are there some vendor areas that are substantially more crowded than others?

    Were you able to get any sense in the L Mount meeting whether or not a new SL is around the corner or the current model has some more years left? The current trade-in discount could be interpreted as clearing out inventory.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Hi Gary,

      Yes, the show was very well attended from what I could see. In fact, the attendance just kept growing every day, as the weekend approached.

      I will have the detailed interview about the L-mount alliance up within the next day. I’ll let you make your own determination about the SL.

      Reply
  935. Knecht

    Phase one is the best.And Multishot Quality of Haaselblad it never gain.Who needs something between DSRL and Hasselblad/Phase one.Leica lenses are exceptional and this is the only reason Leica survive.

    Reply
  936. Hien Nguyen

    If the S3 was mirrorkess, I would have strongly considered it. I have the SL to thank for that. Once you experience the advantages of a mirrorless, implemented as well as the SL, it’s so hard to go back to a DSLR.

    The other plea I have to Leica is, please please please work with Profoto so that they support HSS in Leica cameras! This is the biggest reason I underutilize all my Leica systems. I rountinely need to sync faster than 1/250 or even 1/1000, which I believe is the sync speed for CS lenses.

    Reply
  937. Hien Nguyen

    Just one additional comment related to why I would prefer mirrorless – if I were a landscape shooter, I would absolutely consider the S. But I shoot primarily fashion and beauty. I’ve switched to the Fujifilm GFX system for that. With the S, I would constantly have to focus and recompose because of the single central focus point, without great confidence I was able to nail critical focus on the eyes. On the mirrorless GFX, a vast part of the sensor is covered with focus points. Furthermore, I generally use eye autofocus on the GFX which is really great. When Profoto released support for Fujifilm cameras, that was a big reason for why I switched over. So Leica, in your next iteration please consider mirrorless and furthermore, we desperately need better creative lighting systems to be integrated with your cameras ASAP!

    Reply
  938. JVV

    Very much looking forward to the article on APS-C. I was very pleasantly surprised by the 2 new bodies plus 18mm lens last year only to be very disappointed again this year because of the total lack of any new announcements. As somebody who owns the T, TL2, CL and the 7 native lenses I would really like to know whether Leica APS-C is going anywhere and whether Leica believes in the system and is committed to its future. Right now with only 7 lenses in 5 years time that is really hard to say. Additionally all articles about the L-mount alliance did not mention APS-C at all… Any insights would be hugely appreciated.

    Reply
  939. dom

    help. nothing happening when holding red film button down. camera just turns on. I’m still on 1.1 firmware

    Reply
  940. Yanidel

    I think Leica forgot the point of the X1-2. It was about simplicity; all exposure controls at hand and no need to change lenses. All of that truly pocketable (the CL is not). I own a M9 and a CL makes 0 sense to me. Yet an updated X1 would be amazing, it is the camera I take all the time when not specifically out shooting. Plug an optical viewfinder on top and it is a joy to shoot with. Image quality still stunning foe a almost 10 years old camera. Love it so much that I own now two, in case one fails and no X3 ever sees the light. But for sure, I’ll never buy a CL-TL-Q, they are close substitutes to the M line. The X line is a complement.

    Reply
    • Ilko

      I tried the X2 .. the AF speed was horrendous – if the CL has fixed that, i’d gladly get one – another camera i do not need but want badly

      Reply
  941. Philip

    I’ve been at the Photokina and had the S3 in my hands: As an S2 owner I’ve been waiting frustratingly long for an upgrade in resolution and multiple focus points all over the sensor. The first happened finally, the latter still not. And I’m not alone with this complaint.

    To summarize: The S3 is exactly an S007 with a just higher resolution sensor, that’s it. It should have been the S007 released back in 2014.
    The S3 now is a tad slower, but still fine. Fluidity remains to be proven under real world conditions. I’m not totally convinced in that regard as shooting on a single fast frame rate could potentially end up with black outs.

    What is more my point: not all the S photographers are Landscape shooters David. You have to accept that in the photography world there is more than just your landscape perception. Many of us use it for commercial and people photography. And there, the S3 with a single central focus point is outdated.
    On a editorial shooting, having to recompose all the time the image after focusing is extremely annoying.
    My mates who use the PhaseOne XF and Hasselblad H system have all the same complaints as their systems do also only have one single central focus point.
    We can debate whether the resolution of 64mpx is enough. Personally, I’m fine with it. But there is absolutely no excuse in regard of multiple focus points. The technology is available and other brands have already implemented it in MF.

    Other points: You mentioned the processor (Maestro 2) and RAM (2GB), but forgot that the resolution of the rear display is also the same. With 956’000 this is really poor as for today standards of more than 2mio pixels. Especially giving the fact that we will have to wait another 4 years for the next refresh update.
    You may be happy with the resolution, I’m not. Especially outdoors I wish it would have more to control accurately the focus.

    BTW: The 4K full read out says nothing about quality. This is defined by the codec and color bit depth which for the S3 is 8bit 4:2:0 in MOV codec. Disappointing like on the SL, which certainly makes more sense for video. Hence, why try to sell this feature on the S if it’s not really usable?

    My presumption is that Leica had too many S007 bodies in factory without selling it. As resolution was one of the killer criteria they implemented the new sensor into the ‘old’ hardware body leaving the real processor, electronic circuitry etc. and hopefully multiple focus points functionality upgrade for the next cycle in 4 years.

    I just doubt if I will have that much patience..

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Phillip,

      I understand your concerns.

      I suppose I’m not bothered by a single focus point. Even when given the option of multi-point focus on the SL or CL, I usually prefer to use a central point and recompose. I often find moving a focus point around to be distracting and slower than simply focusing and reframing. For landscape shooting, I use the top display DOF readout and dial in the focus manually, which is one of the S007’s killer features (also on the SL).

      Having also shot the S2 a lot, then the S006 and S007, I can safely say that even before the resolution jump of the S3, the S007 is a completely different shooting experience from the S2. The ergonomics and speed are already quite good. The added DR, ISO range and resolution of the S3 are really what most users wanted, myself included. I also use the S for shooting other than static landscape. It handles walkaround shooting just fine. Even at night.

      Would I have liked a better LCD? Of course. More capable video? Maybe, although I use the SL for this, so it’s not my top use for the S. I can think of a handful of nice-to-haves, but Leica’s focus was clearly centered around maximum image quality and I do think they have delivered on that goal. Some may not feel the resolution is adequate, but I’ll take a camera that is pushing 16 stops of DR, can shoot cleanly at ISO 6400, handles like a champ, offers all day battery life, is virtually impervious to the elements, has a phenomenal range of lenses and one of the clearest and brightest viewfinders ever made, along with *only* 64MP of resolution.

      Reply
  942. leicax3

    Is it a vulgarity to point to the difference of price between the Leica X2 (1750 euros) and the CL 18mm kit (3500 euros)? That’s exactly double.

    People will not buy some “system flexibility” if they are simply looking for an expert compact.

    Reply
  943. GD Morris

    Thanks for this. I like my CL. My only complaint (are you reading Leica) is the inability to turn off Long Exposure Noise Reduction. I’ve looked and not found a way. Otherwise the compact TL lenses are a pleasure to carry around (relatively light weight) and have pretty good image quality (not M-good but to me as good as the Q when I owned that). I also like the menu system and ability to configure the various buttons and dials. /very easy and handy.

    Reply
  944. GD Morris

    Thanks for this reporting. I know it takes money and time to make this sort of trip, conduct interviews, and write this info up.

    I had an SL at one time. This excites me to maybe get an SL again… or wait for SL 2.0. I liked using my TL lenses on the SL despite the crop down to 10MP.

    Reply
  945. Jason Berge

    Now that Phase One seems to be relaxing their staunch “No Capture One” for direct competitors policy by announcing C1 for Fuji GFX et al, as they have stated an intention to only release “full frame medium format” from now on, might be a good time to push for C1 for Leica S.

    I shoot Leaf (on H) and Sony, and will only consider systems that work with C1. Had a S007 in the studio on loan for a week and it was a nightmare trying to use Lightroom to tether. Sadly gave it back as it was not useable. Really wanted to buy it but just couldn’t do it. The workflow does not end at tripping the shutter, and for commercial work, C1 is the standard. Perhaps you could mention it next time you are speaking to Toni.

    Reply
  946. Daryl Ovadia

    Thanks David for this insightful report. Rarely is it reported that lens IQ is primary, camera resolution secondary, but here we are in 2018 with Leica lenses on the cutting edge like no others. I would be interested in similar interviews from Panasonic and Sigma. Would that be possible?

    Reply
  947. JVV

    A few observations:
    1) I appreciate keeping both the TL and CL line of cameras alive. I own both. For a lot of things I prefer the TL2 but I mostly use the CL because it is a more performant camera. If there ever is a TL3 it should have autofocus on par with the L2, a built-in EVF and an easy way like a touch panel to change focus point.
    2) The lens line-up needs to be extended. I does indeed cover the basics but it is unlikely to make the system grow. The system at the same time needs more lenses like the 35+60mm and more compact lenses. A Summilux 23mm would be hugely appreciated, as would zooms with OIS, a relatively fast 14mm and also more compact lenses.
    3) IBIS. Sony has it, Fuji has it(at least on the X-H1), why not Leica? The next iteration of the CL and TL is probably 2010 or 2021. That is a very long wait.

    Reply
  948. Rob

    I agree that the omission of IBIS is a major deficiency for a camera of this type in this day and age. I would be interested in a CL system if it weren’t for this. I already own an SL, but for travel photography, it is quite a load to carry. The CL would certainly serve as a good alternative in those situations.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I’ve used the CL on four separate trips in the past several months and never once did I miss having image stabilization in the body. From a marketing perspective, IBIS might seem like a must-have feature, but from practical use, I personally don’t need it. I’ve found the CL to be like a baby SL, especially in the look of the images.

      Reply
      • Einar

        Totally agree. It is overrated unless you are in very specific situations like low light wildlife and sports photography with long lenses. It’s no problem to handheld a 50mm @ 1/30 second, you might even manage 1/15th of a second. At such low shutter speeds the problem is the movement of the motiv, and that is not solved by a stabiliser. Before I migrated to Leica I was a dedicated user of Nikon, having a D810 where my favourite lense was a 35mm f1.4 without stabilisation, a 58mm f1.4 without stabilisation. The only lenses where I experienced the benefit from stabilisation was the 70-200 lense used in low light. Add to that that, when you move to D500 or the new D850 higher ISO compensate for most of the challenges that drives the need for stabilisation.

  949. Brian Nicol

    I gave up on the previous AP using my iphone with the SL. I will have to try this ap but I hope if is reliable, responsive versus just better or life is too short!

    Reply
  950. KT Allan

    Thanks David for the information. I have just bought an M10-P and am exceedingly obliged to you for letting me know more about my camera.

    May I ask, is a rubberised shutter mount less durable? I use to keep my cameras in a dry box at a humidity of ~35%. Now that a rubberised mount is involved do I have to slightly increase the humidity in order to preserve the rubber?

    Thank you.

    Reply
  951. Alexy Khrabrov

    What a good looking and awesome guy!:). Thank you David for the reporting that is head and shoulders above anything else I see on Leica S3. I’m using an M10 since its release and got into medium format with the Hasselblad X1D. The S system have not crossed my mind before that but now it did, and I find your posts consistently best-informed and answering most of my questions. If only the S system was lighter.:). I finally went to my local San Francisco Leica store and handled the S007 and it felt great with an 100mm. The Hasselblad folks warn me that an S system with a 24mm lens will weigh as much as an X1D with three lenses. But the 100mm alone was worth getting a cool DSLR like that. I’m a huge fan of optical viewfinders (have Pentax DSLRs and Fuji X systems) so the S3 will be extremely tempting when it comes out.

    Reply
  952. Marek Prikryl

    Hi David,
    thank you so much for such a unique article. Makes me think about upgrading.. Would you be so kind and share your magical preset with me too?
    Marek

    Reply
  953. Jack MacD

    Kirsten,
    Thanks for an excellent set of explanations.
    I did not realize the differences of a Noctivid before.
    Head up on your caption you state the Noctivid was on the left, and it is in the left hand, but not the viewer’s left. I think you need to recaption it.

    Reply
  954. Mattia

    I know that I beat a dead horse, but why black anodized only ? This time even the silver is gone…
    I read your interview with Jesko von Oeynhausen, and one question was:
    “Why not black paint?”
    Answer:
    “Wow, you are maybe the fourth person to ask me this today![…]”
    Yes Mr. Oeynhausen, *maybe* there is some *slight* interest in a black paint body, what do you say? 🙂

    As for the rest, a nice body in my opinion, a little less extreme than the predecessor.

    The faux film rewind lever, however, it is something I’d expect to see in a Voigtländer body, not a proper Leica M…

    Reply
  955. scott kirkpatrick

    The FOTOS beta stopped receiving updated software about a week ago, as Leica was readying the first public release. Not all the “settings” functions shown in your pictures had made it into the release by then, but listing a November update makes me optimistic that they will appear soon,

    As a M10-D owner (well in a few days), I am looking for:

    Auto ISO min shutter speed
    Auto ISO max ISO
    Focus aids automatic/manual
    White Balance (already avail. for some cameras)
    Display and other timeout settings.

    These all appear in your illustration above, but were not generally working in the public beta.

    Can you post links to any product technical instruction manuals for Fotos and the M10-D as they appear?

    thanx

    scott

    Reply
  956. William Self

    Hi Kirsten,

    The Leica CL system and your eye for composition combined to create a very beautiful series of photographs. Well done!

    This article might very well be the catalyst that drives me to swap my Sony APS-C kit (A6300) for one that is Leica-based (TL2 or CL). I travel quite often, and I desperately need to minimize the amount of gear I bring with me. To me, true luxury is being unencumbered, especially when I’m on the road.

    You have clearly demonstrated the possibilities with the Leica CL setup – thanks for this!

    Reply
    • William Self

      Update: Pulled the trigger on the CL and the 35mm Summilux 1.4 and the 11-23mm Super Vario Elmar 3.5-4.5. Would have purchased it from Miami Leica, but I’m up here in Canada. Thanks again for the inspiration! I’m absolutely certain that this is going to be a fantastic setup for travel.

      Reply
  957. Akinobu Yoshikawa

    Peter, thank you for asking my question regarding the upgrade. Although I understand their point of the work involved in replacing the sensor unit, with what they are offering, the trade-up price should not be as high as their previous offering. I will wait for their offering first to see if I stay with this system or not.
    As others have said, I was hoping they would at least upgrade the LCD display in addition to the sensor. And for me, the eyecup piece that I need to replace one every year costing more than 50USD each, and that rubber skin that keeps peeling every summer (although Leica replaced them for free so far) should have changed to at least something similar they have done to the SL.
    I, unfortunately, cannot recommend anyone going into Leica S system new with so much cheaper options with similar if not better results (hope the new sensor changes that dramatically). With what I have, the SL lenses seem to resolve better than the S series. But at least one advantage being the DSLR is that the battery life is great!
    Looking forward to your review of the S3!

    Reply
  958. David Tunley

    I am soon to take delivery of my new Leica CL camera. As I can only afford one lens at this stage I am finding it hard to choose between an Elmarit 18mm f2.8 and a Summicron 23mm f2. I am even considering the Vario-Elmar 18-56mm f3.5-5-6.
    The faster 23mm f2 is tempting ( and it comes with a cylindrical lens hood ! ).
    The 18mm is attractive from a weight point of view. However, I can’t find any information regarding the availability of a lens hood…a feature I want.
    The 18-56 mm is relatively heavy !! Otherwise it may be a good compromise.
    As far as optics are concerned which of these three lenses is superior ?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Really, any of the TL lenses are good choices with regards to optical performance. The 18-56 definitely isn’t what I’d call heavy, but the 18mm and the 23mm are both more compact and lighter. Personally, I tend to favor the fixed focal length lenses. The 18 will give you the equivalent FOV of a 28mm, the 23 will act like a 35mm. So, I think it really depends what you are looking for.

      Reply
  959. migzvhs

    I just bought the Q-P and was having a hard time trying to connect the wifi-app in the phone/leica and you saved my life with this detailed update info! THANK YOU! It just needed the newest firmware! Thanks thanks!

    Reply
  960. David Babsky

    You say:

    “Go to Main Menu / Camera Information / Camera Firmware
    Press “Yes” to confirm and start the process;
    Please confirm to save your current profiles to SD card before proceeding with the update”

    ..so, doing as you suggest, I press “Yes” to start the update ..oh, and THEN – whoops! – should have first saved my current profile(s) to the SD card “..BEFORE proceeding with the update”.

    Have you tried doing this in the order which you suggest? ..Yes, I know that’s what Leica write on their own – stupid – “INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS LEICA M10-P FIRMWARE 2.6.5.1”, but instead of just regurgitating their – stupidly – mistaken instructions, wouldn’t it have been sensible for you to have assembled the instructions into a sensible and more logical order?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Profiles should have saved to the SD card during this final step, before the update gets started.

      Your suggestion is a good one, though. In the future, we will advise users to back up their user profiles to an SD card before proceeding with the update.

      Reply
  961. Chris Stump

    The previous version of this camera came with a Lightroom license, which was at the time worth over $100. There’s no mention of how or why this was removed, or of Adobe’s new, perpetual, pricing structure. I find this disingenuous. Please do better.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Adobe’s move to monthly license fees for Creative Cloud was the reason why Lightroom licenses are no longer included in any Leica camera. Previously, Adobe was supporting both CC subscriptions as well as paid-in-full standalone licenses. Leica was able to purchase these in bulk to provide with cameras. But, Adobe ceased supporting standalone editions, resulting in older versions like LR6 not supporting RAW files from the latest cameras. Unfortunately, Leica had no say in this move.

      Reply
  962. Wolfy

    Great write up. Good sample pics. Thank you.
    I looked at the CL and was able to get a loaner from Bellevue Leica (nice place and good staff.) I was particularly interested in it as I liked the setup and thought it could be a great travel camera. Unfortunately for the CL, I was comparing it to my Q. It does great during the day but it’s sensor is falling behind when you push it at low light levels. I am aware I am comparing a FF sensor and a 1.8f lens to a different “animal” BUT, because of this comparison, I was unable to pull the trigger on a CL purchase. The highlights on the CL, for me, were the easy setup, the quick menu and the pretty direct way of changing settings in order to grab the shot you envision. I guess one can say the Q spoils me with the pictures it captures. My search continues…Your article is great!

    Reply
  963. Faisal

    Dear Kirsten
    Excelent article and beautiful pictures, missing is only a foto that Your proudly Father must have taken from You with the colorful dres.
    Hope to see You soon

    Reply
  965. Anne

    How sturdy is the camera, it’s very light so I wonder if it will take bumps and knocks.

    Reply
    • Dale Thorn

      My D-Lux7 is definitely heavy for its size, and I see nothing that’s not sturdy on or around it. With cameras, especially if the lens is exposed, using a case is recommended so the bumps mostly go to the case. My cases for small cameras show their heaviest wear at the lens projection, so I know that when I’m not shooting, that’s where the most protection is needed.

      Reply
  966. Brian

    Thank you for such a comprehensive article. I am trying to navigate the many options under the Arteryx brand and your article was very helpful. I have started with the Atom LT, and will explore the Cerium LT and the Beta AR shell.

    I have one question. Why do you recommend the Cerium LT jacket (not hoody) and the Cerium SV Hoody? Is there a reason why you did not suggest the Cerium LT Hoody? Is it simply your desire to have a wider range of options in the event of dramatic changes in weather?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I went with the Cerium LT jacket instead of the hoody because 1) I don’t like too many hoods at the same time and 2) I often wear the Cerium LT as a travel jacket around town – the non-hooded version looks a lot more urban and less technical. The Cerium SV hood is super warm, so if the weather is cold enough to warrant wearing the SV, odds are I will want the extra warmth of the full hood. But, ultimately, yes, I like having more options.

      Reply
  967. JVV

    It would be very much appreciated if Leica could throw APS-C shooters another bone in the form of a few new lenses. After all it has been 14 months since the CL and the 18mm were released. Hopefully soon!

    Reply
    • Einar

      Good lenses take time. A 23(35) lux would be great. The SL 90mm cron works as a 135mm equivalent the new Phanasonic 70-200 f4 is perfect for the CL as it gives you 110 to 300 f4 in a compact package at a competitive price if you not go for the 90-280.

      Reply
  968. Harry Schneider CYYZ

    Great and high quality camera. However the faux leather covering looks like packaging tape which FEDEX would use to tie up cardbox parcels. Leica & Panasonic should look at this shoddy material that the chinese factory uses. Otherwise a good buy for quality minded people.

    Reply
  969. Damon Lewis

    It seems strange to me to only make one lens for every three bodies, meaning many/most owners will not be able to get the “set”.

    Reply
  970. CW

    I was about to buy an M9, but this has swayed me towards an M10. I, too, would love to have these wonderful presets to seal the deal if you don’t mind!

    Reply
  971. hoppyman

    I appreciate that this post is 2 years old. I recently reactivated my membership here and was looking for information on lenses where the AF motor fail occurred. I have two lenses, one that failed and one that has not and is 4.5 years old. I am in Australia and repairs through the national distributor go to Wetzlar of course. I was considering the preemptive service, based on what I understood to be a new warranty period afterwards, as mentioned here.

    My 70CS had the AF fail and was repaired free of charge, Six months later the central shutter failed. I had to pay for that repair and the advice from Wetzlar was that the warranty only covered the AF motor fault. It does not cover any other faults.
    That makes paying for the preemptive fix much less attractive in my eyes

    Reply
    • Chris

      Thank you for sharing this information, as I had just watched the May 16, 2020 Red Dot Forum YouTube video (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jX7kucZiCro) where David had made it sound like the 1 year warranty covered the lens in general. I feel the same way that if the 1 year warranty only covers the AF motor fault, then there is less reason to send the lens in preemptively, unless I wanted the CLA as well.

      Reply
  972. Lee K. Hermann

    I have recently purchased a 09-280 Elmarit SL lens, with which I am very pleased. It seems to me that its resolution is high enough to tolerate a tele-extender. Does Leica have such an addition planned for?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      So, I posed the question of an APO tele extender to the lens designers when I was at the factory last summer. The answer was that they already have a 1.5x extender that doesn’t result in light loss or reduction in quality. “It’s called a Leica CL.” Actually makes sense. You still get 24MP and the equivalent of a 135-420mm while retaining the f/2.8-4 max aperture. Also, AF and OIS work perfectly on the CL. If Leica sold an L tele extender it would probably cost the same as an entire CL camera. So, you get an extender and a backup body that can take all the SL lenses. Not so crazy, right?

      Reply
  973. Mark Reeves

    Waiting for Leica to put a 1 to 1 aspect ratio ability on the Q. Why is it so difficult for them to see the need. Every other camera maker offers this choice. Can you speak to them. Thanks.

    Reply
  974. Raul F Gomez MD

    Are the Q’s thumbs up, hand grip and Arte di Mano half cases compatible with the Q2?
    Very good introduction by David Farkas.
    Thank you in advance for your answers.
    RFG.

    Reply
  975. Jack MacD

    David,
    Wow, I think you nailed it. I’m glad you took your time.

    These kind of reviews are what makes this site so good.
    I bought a CL two months ago, with the 18 thanks to your Leica deal. I already had the 11-23 for the first T.
    Then I just bought the 55-135 last month. All from Josh of course at Miami.

    I was eager to see what lenses you used in Santa Fe. You explained why you stayed with primes for the most part. I suspect my next lens will be the 60mm, seeing what you did with it. I admit I remain curious as to what you may have loaded into your “User Profiles”?
    I enjoyed the T, as love the design, but in choosing which camera I wanted for an update, I went with the deal on the CL plus 18mm as I had a friend who showed me his CL and I wanted the built-in EVF. That’s even though the articulating EVF on the T was very handy. The CL with the 18 fits in my pockets: the TL with the external EVF is more difficult. But both are light weight. Regardless, the real happy news is the lenses extremely good, regardless of the camera body, oh yes they are. And as you said, the camera is fun to use.

    I agree the SL is an amazing camera and look forward to seeing what Leica does with the SL2, but I have already been in the S system for years. If I am going to bring a bigger heavier camera, it will remain the S. The CL to me is the equivalent of the M with relatively smaller AF lenses, with twice the resolution and a lot more DR than I had with the M8.

    Thanks for the effort you put into this review, and all your reviews.

    Jack

    Reply
  976. bcubed

    I am still interested in this camera even after the Q2 announcement. Is this a wise move? I am primarily a fair weather photographer (no video).

    Reply
  977. GD Morris

    This has to be one of the most, if not the most, comprehensive review I’ve read of any camera (not just a Leica camera). To say well done is an understatement. Thanks!

    Reply
  979. Johannes Schmid

    Many thanks, very informative,
    Did you always use AF?

    Reply
  980. Rex M Gigout

    Thanks for this review. It was helpful, in making my decision to add a Monochrom 246.

    Reply
    • Peter B

      Great review. I have the CCD monochrom which I love but I just started noticing the dreaded corrosion issues with the sensor. Leica stopped replacing them…..:(
      After reading your review I pulled the trigger on a pre-owned type 246 from a reputable dealer. I’m looking forward to receiving it soon.

      Reply
  981. Christof Eichner

    Your comprehensive review was the final trigger to buy the CL. Thanks for this great work.

    Reply
  982. Jack MacD

    Kirsten,
    I so enjoy is post. It also easily let me order some gear I learned that I needed.
    Thanks and do it every year please.
    Jack

    Reply
  983. GD Morris

    This was excellent. Thanks so much for taking the time to provide your insights.

    Reply
  984. Zack Schindler

    In 1998 I bought a pair of Leica Trinovid 8×50 binoculars mainly for birding. Quickly found out that I did not like the weight of them and sold them for the same price that I bought them for. Did a lot of research and bought a Trinovid 8X32 BA (model 40011) and never looked back. They are a lot lighter and a lot easier to fit in my camera bag. Have had the 8×32’s since 1999 and taken then on every trip that we have gone on. They are great to use on cruises to look at islands and passing ships. Weirdly I almost never see other people on cruises with binoculars.
    I have dropped them on concrete and they still work perfectly. They are built to last a lifetime. They do show a bit of wear on the outside but I like worn things. You cannot go wrong buying a Leica binocular. Not cheap at all but you will never have to replace them.
    This is one of the few things I own that I would never sell. Told my son that he will end up with them.

    Reply
  985. Ken

    David,
    Thank you for this wonderful piece of work. This is the most comprehensive and detailed camera review I’ve read, both from your narration and pictures.

    From your sample, I found the color profile simply amazing.

    May I ask if these images were taken in raw or jpeg? Did you achieve these colors in post or are they OOC?

    Thanks in advance
    Ken

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Thanks Ken.

      I shoot exclusively in DNG (RAW) format, then process in Adobe Lightroom Classic CC. I created a default CL preset and apply it to all CL images upon import. So, I generally never see OOC rendering. With the preset applied, I usually don’t need to do much further editing – just tweaks to exposure, WB, highlights and shadows. The CL DNG files handle extremely similarly to those from the SL. Very malleable.

      Reply
      • Ken

        Thank you for your reply David. All your outdoors shots in NM look like they were shot thru a polarizer. Colors are so rich and deep but not overly-saturated, with no clipping on the red channel. I’ve never seen the red color handled so well by a digital camera like in this set.

        Your article undoubtedly helped me make the decision to buy the CL. Thanks again for the comprehensive and superb review. Cheers.

  986. Nelson Ramalho

    Hello David, first of all I want to congratulate you on the very informative article, it has answered me many doubts. I recently purchased a KASE Wolverine K-8 100mm Filter Kit, such a kit came with two filters: ND1000 (3.0) and Soft GND8 (0.9), I intend to acquire in the future two more filters 1 ND and 1 GND to complete the set, plus I’m wondering what intensity I should buy, could you please give me a tip? Thank you.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      A 10-stop (3.0) is a bit strong in most cases, but highly useful in others. I’d recommend a 6-stop (1.8) as a good, general use solid ND.

      Reply
  987. Geoff Goldberg

    I’ve added a CL to the stable, joining an M240 and a MM(1). I’ve been a full format fan, even medium format, and never been interested in APS-C.
    Oddly, the CL does the trick very nicely. From using zooms, adaptable EVF (diopter), shooting to the histogram, and being able to crop in camera – the camera has several different personalities. It can be a quick point/shoot, or even a thoughtful composure camera with M lenses and focus confirmation.
    Comparisons with the M240 are telling: maybe a wee bit left on the table, but not much at all. They really nailed it with the APS sensor. With all the convenience and capability, its become a treat to use. Thanks for your real world review and accurate appraisal. Just wanted to point out that while old APS might have given away too much – this one doesn’t. It holds up in 17 x22 prints, its the real deal, with excellent colors to match. A really good camera here.

    Reply
  988. David Cooper

    David
    This has to be the finest review of a camera that I have ever read. It’s quite superb and thank you for the time you have spent compiling the review.
    I have just purchased the silver version of the CL to complement my Leica Q. The rest of my camera collection is now obsolete and will be sold, which will please my wife immensely!
    Just one question – can you recommend settings for the Leica CL for general photography please?
    Many thanks again.

    Reply
  989. The Hop Leaves

    I had purchased the original Q when it first came out (June/2015). I had previously been a Canon and Sony shooter before that. I had to sell a lot of gear to get the Q and I was not disappointed. I moved to Europe for 2.5 years and the Q never left my side (15 countries, hundreds of destinations). I ended up selling it when I got a Leica M10, but I still missed that little camera so much that I had to buy another. I chose the the Q-P over the Q2. Not only because it is sexy, but because the megapixel bloat on the Q2 is overkill. For me, 24 megapixels is just right. Between the 50 lux on my M and the 28 lux on the Q, I think I’m finally cured of GAS.

    Reply
  990. Thomas Whitmore

    Dear David,
    I really appreciate your thoughtful and helpful review. Love your images, very impressive. I am thinking of moving to a CL from my Lumix 4/3 system. It’s hard to see if such an upgrade is worth it, some say no big difference, some differ! Your review convinced me to rent a CL to see for myself.

    One thing that is all too often downplayed in reviews is the ergonomics (vs tech specs) including the viewfinder. For me this is very important since I am just an enthusiast photographer and the experience is as important as the images. I think I will really appreciate the small size and weight of the CL since most of my photographs are made while hiking or traveling/vacationing.

    Thanks again,

    Tom

    Reply
  991. Charles L Griffin

    I’m a man, so I suppose that makes a difference in safety issues. It’s really too bad you couldn’t get more street scenes when you first arrived. Outside of using a cut-proof camera strap and cut-proof Pac-Safe backpack, I’ve rarely had a worry, even in places where any western tourist is advised not to go at night. Walk with confidence and carry a sturdy monopod like a walking stick.
    I lived and worked in India fro two years in the 60s and made return trips in 2011 and 2014.

    Reply
  992. JVV

    Re-visiting this article. It has been 20 months now since the last lens was released for the Leica APS-C system. A sign of life would be very much appreciated.

    Reply
  993. Daryl Ovadia

    Fascinating interview, questions and answers, thank you David. Did I read correctly that an electronic viewfinder M is a consideration? I couldn’t agree more that 24mp and 37mp are sufficient for most applications. quality pixels and lenses from Leica continue to amaze me when looking at images from the S2 and M240.

    Reply
  994. Jack MacD

    David, delightful that you held this one back for nine months and it reads as fresh as if you had breakfast with him yesterday. Sounds like there is a lot of life still in the S system. Oh, and nicely done with the photographs of the good Doctor. Did he share the shots he got of you?

    Reply
  995. msnyderfoto

    Let me preface this by saying…I love your site and store! On to the complainin’ . You might need a monitor calibration as this color is in no way similar to the original M-E. That color was clearly leaning blue as compared to other silver/grey finishes. Even Match Thumbs Up (one that I bought from you) couldn’t get it right. It’s a touch too light and grey. This looks like a hammered steel finish..a bit too bright for me.

    Reply
  996. MAK

    Thanks for steering me to this article, Josh. Very informative and now I am even more stoked to receive the P I just ordered from Leica Store Miami.

    Reply
  997. Gary Morris

    This was a good read. Lots of between the lines nuggets of info. For instance, I believe I had read some time ago that Leica’s lens designer felt his lenses were good for up to 200MP sensors. Dr. K. seems to indicate half or a little less than half.

    Reply
  998. ScottJon

    ive used Nikon Pro SLR’s and DSLR’s my entire life, starting with the F2

    After a recent trip to Italy with my D5 and a few lenses, i was ready for a change.

    I spent a bunch of time at the Leica showroom in Los Angeles over the weekend, and yesterday purchased the CL kit, i was a little frustrated at first, but Ive already gotten a little comfortable with it and have taken a few reference pictures I am really happy with.

    Im seriously looking forward to exploring what this CL can do. I agree with the users above, this review is spot on, in depth and super helpful

    Reply
  999. James Rice

    Wonderful interview and photographs, David. I think Dr. Kaufmann’s greatest gift is his instinct for what is best for Leica. It seems his instinct is calibrated by his willingness to listen to what Leica users want (i.e., the development of the M10 without video). All that makes for a great brand.

    Reply
  1000. bdickers

    I wish Leica would have made this a dedicated still image only camera. Way too many unnecessary menu options for this level of camera to be user-friendly. Images are very nice, if you can figure out what you need to do to get the image you’re hoping to capture. A 280 page manual…really?

    Reply
  1002. Robert

    Thanks for such a thorough review .. Leica ought to put you on commission ..
    About your Lightroom CL profile, can you share with us the details?
    Thanks again ..

    Reply
  1003. martin andreasson

    Nice article. I just ordered the Q-P and used to won a Q in the past. I went from Q to Fuji and now sold the Fuji gear to finance my Q-P after a lot of thinking things through. Finally i see myself sticking to this as my smaller camera. I never really got over selling the Q even if Fuji cameras are great in their own regard. There was just something special about the pictures i got from my Q ( some of them taken at my sons birth for example) that i will always treasure for their unique look but also for the moments and how easy and simple the Q was to shoot with. Perfect for the documenting day to day style i love to do.
    I love the new look on this Q-P and one thing i quite not “liked” on the Q was going out street shooting in rough areas and having the red logo. I know many would disagree with this but for me this change is perfect.
    Otherwise by the looks alone its like the perfect camera, it looks so good in every way. Very excited to get it and bring it with me everywhere.
    /Martin.

    Reply
  1004. Marc Weisberg

    Your website is a great asset of information for my Leica SL. Thank You so much for all that you do. Warmly Mw-

    Reply
  1005. GD Morris

    I found when installing this update that I was NOT prompted to save my settings. When the update was done my existing settings had not been altered or deleted. Maybe Leica has found the secret to updating without resetting the camera.

    Reply
    • john pena

      i waited till 10-02-2019 before i went thru the process. to my surprise following instructions to the letter i did not have a red indicator next to the prior firmware. i tried several times nothing.
      Now reading these 2 posts. i stopped.
      i will be looking for additional problems posted related to this new firmware.

      Reply
  1006. Michael lutch

    I downloaded the new firmware for my my
    M10 and now the shutter won’t work.
    Anyone else have this experience? Any suggestions of what to do would be appreciated

    Reply
  1007. Akarapol Lenavat

    Same thing happened with my M10D. It’s now on its way to Germany to be fixed.

    Reply
  1008. dalethorn

    A few comments:
    The crop modes are a *huge* improvement over the Q, due to superior resolution.
    The bigger battery is a very welcome change.
    I’m able to get to all necessary functions with the default settings.
    The lens hood is perfect, and the Thumbs-Up lens cap with string is superb.
    The optional grip is excellent – highly recommended, and very easy to mount/dismount.
    The Macro ring is very convenient.
    The Menu system is easy to navigate, with good shortcuts.
    The look and feel of the Q2 is exquisite.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      They are the same. Leica changed the name of the mount when the T (Typ 701) was renamed the TL. Then came the SL, then the CL. They all have the L mount. T mount was confusing. The original Leica M Adapter-T is functionally the same as the current Leica M Adapter-L.

      Reply
  1010. David H Dennis

    Hopefully we will have a full review soon. I look forward to it :).

    How does the GPS via Leica FOTOS app work? Why did they remove the previous built-in GPS?

    Reply
    • Scott Kirkpatrick

      I don’t know what David’s response will be, but I recently checked GPS accuracy and availability in our city using SL, M10 with VF20, and my cellphone/Lumix software to the S1R. The VF20 was the weakest, requiring minues, a really strong signal and clear sky overhead. The SL built-in GPS did better but not much better, and both were not accurate to better than a few hundred feet laterally, especially if just switched on. My phone (actually any of several of them) gets its position sorted out to better than 10 feet accuracy within a few seconds almost anywhere. The BTLE pairing works effortlessly with the S1R and doesn’t start up the power-hungry WiFi until you actually need it. I think Leica made the right call. Now to see if Fotos gets all of this right.

      David, you’ve done run and gun shooting around Miami — when Fotos is final, will you add some comments on how it holds up? Can it stay connected when you take a phone call, for example?

      Reply
  1011. Charles Dey

    Is there now compatibility with profoto for TTL metering? I will be purchasing this camera from you, for use during events and that would fit perfectly with my profoto lights. If no is there a technical limitation or is just the companies decision?

    Reply
  1014. Jim B

    Pretty perplexed as what to do with the Noctilux. On the M10, it blocks half the range finder, so you r4ally need to use the Visioflex EVF. However, once you do there goes the hot shoe for flash trigger. Portraiture just went out the window along with pro lighting….. Since they have developed the Sl2 sensor to be compatible with the m lenses, decided to keep the glass and ditch the M10P for the Sl2.

    Reply
  1015. Mike Rosenberg

    Loved the article.very good review.i own the Leica sl for almost 4 years .would I still be able to use the adobe lightroom to process my workflow with the Leica sl2? I have a15inch mac book pro.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Just a note on the laptop question. The 85MB DNG files from the SL2 place a much higher demand on your computer than the SL601 files did. The latest generation MBP with six and eight core processors should be able to handle the files fine, better if equipped with 32GB of RAM vs. the base 16GB. Older generation hardware will work, but you’ll definitely feel it.

      Reply
  1016. Mike Rosenberg

    I own the Leica sl for almost 4 years.i use Adobe Lightroom 6.3 on my Mac book pro 15inch for my workflow.qusetion is will the above support the Leica SL2 ?

    Reply
  1017. Mike Rosenberg

    My mistake the Adobe Lightroom I am using is 6.12 not 6.3. Will the 6.12 support the leica sl2 ?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Yes, your version of Lightroom should work ok. But… I’d highly recommend switching over to Lightroom Classic CC. It’s well worth the $10/mo subscription fee to take full advantage of the latest improvements and continual updates.

      Reply
  1018. Ajit Menon

    Will the SL2 finally also accomodate flash support from any of the main manufacturers? Panasonic seems to have Profoto and Elinchrom support but I haven’t heard yet if Leica finally is allowing any protocol outside of manual flash.

    Reply
  1019. Robert A. Turner

    Which of the below Leica M lenses will not work with the Leica SL2?
    Super-Angulon 1:3.4/21
    Summicron 1:2/35
    Summicron 1:2/50 Dual Focus
    Tele-Elmarit 1:2.8/90
    Summicron 1:90
    Elmarit 1:2.8/135 (with eyes)
    Telyt 1:4/200

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Hmm. Looking at the list, I think only the googled 135 might not clear the front of the EVF bump. But otherwise, I’d think you’d be good to go on everything else.

      Reply
  1020. böB Frapples

    I try not to agree to send a photo to those who want one unless I can take a photo of their email address on a business card or a pad I carry for that reason. Usually the photo following the portrait is the address to where I need to send it. Not forgetting!

    Reply
  1021. blue265

    David, thanks for this post and also for your YouTube overview. Do you have any idea if the SL2 has ultrasonic sensor cleaning like the original SL? There’s no mention off it in the SL2 manual .

    Reply
  1022. Fredrik

    Thanks for an illustrative review. I watch birds and wildlife in Skandinavia. In our northern nature the sunrise and dawn comes slowly because the angle of the sun. Therefore birdwatching often takes place in low light conditions. My Leica Noctivid 8×42 is marvellous when it comes to brightness in low light, it also manages to bring colours and contrast impressively well at low light conditions. What also shows quality is the absence of flares in strong sunshine. Well done, Leica!

    Reply
  1023. Subrata Basu

    I believe I saw an announcement about a leica V Lux 5 but with a zoom 25 to 600 mm. Do you have that and what is the price point ?

    Reply
      • Penny parrot

        Does it have the ability to switch from color to black and white?
        How is the quality of the black and white?

  1024. Tom B

    Thanks for the great tip. How reliable is the Leica Image Shuttle software for tethering into Capture?

    Reply
  1025. Barry Shapiro

    A wonderful review, thank you. I have prints as large as 3’x2′ in a gallery in Mexico. These prints have all come from my Leica Q and my Canon 5D Mark 2-4 system. I would very much love to have the CL for its size and quality.

    In your experience can I through Lightroom develop image files from the CL that can be enlarged close to this size?

    Thank you,

    Barry

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Barry,

      You wouldn’t have any issues printing 24×36 inches from the CL. I have prints at 20×30 inches that look as good as ones from the SL. In fact, it’s near impossible to tell them apart at this size.

      Reply
  1027. Mike Rosenberg

    Just want to give you a heads up on the nitecore charger for the Leica sl.it does not charge the battery to 100 percent.the readout of the bars is at max,it reads good and end comes on.then if you charge the battery in the Leica charger it charges the battery for another 15mins approx.to 100 percent.i was not able to shoot for about 4 days.so when I went to charge my battery on the nitecore the readout was good,bars at max and end came on.this is how I know it was not at 100 percent charged.so I charged the battery in the Leica charger and about 15mins.later the battery was at 100 percent.i love the nitecore for the readout on the battery health and using it in the field with my portable battery charger.but if you want your batteries to be at 100 percent charged you need to use the Leica charger.so what I do now is use the nitecore for the readout on battery health.then use the Leica charger to charge the battery up to 100 percent.i think the nitecore does about 85 percent approx.

    Reply
  1028. Paul

    I know this article is old but I just re-read it after you linked to it in the release of the M10M.
    It’s an interesting article because for me it does 2 things:

    1. Confirm the benefits of the monochrome sensor with its additional light gathering capability and subsequently much better high ISO performance.

    2. Does nothing to confirm, and in many ways disproves, the additional “resolution” offered by the monochrome sensor. After downloading and inspection, the results between all three look near enough identical to me in terms of resolution/micro-contrast in real world usage. I see nothing like a “1.5 to 2X equivalent resolution boost” in the monochrome images.

    So then, isn’t the real conclusion that if you aren’t shooting at high ISO you’re better off sticking with a camera that can also shoot color?

    I think there’s a lot of confirmation bias going on in these types of reviews when they aren’t blind… And if you are going to sell monochrome cameras by stating there is an increase in resolution offered by a monochrome camera, actually produce some results that demonstrate this?

    Reply
  1029. Jack MacD

    Thanks David,
    Excellent as usual.
    Your YouTube videos were helpful. When I saw how high you were shooting in ISO I was surprised. Setting Auto ISO was the answer, and a good procedure.
    Jack

    Reply
  1030. Zubida

    Nice post. For my landscape photography i’m using two ND grad together. A number of the cheaper ND grads are a good place to start out specially brands such Cokin are good. Expensive brands offer high quality , and in some cases the filters are handcrafted . If you discover that you would love the effect these filters give, then you’ll want to invest in some Lee filters or Singh-Ray. These are top filter brands and therefore the results from these products are amazing.

    Reply
  1031. Gary Morris

    I updated the firmware on my CL with no problem. On the CL I use the Panasonic 16-35 lens and that seems to be working as it did before this update: well.
    However…
    I updated the firmware on my SL601. On my SL I often use the Sigma 45DN lens (as well as the Panasonic 24-105). Upon updating and importing my saved settings, the SL defaulted the sensor to APSC. The only way to restore full frame was to delete the settings, reset the camera completely and reset my settings. A bit of a pain! At least the camera is now functioning properly.

    Reply
  1032. Randy

    It seems that the CL has received a few updates lately but the TL2 has not. If I am correct why?

    Reply
  1033. Scott Kirkpatrick

    It’s nice to see some of the UI cleanup achieved in the SL2 be shared with the Q2. That quick menu with white for video and black background for stills does a lot and its obviousness calls attention to a common error — getting into video when you didn’t mean to.

    But what about progress in getting the Fotos link (BT-LE plus wifi only when needed) up to Panasonic standards? I thought that with this update the Q2 (and the SL2 in a short while) will start up with time and GPS from your phone and not make you wait for the wifi to initialize when needed for up and downloading and for remote operation.

    Reply
  1034. Larry Street

    David wrote: “(The Leica Q2 needs to be paired again with Leica FOTOS after installation of this firmware update)”

    Perhaps I am the only one, but it took me a while to realize this meant I needed to Add (+) a new Q2 camera in the Fotos app in order to pair the camera again after the firmware update.

    Reply
  1035. Harry Mueller

    Excellent article, loved seeing the images and stories behind them. Wonderful. I have the Leica SL and now just using my M lenses. Hope to purchase some SL lenses in the future.

    Reply
    • Avatar photo
      Kirsten Vignes

      Thanks for reading Harry! The SL Summicrons were a game-changer for me. Prior to their release, I mostly shot M lenses on the SL as well. Excited to see what Leica has in store for the SL system.

      Reply
  1036. LeicaPhotos

    Really incredible images, David. Like many Leica products, it is nice to see how even the original S lenses released (30mm and APO 120mm) in 2008, are still relevant with the S3 in color and resolution. Looking forward to seeing more!

    Reply
  1038. Kim Hansen

    Thanks for the nice article. I need some good advice.
    I have used Leica M for many years. (leica MD and ME, 24f2.8-35f2-50f2-90f2APO)
    I mostly use the camera on travel and I don’t like it if it gets too big.
    For my “real” work as a press photographer, I use the entire package of Nikon D5 mm. So I don’t need anything too big.
    A couple of years ago, I also bought the Leica TL2 – just before the CL came out – with a Leica TL35 summilux. I was blown away by the good quality with the small Leica TL and TL35. !!
    I’ve tested SL2 and Q2, but not CL yet. I have held the Leica CL in my hand and seen it. I think it seemed a little cheap and not really professional.
    The Leica SL2 doesn’t seem that big, but I NEVER use the Leica 24-90 mm or large zoom. Instead, TL 55-135 would be better.
    The Q2 is ok built, but the Leica SL2 is in a class of its own !!
    I have been REALLY impressed by the Leica SL2 and Leica Q2 many MP, along with a really good lens. Leica SL prime or Leica TL 35.
    So I’m thinking of changing my Leica M completely over time, but not my M optics. Not everyone!
    I always think I’ll have a few left. Maybe old lenses with character. SL – TL or Q2 for the rest? But what should I do. Is the Leica SL2 getting too big and is the combination of the Leica Q2 and CL (2) a better choice?
    I can see that the M optics do not take full advantage of the Leica SL2 censor. Some will not agree. But I think it is clear that the resolution is nowhere near SL – Q2 or TL optics. Especially in the corners.
    The combination of a Leica Q2 and Leica SL2, with 50/75 or 90 with time eg a 24/28 or 35.
    But I really doubt APSC Leica CL is a better solution if I want to use M optics and TL optics on SL2 and “only” acquire one or two SL primes. What do you think?

    Reply
    • Avatar photo
      Kirsten Vignes

      Hi Kim! I actually have the CL + 35mm TL lens and it’s a great combo, but like you mentioned, the SL2 is in a class of its own in terms of image and build quality. And, with your existing M & TL lenses, the SL2 probably makes the most sense. With the SL2’s full-frame sensor, you won’t have to sacrifice focal length with your M lenses. With the Leica CL’s APS-C sensor and 1.5x crop factor, a 50mm M lens would become a 75mm, a 35mm would become a 50mm, etc. On an SL2 the same lens would remain a 50mm and at nearly double the resolution. What’s more, you can put your APS-C format 35 TL lens on the SL2, switch it to APS-C mode and get nearly the same resolution as you would on its native CL sensor (about 24 MP), so your not losing anything by shooting a TL lens on an SL body. Also, the SL2 is a little more future proof – more resolution and newer technology. And, if you eventually pick up a native, Summicron-SL prime lens, you’ll have the option to have a fully weather-sealed setup. Hope that helps!

      Reply
  1039. Nikon fan

    The tech specs section of this article shows 37MP?
    Any comment on the move to 14 bit color?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Small copy/paste error. Sorry for that. We fixed it.

      It’s not really a move to 14-bit color. The S (Typ 007) also used 14-bit precision from the D/A stage as well. Both the S3 and the S007 store the resulting 14-bit raw data in a 16-bit DNG container, and both are capable of 15+ stops of dynamic range. For full details, check out the article we published around the launch of the S007, based on a conversation with Dr. Volker Zimmer, the head of R&D for Leica.

      Why Leica is staying at 37.5MP for the S (Typ 007)

      Reply
  1040. Kim Hansen

    Thanks for the nice article. I need some good advice.
    I have used Leica M for many years. (leica MD and ME, 24f2.8-35f2-50f2-90f2APO)
    I mostly use the camera on travel and I don’t like it if it gets too big.
    For my “real” work as a press photographer, I use the entire package of Nikon D5 mm. So I don’t need anything too big.
    A couple of years ago, I also bought the Leica TL2 – just before the CL came out – with a Leica TL35 summilux. I was blown away by the good quality with the small Leica TL and TL35. !!
    I’ve tested SL2 and Q2, but not CL yet. I have held the Leica CL in my hand and seen it. I think it seemed a little cheap and not really professional.
    The Leica SL2 doesn’t seem that big, but I NEVER use the Leica 24-90 mm or large zoom. Instead, TL 55-135 would be better.
    The Q2 is ok built, but the Leica SL2 is in a class of its own !!
    I have been REALLY impressed by the Leica SL2 and Leica Q2 many MP, along with a really good lens. Leica SL prime or Leica TL 35.
    So I’m thinking of changing my Leica M completely over time, but not my M optics. Not everyone!
    I always think I’ll have a few left. Maybe old lenses with character. SL – TL or Q2 for the rest? But what should I do. Is the Leica SL2 getting too big and is the combination of the Leica Q2 and CL (2) a better choice?
    I can see that the M optics do not take full advantage of the Leica SL2 censor. Some will not agree. But I think it is clear that the resolution is nowhere near SL – Q2 or TL optics. Especially in the corners.
    The combination of a Leica Q2 and Leica SL2, with 50/75 or 90 with time eg a 24/28 or 35.
    But I really doubt APSC Leica CL is a better solution if I want to use M optics and TL optics on SL2 and “only” acquire one or two SL primes. What do you think?

    Reply
  1041. Aki

    Always helpful to have your early insight to the new S3.
    How do you find the larger megapixels affecting (or not) on the photos in terms of small shakes? Do you need to go higher shutter speed relative to 007? And can you let us know your take on the iso performance also relative to the 007? Thank you.

    Reply
  1042. Roger

    Could you comment on the AF system using the OVF . It appears the same as the S 007 . Focus point is only the center ..predictive AF is still suspect . It is still a contrast detection auto focus system ?
    I understand the AF in LV and it was fine for my use but the OVF AF system needed work ?

    Reply
  1044. Stephen

    Hello David.
    Regarding the using the USB connector for running the camera from an external battery bank the information in the manual is quite thin.
    We know (by trial and error) that with a device having an USB PD port (of the latest generation = 2019) and the corresponding cable the SL2 runs flawlessly.
    But for some lenses and some camera modes (burst mode or 4K video) the power is often insufficient.
    So could you ask Leica to specify exactly the power requirements and the standards needed for compatibility (e.g. USB PD power distribution) is never mentioned in the manual. So it is actually a very poor description and urgently needs a correction.
    I hope you can influence Leica to provide this missing info ASAP.
    Thank you for your help and your nice reviews.

    Reply
  1045. Aki

    David,
    Thank you for the sample photos. What are your take on the iso performance and the sensitivity to the shutter due to higher megapixels relative to the S007? I look forward to your review soon!
    BTW, the tech spec shows the S007 specs. Can you also upload the S3? Thanks!

    Reply
  1046. Ronit Singh

    I got my copy, in Feb 2020 for half the price of the original asking price (Used of course) but in minty condition, from Leica store SF.

    I cannot get over the body design, it is so clean, nothing sticking out, same with the lens, the lens was what attracted me later to buy this after 6yrs of it coming out. The plan was to sell off the body and keep the lens, BUT because I love the no screen concept and after using it, I decided to keep it! There is a few things I do not like and that is I wish it had a base ISO of 100 and it would be as thin as the M9 or M10, but that aside I am loving the body, the top plate is not as deep as any conventional M camera even more stunning to look at and gives you that extra bit more grip of the letatherat. The one thing I appreciate a lot is the on-off switch and the shutter button, simple yet beautiful, I wish leica would have carried that with the M10, talking about the on-off dial not having a separate tab at the back to indicate when it was on or off. Love the color and LOVE that its stainless steel. Material for me is very important, aluminum is soft, brass is ok but stainless is amazing, hard solid material, as heavy as brass if you look at the density of both, stainless is a ted lighter.

    Love the vintage look of the lens shade and I keep it on all the time, Lens cap – get a HAMA (german made) 46mm snap on cap to work with the lens shade, it has the release tabs on the inside so easier to put in and take out, don’t get any generic brand cause it does not work, I tried it.

    I asked Leica if they could add strap eyelets/lugs to the body and they said NO, its their policy not to change anything on limited edition pieces. I am working on an attachment to hook from the tripod mount below the camera and hang it upside down, although the leather case is neat, I hate the idea of hiding the camera in that. Very nice set indeed, I am all about using it and being careful with it at the same time,

    Reply
  1047. Darrel Crilley

    Hi David
    Is it fair to conclude that since Leica are pairing this variant of the M. 35 mm lens with the M10M that they are positively asserting it is capable of matching the extra resolving power of the sensor ? Ideally, one would pair the 50mm f2 Summicron APO with this camera (I think) but that might have to wait. While the SL lenses, which I own and use, have all been designed with high resolution sensors in mind I do wonder which of even the most modern M lenses are really commensurate with the resolution which this sensor is capable of outputting. The other advantages – pleasing noise (?), fine tonal gradations and stellar low light performance may not require a lens to quiet match the camera. However, before many people wax about the medium or larger format resolving abilities of the M10M seems to me important to know that the lenses will resolve fine and rich detail to a comparable level. This is a 5-7 year camera to get me to 60. I would love to know which of the M lenses you would recommend investing in to go with the body. Is the M10 , for example, going to be completely underwhelmed by an affordable 90 mm F2 summicron ? You have done more with SL lenses and the M10M than just about anyone else out there so it would be great to have your take on which lenses are truly up to this sensor. Any thoughts most gratefully received.

    Reply
  1048. NWPhoto

    I too strive to travel light, and often take only an M body and Elmarit ASPH 28 because it’s light and compact. I go about 3 times a year and while I have taken a Fuji XT2 and big zoom on a couple of trips, to shoot the Mille Miglia, for example, I prefer not to play sherpa while on vacay. Seems I’ve been able to do just about any shooting I needed to with that 28 Elmarit. Occasionally I’ll really push the envelope and include either my Elmarit 90/f2.8 or a fast 50.

    Your photos are really nice, and I was struck at the consistency of great exposure. I too cannot believe a photo requires no post, and have to force myself to leave well enough alone and just enjoy it.

    I would love to have an SL in my inventory, however, I used to shoot larger DSLRs and have been happy to move away from larger bodies. I have a CL coming tomorrow with handgrip and Leica M adapter to shoot M lens on it. My next step in light travel.

    Reply
    • Avatar photo
      Kirsten Vignes

      You’ll love the CL – it’s a nice companion to the M. With the 1.5x crop factor, you’ll have the option of shooting your 28mm as an actual 28mm on your M body, or as a 35mm equiv. on your CL without losing resolution. Two lenses in one.

      My travel kit is constantly evolving depending on the trip, subject matter, luggage space, etc. For this trip, I wanted something weather-sealed, so the SL was the answer. Last year, I went to India and wanted the most compact and discreet setup possible. The CL was perfect. With 28mm Elmarit-TL mounted on, it was practically invisible as a walk around street camera.

      Thanks for reading and commenting!

      Reply
  1049. Jack MacD

    Your B&W work is lovely. You deserve a M10M.
    Your writing is excellent and much appreciated.
    I lived in Minnesota two different times and visited the BWA once with a friend who owned a lakeside cabin from 1907. It was filled with all the National Geographic’s from before 1940.
    You refreshed my memories. When I was there, water resistant cameras did not exist as they do today. That would have been nice.
    I take it your canoe never swamped or you would have reported such.
    Keep up the good work.
    Jack

    Reply
    • Avatar photo
      Kirsten Vignes

      Thanks Jack!

      A loaner M10M just showed up at my door actually. I’ve been shooting with it all weekend, but have yet to download the images – I’m scared of falling in love with yet another Leica.

      I didn’t flip a canoe and the weather was cooperative, but knowing my gear was weather-sealed added a much-appreciated peace of mind.

      Didn’t realize you had lived in MN. If you can survive a MN winter, you can survive anything!

      Reply
  1050. NWPhoto

    Well this was very helpful and your photos inspiring. My CL arrives tomorrow. I ordered also the Leica Hand Grip and M adapter as I intend to shoot my M lenses on it. I think it will be a nice compliment to my M bodies. I travel to Italy about 3 times a year and sometimes my carry on weight is restricted, so this will lighten my load and my worries about the issue. Great review overall, and quite substantive.

    Reply
  1051. Avatar photo
    Michael Sullivan

    Nice article and photos! I’m originally from northern Wisconsin and lived in Duluth, but have never been to the boundary waters, but have heard from others it’s an amazing place! I have a used SL and 24-90 coming this week and am very excited, and nervous, about it… I’ve been using various digital M’s since late 2010 and using something this hefty is going to be a change!

    Reply
  1052. Jack MacD

    David,
    Thank you. You wrote an extremely thoughtful and detailed explanation of the S lens system. You included some outstanding images too. It was fun to recognize the ones from the S2 autumn trip a few years ago. You brought back excellent memories.

    Reply
  1053. Arif

    David,
    Great article about the whole s system. Waiting patiently to go outside and take photographs again.
    Thank you,
    Arif

    Reply
  1054. Michael Chiusano

    Great article and lovely pictures. I am a semi-retired professional who was able to migrate over from a Contax 645 to a Leica S007, via the Contax adapter, thus “saving” my full inventory of Zeiss lenses. As you said, both autofocus and autoexposure work quite well so this “hybrid” solution has worked for me, and the S007 has been a joy to use.

    Reply
  1055. Peter

    Thank you for the excellent article! What especially interests me about the S system cameras is the 2:3 sensor size – I used to have the Fuji 50S and the Hasselblad X1D and I never liked the 3:4 sensors on those cameras (although I know many prefer the 3:4 ratio). I often found myself cropping my 50S and X1D to 2:3. I am shooting with the SL2 now, and was wondering what your thoughts are on the overall “look” you get from the S system vs the SL2, as well as high ISO performance, and if there is an appreciable difference. With the SL2 you get more megapixels than the S (007) but a smaller sensor, and the SL2’s resolution advantage will be even greater when Leica updates its firmware to allow for high-res multi shot modes.

    Reply
  1056. thegman

    Hi, I’ve just bought my CL and downloaded the Fotos PRO app but I cannot get it to capture using the remote. I can adjust some basic settings but when I touch the button to take the shot nothiing happens. Not impressed at all with the app. Anybody any ideas if I’m doing something wrong. Thanks.

    Reply
  1057. Gar Morris

    Terrific primer on the S system lenses. Thanks for all this useful info.

    Reply
  1058. peterv

    Another great article and wonderful photographs David, thank you very much!

    Reply
  1059. Paul

    I guess the CL is not selling that well…
    My guess is the cost is too high when adding a non-kit lens for APS-C buyers to bear. Many probably prefer to make the jump to full frame for that kind of money.
    I always found its top plate kind of ugly to be honest, especially when compared to the X113/XVario era cameras it replaced. I probably would have bought one for my wife but not having labeled shutter/aperture dials turned me off.
    A bridge camera at this price point should have offered direct controls for those settings without the dicky LCD.
    If they’d just updated the internals from the X113, added the EVF in a less obtrusive way and obviously the L mount it probably would have sold better.
    It should have been an APS-C Q with L mount?

    Reply
  1060. Ed Rudolph

    Hi David, thanks for the presets. I was trying to convert then from LR presets to LR profiles, using the method of applying the preset in the Photoshop CC Camera Raw filter and saving it as a profile from there. But the SL2 preset doesn’t appear in Camera Raw. The M10M preset, however, does. Do you have any thoughts on why that might be?

    Reply
    • bigBen

      From my experience, RNI film profiles (search for RNI All Films 5, not 4!) work really well with M/SL files. RNI uses some kind of dynamic camera profiling under the hood, so the same film profiles work for my both M10 and SL2 cameras and the output between the two is quite consistent. Can’t recommend it enough.

      Reply
  1061. Ed Rudolph

    Problem solved. I was sending a file from LR to PS and then using the Camera Raw Filter. If you do that you won’t see any presets that include applying a raw profile. However, opening a raw file from PS, the preset showed up.

    Reply
  1062. Edwin Lopez

    Thank you David for doing this for the Leica community. I am a bit of a Luddite about photography I have a subscription to the Adobe Creative Cloud but prefer using Adobe Bridge and Adobe Camera Raw.

    So, my question is whether I can download your settings for the Leica Q2 to Adobe Camera Raw as well as Lightroom?

    Again thx and stay safe and healthy, Ed

    Reply
  1064. Carlos Bertoni

    Hi Dave, hope you are well.
    Thanks for these presets. I have not been able to import them because when I click the link provided I get the entire list of lines, not a file. Please give more details on this part of the instructions.
    Thanks,
    Carlos Bertoni

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Depending on file associations on your computer, your OS might think the XML files belong in a text editor. Try right-clicking and selecting “Save As…”

      Reply
  1065. Alex

    Thanks for this great article and generosity in sharing your presets, David. Note however that the .XMP file won’t work with older LR versions which had .lrtemplate

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Correct. Adoabe changed over from .lrtemplate to XML a while back. As I noted in the article, the presets are designed for the latest version of Lightroom Classic CC. I understand the desire to have a standalone program, but (at least for me), the benefits of continual development and improvement on the subscription model far outweigh the $10/month charge.

      Reply
  1066. Sharon Leibel

    Hi David.
    Great Presets! Thanks, And great YouTube Broadcasts. I really enjoy them, Although it starts at 3AM here (Israel) 🙂
    I have noticed that the Monochrom presets are still giving me color photos. Am I missing anything?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      The Monochrom presets are for the Leica M Monochrom cameras which are natively B&W, not for B&W conversions from color cameras.

      Reply
      • mac993

        The presets are great, thanks a lot! Any chance for B&W conversion presets? Specifically the Q and CL 😉 Or do you know where to possibly find some?

      • David Farkas

        I don’t have any B&W conversion presets, but LR has a bunch if you look in the included presets. First apply the correct camera preset, then apply the B&W preset on top of that.

  1067. Sharon Leibel

    No in 2020, I wonder how it would be compared to the M10, Which I think I’ve read somewhere that was designed with the M9 look in mind.

    Reply
  1068. Dan

    Absolutely brilliant preset. Testing it out on old photos takes with my MP (Typ 240) it’s just amazing the life and detail it’s bringing out. Thanks so much, I’ll be re-looking at so many old shots now.

    Reply
  1069. Jeff Ulrich

    Fantastic profiles! They all look great.

    I do seem to have a problem with one of them – the M9M profile just won’t import to Lightroom. I’ve tried several times and it tells me it’s already there – I found the folder where they are stored and deleted it, tried to import again, but it never shows up with the rest of them under presets. All the rest are there and work great but for some reason that one profile will not import. Any ideas?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Yes, unfortunately, Adobe isn’t without their quirks. When I first uploaded the preset files, a few of them had buggy code that caused this behavior. I edited the code and re-uploaded the preset files. I’d recommend re-downloading the M9M preset and importing that one. Should fix the issue.

      Reply
  1070. Bob Wayne

    David,
    I followed the instructions and attempted to download the SL2 and Q2 presets. When I click on the link, I get a computer program and not a file to download. I then tried to save the computer program language file to a folder. I next opened Lightroom CC (Classic), went to the Develop modual, clicked on the plus sign by the presets, clicked on import presets and went to the folder where the two saved preset computer programs had been saved. Lightroom then reported that the files were improper or damaged and unusable.
    Help!
    Bob

    Reply
    • Bob Wayne

      Just found a solution. Instead of clicking on your link, I right clicked and chose “save target as”

      It then downloaded properly. Windows computer

      Reply
  1071. Daniel Frick

    Thanks for the presets. Rookie question how do I get back to DNG If I want to start over from scratch.
    Second question, I still have and use the M8 I bought from you in 2007. How would the CL presets work
    on those photos?
    Dan

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      You never lose the DNG. The beauty of Lightroom is that it is completely non-destructive. Your underlying file is untouched – Lightroom is just applying a set up instructions and showing you the result. To go back to default, just click the Reset button in the lower right of the Develop module. That will remove any adjustments made to the file. Alternatively, you could also roll back to the first step in the History tab on the left of the Develop module.

      For the M8, I’d recommend trying the M9 preset. I did on my end and the results were quite good.

      Reply
  1072. nik

    Hi David, thank you for sharing your presets. I have just purchased a Monocrom 246 which, besides iPhones, is my first digital camera. I have spent quite a bit of time searching the internet for help and advice on working with the files in Lightroom. I feel your preset gives me a good starting point on which to ‘develop’ my images. Thank you

    Reply
  1073. Matt E-D

    Loving the Q2 profile, thanks David! It is a huge step upover the base Lightroom ”Adobe Colour” look which I thought already looked pretty decent.

    I did not have as much luck with the M9 or SL2 presets though… am I wrong to assume that the “look” from camera to camera (provided the right preset is used with the right camera files obviously) would be close? I found the SL2 preset gives a wildly different look than the Q2 preset…

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Thanks for the feedback. I didn’t create these presets to be completely uniform across all cameras. Rather, just what seems to work well for most of my images shot with those cameras. Indeed, they are subjective. You can always use the Q2 profile as a starting point for the SL2 if you prefer the result.

      Reply
  1074. Gregory Panawek Jr

    Thank you for your presets. They are just as advertised – a wonderful starting point for editing. In many cases, our pictures need very little adjustments.

    We have one camera which may not be very popular but does produce excellent pictures. It is the Leica C-Lux. Would any of your presets be good for this camera? If not, do you have any thoughts of what we should do to create our own preset? We are very impressed with your knowledge about CMOS versus CCD. Possibly the C-Lux has some idiosyncrasies?

    Thank all of you for your great talks.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I don’t have any presets specifically for the C-Lux, but I would try either the preset for the TL or the X Vario aif that works for you.s see

      Reply
  1075. Peter

    Hi David,
    many thanks for providing us your great presets. The results are awesome.

    I would kindly ask you whether you also could provide us a V-Lux 114 preset.
    Maybe Kirsten has one as she had been working succesfully with it in the past..

    Thanks again
    Peter
    Frequent reader from Germany

    Reply
  1076. greg7pan

    Great preset for the SL2. I not only like the results but the family noticed an improvement right away. Geez, more evidence I need to continuing along my learning curve. In addition to the SL2, I also have a C-Lux. Would any of your presets work for C-Lux images? If not, do you have any guidance to get me going along the right path?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I don’t have a preset for the C-Lux, but you can try to use others. Give the X Vario preset a try and see if that works for you as a starting point.

      Reply
  1077. Eduardo Chacon

    Thanks for this well thought comparison test.
    It will definitely help anyone understand the differences among these great cameras when it comes to high ISO/B&W, and hopefully ease the decision making process on which camera to use.

    Thanks again,
    E.C.

    Reply
  1078. Ironjace

    WOW, Thank you! I own Both the M10m and the SL2, I just got my SL2 last week. I love the way it handles, it’s simplicity, its look and feel, its EVF. But I did notice a lot of noise, and how easily it is to blow the highlights. And now this. Such a surprising poor performance by the SL2, wow, truly not a great showing. 6400 ISO max, that is really low and really limits its usability.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      While ISO 6400 is the optimal balance of sensitivity and noise on the SL2, I feel that ISO 12500 is also perfectly usable when necessary. Remember, the SL2 still offers more detail resolution and access to native SL glass, which are superior to M lenses across the board. Even the incredible 50mm APO-Summicron-M I used for this test was outresolved by the 50mm APO-Summicron-SL. I didn’t included these results as I didn’t want to introduce even more variables into the mix. The in-body image stabilization on the SL2 is a revelation and has negated much of the need to venture into the super high ISO settings anyway, at least in my shooting with the camera over the last several months. The SL2 as a platform overall makes it a far better tool for my landscape photography. Weather sealing, ruggedness, optics choices, OLED EVF, 4K60 pro-level video, IBIS, etc. And ultimately, even with twice the number of pixels, the SL2 is only slightly behind the M10-P in this test.

      While the SL2 may look a little out of its league next to the M10 Monochrom, I think that has more to do with the M10M being so far superior in low light capability than any of the other very capable cameras in this roundup. Your setup of the SL2 and the M10M is really the best of both worlds. Extreme detail and flexible performance in color with the SL2. Ultimate low light champ in B&W with the M10M. As my colleague Josh said in one of our recent livestreams, we are truly spoiled for choice.

      As far as blowing highlights, our suggestion on all modern digital cameras is to expose for the highlights and pull up the shadows in post. You will always get a better result this way. The old days of ETTR (expose to the right) are simply not valid anymore with cameras that offer 14-15 stops of dynamic range and excellent SNR.

      Reply
      • Ironjace

        Thank you David, I do think I have the best of both world. Now if only I could get out of my house and shoot!!!

    • David Farkas

      I explained this in the methodology section on resolution. Basically, in order to show the most apples-to-apples comparison between the three M cameras for a given output size, I downrezzed the M10M from 41 to 24MP. For the direct two-way match-up against the M246, I did use the native 41MP. This allows an for an evaluation both output-limited and at absolute resolution.

      Reply
      • john light

        Doubtful decision. That would only make sense to a user if the M10M user were to decide to crop everything down to 24 megapixels. And why would anyone ever do this. You over thought your experiment.
        Appreciate your work, however.

      • Carl Garrard

        John, it is you who are over analyzing and not getting the point here and what it takes to write an article for those with multiple viewpoints and needs.

  1080. Jonathan Leavitt

    A question: When shooting at high ISO, how much more shadow detail is recoverable from the raw files in the M10P versus the M10M? Noise isn’t everything. I often find the noise on my M10P quite attractive in low-light shots, but more shadow detail is always desirable.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      While I didn’t test specifically for this and applied the same basic tone to all images, I would imagine that the M10 Monochrom will provide for more shadow recovery than the other cameras. We can base this on the rate of increase of noise as ISO ramps up. The M10M sees very little degradation over most of its ISO range. That tells me that a fair amount of gain could be applied to the shadows and the equivalent ISO based on gain will still be extremely clean.

      Reply
  1081. Sebastian Ziegler

    You should take the color images into photoshop and throw out the two noisiest channels in the channel mixer which are usually blue and red. Then you will have far fewer artefacts as the green channel is usually a stop better than the blue channel.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Interesting idea. Back in the day, we’d use LAB space and drop the AB chrominance channels, while keeping the L luminance channel. For this test, my goal was to show “normal” processing in Lightroom. Also, if you drop the red and blue channels, you wouldn’t be able to use the Black and White Mix (channel mixer) to fine tune color-tone mapping.

      Reply
      • Sebastian Ziegler

        Indeed. The LAB method is quite similar, I haven’t compared which works best.

        You can’t use the Black and White mix with the Monochrom camera anyway so its kind of even 😉

  1082. David Knoble

    David, that was a lot of time and images! It appears in general, what I was suggesting when the M10M came out (and I began to use it early on) is holding true. The other aspect here is that the M246 and M10 have essentially the same sized pixels (or light gathering power) and the M10M has a smaller pixel size (I believe it has decreased from 6microns to 4microns). So, the M10M is already at a light gathering disadvantage compared to other two models – but it isn’t visible. The read noise of the M10M is low enough that this is one case where size does’t matter. Even more advantageous, is that for large prints (for me that is 17×22) I don’t need all the pixels, so the noise can be reduced through standard printing of images. So in summary, you have eloquently shown that with lower light gathering power in the pixels, the M10M is at least essentially equal to the M246 in lower ISO’s, but with much higher resolution in the image file, and potentially more shadow information that can be extracted. Equal on the surface, but much more underneath. Thanks for summarizing all your work! A pleasure to read. DMK.

    Reply
  1084. Peter

    Thank you – this is interesting. An an owner of the SL2, M10 and Q2, the main reason I might be interested in the M10M is the high iso performance in low light, which is very impressive. However, I had also thought the M10M might provide tonal gradations and an overall look that would distinguish itself from the other cameras. From this test I don’t see that, but perhaps it’s there in other contexts – I would be interested in getting your viewpoint on this, especially since you give up playing with color channels by using the M10M.

    Reply
  1085. Max

    Excellent review David. I use the M9M and never saw a reason to upgrade for monochrome to the MM (M246) but with this I can definitely see a reason to go M10M. My next M camera for sure, once I can again venture safely in the streets. Thanks for the details and hard work to put this together. Much appreciated. Cheers ?

    Reply
  1086. Dr. Armin Fischer

    Hi David,
    after watching your excellent Camera Talk on May 9th which I truly enjoyed (!), since then I caught myself checking your website daily to read upon your then-announced review that you finally published today. I think you did a great job in designing all your experiments to ensure that you indeed compare apples-to-apples. And I also agree with your approach for simplification. However, I feel that it is not entirely correct to compare images taken with the combination of SL2 & M lens versus M cameras & M lens, latter particularly designed for each other. I realize it may be a big ask but I am wondering if you could post and compare images taken with the SL2 & SL 50 mm lens vs M cameras & M lens, and do this at least for ISO6400 and ISO12500 at say 40 MP for both the M10M and the SL2, and keep everything else constant? Am I correct to hypothesize/assume that these SL2-based images taken with the SL lens depict less noise for both ISO values (certainly for ISO12500) than taken with the M lens?
    Best, Armin

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Thanks for the feedback.

      Just for fun, I did shoot a sequence with the SL2 and 50mm APO-Summicron-SL which testing. Ultimately, I didn’t feel it fair to include for a couple reasons. First, the effective focal length of the M and SL lenses aren’t the same. And second, the SL lens was visibly sharper. Yes, than the 50 APO-M. Using the same lens for all cameras, from the same distance, allowed me to isolate the independent variables – namely the individual cameras/sensors.

      To your answer your question though, no, the lens wouldn’t have an impact on noise at a given ISO setting. This is sensor dependent. Sure, the SL lens would result in slightly more detail resolution, but that wasn’t the ultimate test here.

      Reply
  1087. Alex

    I appreciate the detailed descriptions of the testing methods as well as the logic behind them. An understanding of the test methodology is incredibly important when interpreting results. Yes, the M246 results are simply remarkable.

    One thing that I particularly like about the Monochrom cameras is the noise structure that creeps in at the highest ISOs. I think Leica recognizes the fact that many Monochrom users add grain to their images to give them a more “classic” look and feel. It would be very interesting if Leica explored this a bit more and developed grain profiles modeled after classic films (400TX, P3200, etc) tailored specifically for Monochrom images shot at low ISOs. A corresponding drop down box in Lightroom would allow you to select the grain profile that you desire.

    Anyways, it’s a dream. Perhaps I should develop some presets for this very purpose. I wonder if anybody would be interested in using them.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Have you tried out SilverFX? You can select different classic film types and it applies a look, including grain profile.

      Reply
  1088. Phillip Allaway

    Thanks David, very good read. I have been drooling over the M10M but, if anything, this convinces me to stay with my M10 and spend the extra on lenses – perhaps even the 50 APO – or maybe a Q2 for that bit of extra resolution.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Glad you found it useful. The M10 put up a really impressive performance here. If you don’t want the extra resolution, or need to shoot over ISO 10000, the M10 is certainly capable even in B&W. Lenses are never a bad investment, affording you added visual flexibility in your toolbox. And the Q2 is just fun, providing that extra resolution if needed, along with the ease of autofocus.

      Reply
  1089. Sandro

    Hi David. A very well executed test that highlights the strengths and weaknesses of each sensor. Well done and thank you for your report. I’m tossing up between getting the M10 Monochrom or the SL2. As you have shown, the high ISO performance of the M10 Monochrom is like having an “M” with IBIS. I place micro contrast higher as a priority than resolution. Resolution is often only seen if you pixel peep where micro contrast, you also see when viewing the image from afar, particularly when viewing a big print. Your images clearly show a loss of micro contrast in the SL2 as ISO is raised, relative to that of the Monochrom (especially in the artichoke crops). The micro contrast of the M10 Monochrom is impressive even at high ISO’s. The resulting “PoP” that I see in the bowl of vegetables, (i.e. Jpeg Monochrom image at ISO 160), is amazing and when printed big will “Wow”. This is truly low ISO film 4×5 stuff. “Leica, Take My Money”. I will leave it to you to guess which camera I’m getting. You really have crystallised my purchase decision. David, thank you once again.

    Reply
  1090. Andreu Rebés

    Thank you for your test.
    Let us say I mostly shoot day street and interiors; usually, my top ISO is around 3200/6400. What is the advantage, besides better high ISO performance, of using a Black and white only sensor like the M10M?
    I am more interested in tonality, detail, gray gradation than ISO performance and I am not sure that a monochrome sensor is going to make any difference when using low ISO.
    Thank you

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      You’re still getting better quality at ISO 3200 and 6400 with the Monochrom. And less noise does result in smoother, more detailed tonal gradations. Download the full image sequences and look at the gradient background. Also, I had to work to get the color images to match the Monochrom ones, and still couldn’t get 100% there.

      Reply
  1091. Jeandemi

    Thanks for this test.
    But it don’t show différences about banding.
    I have banding in shadows with my M246 from ISO6400, 10.000ISO are unusable in concert photography because this.
    What’s about banding with M10P, M10M and SL2 ?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I wasn’t really testing for banding, as this is often a function of pushing the shadows. Very often banding can be mitigated by pulling the blacks down.

      I’d encourage you to download the full images and take a look in the shadow areas of the dark background.

      Reply
  1093. Larry

    This is a vast amount of work and it is very
    Specific! Congratulations
    However , I would like to see this comparison
    Done with Fox’s U Bet Chocolate Syrup!

    Larry

    Reply
  1094. Bill

    David, thank you a very detail analysis of the ISO performance of the cameras. I’m sure many others will find it helpful, as well. Similar to Peter’s question above, I would be interested in your assessment of B&W tonal graduations, or color translation (rendering) differences between the M10M and SL2 (e.g., more possible shades of gray with the M10M? etc.).

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      In theory, the M10M should provide superior tonal transitions, but I will leave it to the viewer to determine by how much. Of course, with so much better noise suppression, you will already get smoother tonality and gradation at any given ISO. At base ISO, this isn’t as visible. Please download the full files and take a look at the gradient background at different settings. This and other areas of the test image will certain demonstrate this advantage.

      Reply
  1096. Chris

    Thanks for the comparison… will hold onto m246 for now…helps a lot in decision making… also is there any comparison with q2, being 47mp sensor.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      The M246 is still awesome in 2020. No doubt.

      I’d point you to the SL2 comparisons. The SL2 and Q2 share a very similar sensor architecture and the same resolution. I think you’ll find they respond quite similarly.

      Reply
  1097. Gary Morris

    Very comprehensive test suite. Thanks for providing this. After considering all this I’m left with the same feeling I’ve had all along about converting color images to b&w… it’s OK to do this when you have no other options. However if you truly want to shoot b&w (or in the case of Leica’s Monochrom cameras in gray scale) then buy the appropriate tool and have at it. When you buy the best you only cry once.

    Reply
  1098. Geoffrey Inniss

    David, Thanks for your dedication and hard work in doing such tests. As an owner of both the M10 Monochrom and the SL2, I really appreciate it.

    Reply
  1099. James Brunetti

    Hi David. This is an excellent test article with exhaustive detail. I current use the M10, M10M and SL2.
    It is very enlightening with regard to the high ISO capabilities of each of the cameras. Since I usually do not use above 6400 for most of my applications, I find you comparisons very helpful. I must admit that I will be more inclined to use the M10M more freely at the higher ISO’s.

    Thanks for providing a great study.

    Best, Jim B

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Jim,

      Don’t be shy of venturing up into the higher ISOs of the M10 Monochrom. As someone who rarely shot anything faster than ISO 200 in my film days, it took me quite a while to get comfortable with the idea of a totally usable ISO 32000. But now I can’t go back. 🙂

      Reply
  1100. Olivier Cabon

    Thank you very much for this very interesting test. I work very often in Egypt and Sudan and I own a M10-P and a M10-M… and I used for many years a M240 and a M246. (I also used two Nikon 700 and 810, so I can compare.)

    For me the two new M10 are much better than the one they replace (dynamic range, exposure, high ISOs…). I had the opportunity to know what we can get in real conditions and I decided to limit high ISO range of the M10-P to 6.400 and that of the M10-M to 25.000… with the possibility to go to 50.000 if needed. Thanks to your test—that I hat no time to do for myself, thank you very much—I now have an objective validation of my field experience.

    Speaking of the Apo-Summicron 50, it’s an incredible lens and with it we really have the impression to draw pictures with the light almost as if there was no glass inside.

    I was planning to buy a SL2 for macrophotos (objects pictures) and videos and, thanks to your very interesting article, I think I’ll get it for the next mission.

    Best regards form Paris,

    Olivier

    Reply
  1101. Nick Rains

    Hi David. Very interesting, thanks. I might have missed it in my first read-through, but did you test in actual low light? In my experience, the different sensors react differently when the actual incoming signal is very low, ie in the dark, rather than testing high ISOs in ‘good’ light.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      While I didn’t test in the dark, I did need to make sure that the single light source was low enough to get a proper exposure at ISO 100000, but not so dark that I ended up needing dark frame subtraction (LENR) at base ISO of 50 on the SL2. Quite the exposure puzzle. And as I pointed out in the article, I did use a studio LED light with a CRI of 97+. I think that perhaps the difference of good light vs. bad light might have more to do with the favorable CRI more so than a higher lux value. So, yeah, I used good light. On a tripod. With self timer. Shooting a 50 APO-Cron ASPH at f/8. These all add up to ideal conditions.

      Reply
  1102. Gary

    Thank you for the test and for all of the great videos from Red Dot Forum.

    I’m trying to decide between the M10P, the M10M, and the SL2, and so this is very timely for me.

    Reply
  1103. Mark

    David, thanks for all of the time that you put into this. The live sessions that you have been doing with Josh are perhaps my favorite thing to watch during quarantine! I have the M10M and SL2 and am considering getting a 75mm lens. Which do you recommend? I was initally thinking either the APO or Summilux v2. Can they resolve properly for the high megapixel sensors? I have the 50mm Noctilux and was not seriously consdering the 75mm Noctilux due primarily to the weight and difficulty for me to focus.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Fora 75mm, I’d either go for the 75 APO-Summicron if you want small size, or for the 57 Noctilux if you want ultimate performance. Personally, I’d stay away from the 75 Summilux. It’s just not in the same league and I don’t think would be ideal for the high megapixel M10M or SL2…. unless you want the vintage lens for its not-so-sharp glowy-ness. If you’re considering the Lux, the Noct really isn’t that much larger or heavier.

      Reply
      • john light

        I have used the 75 Summilux for years, with the M9, the M246, all the Monocroms and the SL. It is absolutely stunning. In my view it is much more interesting than the new 75 Noctilux.
        I have recently been using it with the macro adapter on the SL2, where image stabilization makes it a joy to use. The image created exceeds in interest almost every other macro solution I have tried.

  1104. scott kirkpatrick

    It’s great to see the BT link getting used for GPS now. I’ve tried it on my SL2 with both the iOS and Android versions of new Fotos and it works — the GPS icon appears once the BlueTooth wakes up and see Fotos running.
    And with the iOS version, when you go to remote the camera stays in whatever state you set. But not in the Android version — it still goes to P and messes with some other settings (Check this yourself and please let Wetzlar know if you also see this). Also, I can set delays of 2 or 12 seconds from Remote (could do this in previous releases), but shooting from Remote still gives just an immediate single shot. The delay works if you press the shutter on the camera. And both versions of Fotos leave the camera in whatever state you’ve gotten it into when you disconnect, which is good.

    Reply
  1105. Darrel Crilley

    Thanks for the whistle stop tour of the S lens system. It has helped me understand better the advantages of my own GFX system. I run an SL 2 with SL lenses alongside it. I wonder whether SL lenses with the 82 mm thread can ever be mounted on an S 3 body ? I know that the reverse is true via the adapter. While I can see it is not commercially advantageous it would be a huge advantage to advocates of the faster-moving SL system to have the ability to switch between the two bodies with a mix of SL and S lenses. Much as I adore the output of the GFX 100 its ergonomics are, frankly, on the verge of being disastrous out in the landscape: key dials and buttons are just far too small and cheap. One longs for the ergonomics and UI of the SL/S both of which are a joy to use I the field.

    Reply
  1106. Dave Olson

    I just finished reading your review of the CL and looking at the photos. I lived in Santa Fe for several years and I think I walked and walked. Being there I was able to explore the four seasons. The color of the Aspen was just one subject matter. I could I don’t know how many frames of E-6 I shot during the time I lived there. Another should see is the Plaza at Christmas time. The Palace of the Governors makes a nice background or a stand alone subject. I have both an M-7 and a M4-P, plus two R bodies. Your review of the CL is going a long way in convincing me to add a CL to the stable.

    Reply
  1107. Marcello69

    Great Job!
    I’m new here.
    Just bought my second hand M246 and your review confirmed my choice…
    Thank you very much.
    Marcello

    Reply
  1108. Mar

    Very funny review.
    Portrait lens compare to macro lens.
    Film lens and lens optymised for digital sensors.
    Few $100 to $6.500.
    The Takumar in mounted via cheap adapter compare to the leica dedicated mount.
    Old Pentax Takumar version of the series around 19(70 – 84) compared to modern camera dedicated lens.
    This is a Asahi Takumar 6×7 1:24/105 and not a Pentax 67 105mm f/2.4.
    And finally. The lens and camera doesn’t matter but the Takumar 6×7 and Pentax 67 105m shoots millions stories. I hope the Leica 120mm will also produce beautifule photos during and after 51 years!

    Reply
  1109. Ben Del

    Unfortunately, with this new version and my SL2 (firmware 1.0), I got the satellite icon ON in the viewfinder, but the DNG and JPEG files still don’t have GPS coordinates on Lightroom Mac OS. Mmmm, am I missing something here?

    Reply
  1110. Frank

    Just upgraded yesterday. Afterward, the camera began to get warm in the area near where battery is after about 5-10 minutes use. Didn’t notice this before the upgrade. Anyone observes something similar?

    Reply
    • Charles

      Yes I did notice warming of the camera, even before the firmware upgrade.

      Reply
  1111. Jesse

    Is there any way to get the ASC firmware loaded onto a regular M10?

    Reply
  1112. Mark Maybell

    David, great article. I have watched everyone of your and Josh’s live sessions during quarantine. I watched some of them more than once. They are a highlight of my quarantine. I have the SL2. Will the S3 have IBIS?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      No. The Leica S3 will not have IBIS. Functionally, the S3 is near identical to the S007, but with a dramatically improved sensor, both in terms of resolution and ISO performance.

      Reply
  1113. Rose Smith

    I like the scene, especially the black and white version, which tells a lot of drama, and their shape feels me a while to catch up. The composition is pleasing!

    Reply
  1114. JVV

    One comment with regards to the video on YouTube, it would appear that the Sigma DP1 came 3 years before the Leica X1 as the world’s first APS-C sensor size fixed lens camera.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Interesting. Definitely missed that one. Looking at the history, seems the DP1 was released in 2008 and had a sensor a bit smaller than APS-C. So…. technically, the X1 was still the first APS-C all-in-one camera.

      Reply
    • David Farkas

      Firmware updates are camera specific. While some improvements for the SL2 may translate to the Q2, many others would not due to hardware differences between the two cameras.

      Reply
  1116. Will Woon

    Hi David

    Thank you very much for your very insightful review. Let me commend you for an outstanding report.

    I was blown away by your following statement: “The M10 Monochrom, on the other hand, has allowed me to shoot at 1/500th of a second, under almost any lighting condition, taking a completely different approach to eliminating camera shake. With the M10 Monochrom, you simply don’t need to ever worry about ISO.”

    I, probably like most digital Leica M user, have always shot using aperture priority by setting my M10-D on auto shutter speed and auto ISO. Rarely have I felt the need to manually change the shutter speed.

    This revelation about the M10M meant I can shoot at shutter speed priority by setting my shutter speed at 1/500 second for example and then let the camera figure out ISO automatically provided I have specified a maximum ISO of say 32,000. That’s not usually an approach favoured by Leica M user.

    This is very interesting indeed. Thanks again mate!

    Reply
  1117. Jon

    These are great, thank you for sharing your presets… such a great thing to do.

    Interested to know if you’re planning to add anything else here – would love to see a monochrome preset you use for the Leica M10, if indeed you do!

    Reply
  1118. Bart

    Hi, another later joiner at the party here. And thanks for this elaborate practical review! I did compare the X2 with the X (type 113), the newer version. However, I don’t regret having the X2. I think because of the size is more easy to take it with me and also the sensor is as good as identical I think. Yes, the lens on the X 113 has an extra stop and a slightly wider angle but personally I prefer the 35 mm eqv. I also don’t shoot video. If you like a wider angle, one extra stop and video that the X 113 makes more sense. If you like ‘raw photography’ like street or environmental portraits like myself, I would choose the X2 (and I did).

    Greetings from Holland

    Reply
  1119. Alan Bryan

    Does anybody reading my comment know the manufacturer of the tan leather shoulder strap in one pic
    thanks

    Reply
  1120. Bryan

    Hi David!

    I think the colors in your images are beautiful. From the article, I inferred that you process the raw images. What software/app do you use? I recently bought a used Leica X2, and I’m contemplating on going for a simple mobile workflow. Would love to hear your thoughts. Cheers!

    Reply
  1121. Matt Palmer

    I bought the Peak Design Everyday Backpack last summer before traveling to Spain. I’ve had a bunch of different camera bags over the years, and bags for laptops. I work as a Location Manager, so having a functional bag that can carry my camera, laptop, iPad and other stuff is essential. I love this bag. It is so well designed, and features excellent build quality. I have had the bag for a year now and it still looks brand new.

    Reply
  1122. Scott Kirkpatrick

    David, in another forum someone asked if the dynamic range of the R (and by extension the M with the same sensor) was 14 bit or more? You answered that the data off the chip was 14 bits but it is saved in 16 bit “containers” (2 successive bytes of the DNG file) and the DR is 15 bits. How do you get 15 bits of dynamic range out of 14 bits of data? Has Leica found ways of creating a “toe” or a “shoulder” on the response curve of their sensors? I wouldn’t put it past them.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Leica has long used 14-bit data in 16-bit DNG containers. Nothing new here. The S007 uses this 14-bit A/D precision and results in a staggering 15.3 stops of real-world dynamic range. The M10-R has 14 stops of dynamic range, which is still very impressive. My assumption is that they store the data using a logarithmic scale.

      Reply
  1123. Udo

    Sinply great! Thank you very much for this excellent comparison! As 12.500 is enough for my way of usinig the camera, I will stay with the 246 and buy another lens instead of the M10M.
    Best Regards
    Udo from Heidelberg

    Reply
  1124. Glenn Charles

    Great article and images. I am getting ready to order my SL2 to replace my SL and am stoked. The 75 Summicron is one of the finest lenses I have ever shot. Would love to get ahold of the 35. I too very much enjoy shooting the SL with M glass. Leica has produced the most elegant solution for an EVF with MF lenses. I can’t quite figure out why no one else can make it work as seamlessly as they do.

    Reply
  1125. Nelson

    One more time, just to make sure I understand correctly… the S lenses labeled focal length (100mm, for example) is the equivalent to the 35mm field of view, correct? Meaning, if I were to mount the Summicron-S 100mm f/2 on an SL2 with the adapter, I’d expect to get a 100mm field of view. It is on the S system, with the larger sensor, where the .8x math comes into play, and that 100mm equates to a wider, 80mm field of view. Right?

    I ask becuase I am an SL owner and am intrigued by the Summicron-S 100mm lens and want to understand whether I should expect a slightly *longer* or slightly *wider* field of view with that lens than with the Summicron-SL 90mm. (I totally understand there are a ton of other attributes to consider between these lenses, but I want to wrap my head around field of view first.)

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      You are correct. The marked focal length will behave as such on an SL. A 100mm S lens is a 100mm lens on your SL. On the S, it has the field of view of an 80mm, but the look of a 100mm. So, compared to the 90mm, you will be getting a slightly longer 100mm lens, with a bit more compression and a bit narrower field of view.

      Reply
  1126. nelmur

    One more time for my sanity… I am asking this question as a SL2 owner, not an S owner: If I am interested in the Summicron-S 100mm f/2, should I expect a 100mm field of view on my SL2 (with the adapter, of course), or 80mm?

    Based on your explanation, it is my understanding that the 100mm f/2 lens adapted to my SL2 will deliver a 100mm field of view and a maximum aperture (DOF) of f/1.5. (thus, the colloquial reference to that lens being the Noctilux of the S line, I take it?). Is this correct?

    I am asking basically to gather whether to expect the Summicron-S 100mm to be a longer or shorter lens, in terms of field of view on the SL2, than the 90mm Summicron-SL.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Just to clarify further. When adapted to your SL2, the 100mm f/2 Summicron-S will behave exactly as a 100mm f/2. There would be no equivalent DOF conversion nor focal length conversion.

      Reply
  1127. Harry

    If I missed this out of carelessness I apologize, but I am interested in throwing M10 P with monochrome “on” in the menus. Any thoughts on that? As I own it, it would be the “best price” for me!

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      As you can see from the testing, the M10-P converted to B&W holds up very well here and is indeed a great option. Turning on Monochrom in the menu will just enable a B&W preview during live view and record B&W JPG files if you are shooting JPG or DNG+JPG. But the DNG files are full color. You will need to convert in Lightroom.

      Reply
  1128. godo garcia

    fantastic review! One question- Leica is offering 2 bundles with the CL, one with the 18 mm and one with the 18-56. Which bundle would you choose and why?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I really like the smaller size and faster aperture of the 18mm, so that’s the way I would go personally. The zoom is a very flexible option if you only want to carry one lens though.

      Reply
  1130. Markus

    Hello David, thank you for this great overview! This is very helpful.
    From what I can tell, the processor and buffer memory remain the same as in the M-10. I am wondering what this means for picture processing time. I imagine that the increase in resolution will inevitably result in a increase in file size and thus require increasing buffer capacity and/or processing power to maintain a given processing speed. Since these parameters have not changed, wouldn’t that mean the the M-10R would inevitably be slower in processing images and writing data to the SD card than its predecessor … ? Or am I missing something …

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      You are correct. The Maestro II image processor remains the same from the M10 to the M10-R. As does the 2GB buffer. The camera’s shooting speed is related more to the sensor itself, which offers almost the same burst rate as the M10. But due to the much larger file sizes, the buffer depth is reduced from 22 shots to 10. Also, writing to the SD card will also take longer, as will importing from the card to your computer. Bigger files take longer to transfer at the same speed. Thankfully, the Maestro II can process 320 megapixels per second, meaning the limiting factor isn’t the processor. Hope this clarifies things a bit.

      Reply
  1131. Luc Mary-Rabine

    Dear Mr Farkas, may I ask for an advice ? I have been an avid reader of your field reviews and I use your preset parameters in Lightroom since 2015… I have used Leicas M (M3, M4, M6, M7, M9M, M240) and Hasselblads (500, 503, 903, X1DII) for the last 40 years. And now I feel, thanks to you, on the verge of acquiring the superb M10R. But… with such a definition do you know an editor and printer able to handle those pics ? For argentic negatives and for most of the M9M/M240, Blurb gave an average to good treatment of the files. Not so for the pics of my X1DII. There is a striking loss of quality in the printed book. So, I am pretty sure that the same problem will arise with the M10R. And I need your help. And again, thank you so much for your articles, your photos and videos.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I suppose the answer depends on the desired output. No book printing using CMYK offset is going to do full justice to photograph. The medium is limited by its nature of a four color additive process. This is why high-end inkjet printers have 10 or more colors, to boost the available color gamut. If you are looking for prints, then professional-level inkjet, or professional-level photographic lightjet prints would be the way to go.

      Reply
  1132. Robert Davis

    Hi.My name is Robert Davis and I am a vision impaired ex-musician who has always been a photographer. i have read David Farkas’ article on the CL an Luis Mara on M lenses on the CL. Are the images in both of those articles JPEGS or DNG with some modifications in CC Lightroom? If they are JPEGS then the combination is brilliant as I have seen some JPEGS from the CL that don’t look good at all. Can anyone give me some assistance so I can make a decision to start saving for at least the CL? I started life with a Zeiss Ikon CVontinamatic then went to a Cotaflex and then a Jenaflex until it all got stolen in a burglary and I have used Canon gear since as my vision is down to one reasonable right eye- the left is useless. Thanks for any help in advance – Robert Davis.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Just about every image that is posted on the site has been shot in DNG and edited in Lightroom. The CL is a great camera, but ultimately, to get the best looking images, shooting in DNG is the preferred method. To help get most of the way there, I did publish a suite of Lightroom presets for every Leica digital camera. You can check that out here: Lightroom Presets for Leica Cameras

      Reply
  1133. Andy Garton

    Is there a bug in the M10 preset possibly? It boosts exposure by 0.83, which seems a lot, especially as the article makes a point of saying the presets don’t adjust exposure?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      No bug. I tend to expose for the highlights, which often means underexposing by 2/3-1 stop. So, I do build that in to my preset. The added exposure is also there to counteract some of the other corrections tendency to pull the image darker than intended.

      Reply
  1134. Andy Flynn

    This affirms my thought that Leica have stopped updating firmware for the TL2. I’d like my TL2 to be less clunky in the consarned Fotos app. The frames thing looks cool, but I’ll never really know. My firmware was obsolete upon purchase. Good thing it’s such a sweet camera otherwise.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      While Leica has maintained a facility in Portugal, historically, they’ve made mechanical components for cameras and lenses, as well as producing many of the sport optics products. These lenses mark the first time that M lenses will have been produced there.

      Reply
      • alberto mendes

        se queres saber o que e a leica Portugal procura na NET. tem 50 anos de excelencia.

  1137. JOHN K LOCKWOOD

    Beautiful images Kirsten. LOVE “Frog”, hope you picked up an SL (601) for yourself. They are the value Leica these days, along with the SL2.

    Reply
  1138. perthege@me.com

    Hi and thanks for your useful article above. I downloaded the firmware update for D-Lux 7.
    Name of the zipped file : DLX7_V20.bin

    Which I cannot open on my Macbook.

    What to do?

    Once this is solved (I hope) can I copy the firmware to my existing SD card with images? On that card I have two folders, one with the images and one named private. Shall I use the private one? Or create a new folder? What is actually meant with “Top Level Folder”? Finally, can I copy the firmware to the SD care when I have the D-Lux connected to my Macbook?

    Cheers/Per

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      You don’t want to try to open the file on your computer. Simply drag it to an SD card, then insert into your camera. It should not be in any folder.

      Reply
      • Marc

        I have downloaded this file to my SD card and placed in in the top file “DCIM” and put it back into my camera with a fully charged battery and nothing happens. I pressed play but only get the “No valid picture to play” message. I waited until my lens retracted and still nothing.

      • David Farkas

        The firmware file needs to be placed at the top level (also known as the root directory) of the SD card, not inside the DCIM folder. If it’s inside any folder, the camera can’t see it.

      • JJ

        Do we remove the firmware from the SD card after all is complete and restart?
        thank you.

  1139. Dennis Galinsky

    I already have a Q2 and can’t carry heavy cameras or lenses. I would like to have a camera to add for telephoto images. If I get a CL what lenses would you get for this purpose.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      After reading the DXOMark review for the 35SL, I would say it was rated poorly – it is in their top 10. They said that it was sharper wide-open than every other 35mm, that it had no measurable distortion, the highest correction of CA and that it transmitted more light than most f/1.8 lenses. The one place I wouldn’t agree with their assessment was in regards to sharpness and resolving power. The 35 SL is one of the sharpest lenses ever designed by Leica. I’ve seen the Leica measured (not theoretical) MTF charts for this lens and they’re insane, more what you’d expect from the best 90 APO, not a 35. I’ve personally used the lens on the SL2 and it’s stunning. So, either they got a slightly bad copy (which is extremely unlikely due to Leica QA) or their testing methodology is flawed in some way. Basically, their sharpness findings directly contradict my personal observations, as well as those from other photographers/reviewers. If any one aspect of their test stands out, it’s that they used a Panasonic S1-R for testing, not a Leica SL2. Considering these cameras have different microlens designs on the the sensor, and that the Leica lens is optimized for the Leica camera, I’d say this could be the biggest factor in the results from their test not quite matching up to others who have used it on the SL2.

      Reply
      • Hemmo Tiitus

        Thank you David. Indeed, using the Panasonic camera might have been a factor. (which also makes the interchangeability of cameras and wide angle lenses in the L-mount alliance quite problematic).

        Would be nice if the testing could be corrected by using a Leica SL2 and a known good 35mm lens (and would be great to have also other Leica L-mount lenses tested). Maybe the testers from DXOMark could get these on a short term loan from you… (?)

  1141. frank r. siroky

    Richard Q
    Ive tried following rigorously your instructions but the camera cannot find the 4.0 update on my sd card.
    i get an error message ” no firmware found. I dragged the entire highlighted notiuce from your web site ddirectly to my sd card. I will try and attach a pic of what my sd card looks like. Id appreciate any help.
    frank r. siroky frsiroky@yahoo.com ps i have a very early version of the cl with firmware 1.0. my card has a message: webloc and beneith the ikon, download leica cl firmware v 4.0-
    whew, thanks frank

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      When you click the link, the firmware file should download to your computer. Once complete, you drag the single file named CL___40_.lfu to your SD card. Make sure that it isn’t in a folder, but at the top level of your SD card.

      Reply
  1142. John Garner

    I read your article with great interest since I have recently returned to shooting Black and White and I’m relearning what I knew when I was in High School over 50 years ago. I have an older M9 with a 50mm Sumicron that I shoot with in the monochrome mode only and have been very happy with the results inspite of the obvious compromises. I am planning to move into a true Monochrom as soon as it is possible for me. Most likely it will be a 24 MP simply because of my pocketbook limitations and the fact that the older lenses would perform better on this platform vs the 41 MP units.

    Also, my other traveling mate to shoot in color I use my Nikon Df and my older Nikkor glass lenses in the manual mode for full control.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      If you really want to simplify, I’d suggest just going for an M10 or M10-P. You’d get dramatically better image quality and usable ISO range verses both your M9 and the Nikon DF. As you can see from the testing, the M10-P is extremely capable for B&W work and it excels at color. You can set the picture style to Monochrom and still get full color RAW files. Best of both in a single camera solution with one set of lenses.

      Reply
  1143. Matt Grayson

    David,

    I just now found these Presets, and I am very grateful for them.

    Do you, by any chance, have an S(007) profile to match the S(006), similar to what you did for the M9? I’ve tried this without much success. Even a hint to your methodology, if that isn’t revealing secrets, would be appreciated.

    Thank you,

    Matt

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      I never made a preset for the S007 to emulate the S006 as I rather prefer the rendering from the S007 as it is. The color nuance and dynamic range of the S007 is unmatched in my opinion. If you want to attempt this yourself, my methodology to achieve the M9 look from the M240 was as follows:

      1) Shoot a series of side-by-side images with both cameras with a variety of colors and tones, and in different lighting conditions. The wider the sample range, the better.
      2) Process the M9 images to the best of my ability in order to have a baseline set.
      3) Visually replicate the look of every M9 file using the corresponding M240 images.
      4) Take a rough average of settings that seem to work for all image comparisons to create a preset. This may not work 100% for every single image – the idea is to settle on a generalized look.

      You could certainly take this method and apply it to the the S006 and S007, but it’s a fair amount of work to do so, and the S007 look incredible as is.

      Reply
      • Matt Grayson

        David,

        Thank you for the methodology. I no longer have the S(006), and I have no complaints with S(007) color. I may try to work with the GFX 100 to get it closer to the S(007). If I weren’t addicted to IBIS, I would lose the Fuji and get the S3. I’m never selling the S lenses!

        Best,

        Matt

  1144. Ignacio_Cruzat

    David, first of all, I hope you’re doing well.
    I use Sigma lenses in my SL Type 601 (bought in Leica Store Miami…). Sigma lenses have automatic “Built-in profile applied”. When I use your Lightroom profile, the Adobe Lens Corrections applies over the Built-In. I think lens corrections are applied twice, one over another.
    In the .XMP file (your profile) there is a line with this command:
    crs:LensProfileEnable=”1″
    Can I put “0” instead to prevent the double correction?
    Do you think it can solve the problem?
    Thanks

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Interesting. I’m not sure that it’s possible to have a double correction. The built-in lens profile should take precedence. But, sure, give changing the XMP code a try. Maybe duplicate the file and save as a different preset name. Then you can see if there is indeed a change between the two presets.

      Reply
  1145. Ben

    Thought you might be interested in this little hiccup in Leica production:

    I received my Leitz Wetzlar M10M a couple weeks ago and am very happy with it. Of course I shared my new baby with a couple forums, and there I discovered that mine is different than most others I saw. Specifically only the custom script on the top is in white, and all other lettering, notably including the rear “Leica Camera Wetzlar Made in Germany” is black.

    Other copies out there have the rear lettering in white, with white ISO and Shutter Speed indicator marks also called out in white. Odd eh? I contacted Leica AG and they responded, saying some early cameras left their facility without the additional white lettering and offering to paint mine like that. NO THANKS 🙂

    My camera was #138 off the line, and the ones with white are later, so my bet is that around 150-200 they went to extra white, more closely matching the normal black M10 in aesthetic than the M10M.

    Reply
  1146. Ira Teich

    Has anyone tried the 135mm f2.8 tele elmarit on the CL? I have the CL with all the Leica zooms and a bunch of M glass. I’d rather stick with Leica lenses rather than getting Sigma or Panasonic. Can the magnifying lens assembly of the 135mm lens be easily and safely removed? Thanks,

    Reply
  1147. Volker

    Hi,

    love reading the article. Thanks a lot for the insights.

    I would have one question:
    If you use the M mount adapter, the Leica CL recognises which M lens is mounted using the 6 bit code. Does it also submit the used apature when taking a picture? So, if you dial in let’s say f2 on the lens, is this also shown in the EVF of the Leica CL and is it then also stored in the meta data of the taken picture?

    Thanks for a short answer. BR
    Volker

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      The CL has no way of knowing what aperture you’ve set on an M lens as this is completely mechanical with no electronic relay at all. The digital M cameras feature a secondary light meter above the lens to approximate the aperture value when measured against the ISO and shutter speed value for the recorded picture. Sometimes it’s fairly accurate, but other times varies considerably, depending on the scene. As there is no secondary meter on the CL, the camera cannot make the same estimate. So, the CL will not record any value for the aperture in the image EXIF data.

      Reply
      • Darren Loveland

        Great review, I’m highly interested in the CL to pair with my Q2. Question about adapting M glass: does the EVF adjust the the brightness/preview of the image accurately when adjusting the aperture on vintage M glass? For example, if I put the Tele-Elmarit 90mm f/2.8 and adjust the aperture on lens as desired, will the EVF convey an accurate example of how bright or dark the image will look?
        Thanks!

      • David Farkas

        The CL EVF will auto-gain so what you see is what you get. When setting f-stop on an M lens, the aperture is changing in real time. So while the overall amount of light is decreasing when stopping down, the camera will gain up the image so that the resulting exposure is still accurately shown. When opening up, the viewfinder will gain down. The experience works very well and is largely seamless.

  1148. agencal

    Hİ,
    I am a landscape photographer coming from gfx medium format system to SL2. As you can know i am very pickey for edge to edge sharpness. GFX system has that but without dimention and lifelike warmness of leica glass. My lens setup depends ın the prime lens i choose. If i go with 35mm apo then the set will be Sigma 14-24mm , 35mm apo ,75mm apo. If i choose 50mm apo then 16-35mm,50mm apo and 90mm apo.. Sould i listen Karbe and buy he best one which is 35mm apo or 50mm apo is also as good? Which one is more medium format like sharp but has the 3d drawing of leica more?
    Thanks
    Ahmed

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Both the 35 and 50 APO-Summicron-SL lenses are incredible performers, with astounding image quality across the frame. Choose the one that best suits your needs and shooting preferences. Also note that the Leica SL zooms offer prime lens performance as well. I haven’t used the Sigma 14-24 and can’t speak to its performance characteristics, but do use the 16-35 extensively for my own landscape photography – it’s an awesome lens all the way to 16mm.

      Reply
      • agencal

        What a quick reply thank you. I was about to buy 16-35mm,50 and 90 apo but suddenly i warched Karbe “best lens ever been built” then i got confiused.16-35mm with 35mm apo is overlap so not so logical.If you say so i can go with the original plan.

    • Damian Chunilal

      This is a really interesting Q. Having presumably now moved to SL system and S glass how would you compare the rendering subjectively to the GFX/GF system you were presumably on before. I love the medium format rendering of the GFX/GF system but am curious given the quality and reputation of Leica glass.

      Reply
  1150. Mrquimper

    Probably they are not selling as many as these lenses as they hoped.
    Especially the ‘Lux, it’s big, heavy and slow.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      The 50 Lux focus speed has been improved significantly with subsequent lens firmware updates following release. Is it bigger than the 50 APO-Summicron? Absolutely, but the Lux offers a truly unique rendering among SL lenses.

      Reply
  1152. Alex

    Thank you for the great test. Since I am a fan of Leica Monochrom, the test only confirmed the superiority of these cameras. Since 2013, I’ve been shooting M9M, and next week I’m changing it to M10M. Unfortunately, I missed the M246. Couldn’t part with M9M -)

    Reply
  1154. Bill Baillie

    The Noctivid is the ultimate instrument binocular, Leica make instruments not jewellery, like some of their competitors; the decision to transmit the whole visible range using glass with nearly 99.9 percent transmission across the whole visible spectrum was very brave, because these wavelengths are almost impossible to control even with the best modern optics. To retain the full blue violet spectrum also means limiting the use of very high index glass which filters out these delicate colours. this introduces a weight penalty and can limit field of view. The solution is to use glass on the cutting edge of glass technology, and are similar to glass used in the space programme, and very expensive, so with the Noctivids we will see slightly more lateral chromatic abberation but we will see the colours from nature as they have never been see before. So please ignore the ignorant comments of reviewers, many of whom do not understand optics. Some of the high end binoculars just exclude these critical wavelengths completely, but that gives a pretty view, not a real view of the world, an approach which may be acceptable to manufactures of glass jewellery but not to a company like LEICA.

    So a big congratulations to Leica for producing probably the best binoculars ever made, even if the real significance of their achievements take a few years to catch on with some people.

    Reply
  1156. Slava Kavsan

    David – I have Leica M10 Preset (DF)_2020.xmp Version 13.0 (as opposed to 12.2 downloadable from this site), but do not remember where I’ve got it from.
    Do you have a pointer for downloading Version 13.0?
    Thank you

    Reply
  1157. Mark M.

    Hi Kirsten,
    Thank you for this great review. With regards to your last image how the camera fits into ONA Bowery bag I have a question. I also like to travel light and have recently acquired exactly the same combo SL2 + SL35mm APO. I would like to add another SL prime ideally SL21mm APO when it becomes available in 2021. The 35mm APO would be my main lens on the camera. From your experience could you tell me if SL2 with SL35mm APO + another SL prime would nicely fit in the ONA Bowery bag. Basically, I just want to be able to carry an SL2 with 2 prime lenses and a couple of filters and looking for a smaller bag this would nicely fit in. Many thanks. Mark

    Reply
  1160. Timoteo

    In the reviews on the Q2 I’ve read, many have commented on the Q2’s flat, lifeless lpgs. Will this update fix that or is does it just add some jpg settings to the menus (strictly as far as jpg color is concerned(?

    Reply
  1162. Ed

    It’s essentially a modern MATE with a camera attached. The 50mm view is at 15MP, slightly lower than the MM v.1 and a slightly-faster-than 50 Summicron.

    35mm is already 24 MP.

    Reply
  1163. Ed

    It’s a fast angle tri-elmar (FATE) attached to a sensor. At 28mm, full resolution, 35 @ 24MP and 50 @ 15MP. Exceptional to adequate

    Reply
  1164. Thomas Alan Nakashima

    Awesome Luis,
    Out of all the field test, I thought you truly captured Lil Havana from your heart! Beautiful 28mm Summaron, I love the compact tiny non-intrusive lens. The way you were right in the faces of your subjects and you seem to go unnoticed. Fantastic coverage and video.

    Reply
  1165. Jeff

    Hi David, after months of wanting I have finally but the bullet and I received my SL2 on Friday. As with the Q2 I find the menus and set up very friendly and easy to navigate. The only thing I haven’t been able to find is the color settings. The second thing I set, after turning the sound features off, is the color space. Can you tell me where I can ensure the camera is set to Adobe rgb rather than srgb?
    Thanks!
    Jeff

    Reply
  1166. Alex

    There is noctilux 0.95, which I shoot very often. But my favorite is the Canon 50/1. 2 M39 from 1963. In my opinion, this lens has an exceptional pattern.

    Reply
  1167. bchalifour

    Hi thank you for your very comprehensive and educational tests (and videos). You and Josh are doing a terrific job in educating us in everything Leica… and probably making us spend more on Leica equipment than we originally expected to. Your videos and reviews comforted me in my decision to get an M10 monochrome (that I have been using for 4 1/2 months now) and in my observations that 1-I definitely had to expose for the highlights because they get blown out easily if the camera is set for a regular exposure (versus a -1 or -2 compensation—thank you for carefully explaining why) 2-there is a lot to be recovered from the shadows (so, yes, good latitude exposure as long as one takes care of the details in the highlights) 3-using high ISO with this camera is pretty amazing (I started with film decades ago (M2, M3, M6…) and was reluctant to go past 3200 ISO (old stupid habits!) … but I am past that thanks to your example and reviews! I am even considering auto ISO more frequently which is another change you generated!. By the way I would also like to thank Josh for his recommendation of the 50 mm summarit that I have been really enjoying for the past 6 months: I love its sharpness, compactness (including its lens-shade). Finally any advice regarding the way the M10 mono renders B&W (presets?) as I am starting to get the results I want/need (pre-visualization included) but it took some time and there is still room for improvement (especially compared to your selection of examples). Best,

    Reply
  1168. Rio Krisna Murti

    Hi David, I recently stumbled on your article and about to switch my ME 220 to an M10, I tried M10 and I was worried about its colour rendition on skin tones under challenging artificial light. I am new to the Leica M and I’ve read about how the M10 is closest look to the M9, but I still felt that it still looks different to my eyes. Do you think this is true? And do you have an opinion on this? Also love to have your Lightroom preset making the M240 looking like M9 colour. I know I am about 5 years too late, but I am really nervous about switching to M10. Colour rendition is more important to me than low light capability etc. Many many thanks beforehand hopefully You read this message.

    Rio –

    Reply
  1169. GianLuca

    David,
    thanks, very interesting indeed.
    One thing comes out for sure, from this tests… you love Italian cuisine!
    Greetings from Milano,
    -Gian

    Reply
  1171. Alexander Rosser

    Great pics. Great adventure. I’m very envious.

    I have an SL myself and I’m still a little confused as what should be my “favourites menu” (The one that comes up by the upper left button). What do you have? A pic or listing would be welcome.

    Alex

    Reply
  1172. David Nguyen

    That was nice to hear, hope they add flash support from profoto and a proper face and eyes detects to compete w other brands too. Not that we want everything, but its a nice features to have and excel our creative works at giving situation. We dont mind paying extra for Leica. But Leica needs to step out of their comfort zones and think extra for commercial photographers like us?

    Reply
  1173. engers

    But does it also have the same power problem as the SL2? The inability to shoot 4K or high-speed stills below 75% power is disappointing.

    Reply
    • Stephen

      You can solve the “power problem” on both cameras by using an external power bank (USB PD). If it is strong enough it will provide all the energy the camera needs and the internal battery will stay full. (And so the error message never appears.)
      It is not perfect, but for video you will need a power bank anyway on many cameras, especially as with the SL2-S the 30 minute limit is now gone.

      Reply
  1174. JK LOCKWOOD

    Agree wholeheartedly with your conclusions David. I own an SL Typ 601 and this would be a great upgrade. Leica could have named it the SL MK2. With better low-light performance, IBIS, and a more reasonable pixel count, it is far more appealing to me than 47MP. This would also be a great companion for a CL/M10 owner too, utilizing the same three-button controls to the left of the monitor and newer icon-based menu page. I think there is room in the family for multiple mission-specific SL versions. Buckle up. I predict brisk sales.

    Reply
  1175. Kevin

    “CAPTURE ONE 21 PRO ADDS FULL SUPPORT FOR LEICA” not really, as within the former version, pics from the SL Typ 601 still shows a problem with the white balance tool on my mac.

    Reply
  1176. Nick

    David, this is arguably the best camera review I’ve read not just on the CL but any camera. Thank you for taking the time and effort. Ive owned the CL since August 2020 and it gets used more than my q2. Love it.

    Fair, impartial and balanced with huge depth of content.

    My next camera will be the SL2 47mp and have every intention of keeping the cl.
    Keep up the excellent work.

    Reply
  1177. klibou

    The CL has no way of knowing what aperture you’ve set on an M lens as this is completely mechanical with no electronic relay at all. The digital M cameras feature a secondary light meter above the lens to approximate the aperture value when measured against the ISO and shutter speed value for the recorded picture. Sometimes it’s fairly accurate, but other times varies considerably, depending on the scene.

    Reply
  1179. Stephen

    I have a technical question. In the 25 FPS mode (very high speed) is the bit depth reduced to 12 ? Or is it still 14 bit ? There are some rumors (because other cameras do it that way at 20 FPS and some claim it is “the same” sensor) but I cannot find anywhere real information.
    Can you find out ? Or do you know already ?

    Reply
  1180. Kevin Mallory

    I was intrigued by your experience. I am a q2 owner and I have considered the CL as a companion camera. I primarily shoot family, friends, landscapes, and cityscapes. Could you advise as to what lens you might recommend as complimentary to the q2 given my shooting?

    Reply
  1181. Dr. Robert W Bowman Jr

    “Santa” (heh-heh) gave me a gently used M246 over the holidays, and I just today downloaded your preset for that camera. Thank you very much for making it available, it is a very helpful boost for my LR processing. A question, though: I also have an M262, and I’m assuming the preset for the M240 should give me a leg up for that camera, do you agree? Again thank you for your generosity.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Congrats on the M246. Sweet camera.

      Correct. The M240 preset will work perfectly for the M262 as they share the same sensor and digital pathway.

      Reply
  1183. Clint

    This review is EXACTLY what i needed. I currently own the M10P and SL2 and have been SO tempted by the M10 Mono, but now I feel much better about what I can expect by making the switch, if i decide to do so. Can never have enough Leica, that’s the problem.

    Reply
  1184. Kai

    I work a lot with this Objektiv, its one of the famos optical glas.
    I wrote actually an review about this Leica Summicron 75..

    Maybe you are interested to read it on my site.

    Reply
  1185. J schmid

    Many thanks for this review. What about the sl 50 f2 against the sl 75 f2?

    Bokeh, details. Af for portraits or details? I have m 10 with 24,35,50,90 and now sl to extent to af
    Thanks

    Reply
  1186. nelmur

    The original Noctilux f/1.2 is not a lens I’ve seen a lot of modern reviews of — either on YouTube or written up articles. If the optical character and charm of the original has been preserved when wide open, I am curious how this lens departs from the older one when stopped down, in order to achieve the performance Leica is claiming it delivers on today’s digital sensors (coatings, modern assembly tolerances?).

    Also, for anyone who’s worked with both, I am curious how the character of the lens differs from the Summilux-M ASPH (which I own and love). From these samples, it appears that the out of focus areas take on somewhat of a chaotic energy, rather than the creamy, smoothness of the Summilux.

    Would love to hear more about this and the original as samples become available for testing!

    Reply
  1187. paveldufek

    The photos in the sample gallery look very good. It does not look technically or unbelievably modern. I feel very good about that lens.

    Reply
  1188. Carlos

    Thank you for the effort and detailed test.
    As a Leica shooter I know how to use a lens in a scene. I never run into ISO situations above 3200.
    As I can see aside from resolution and sensor-pixel-size benefits I can’t see any relevant reason to upgrade from a M240 (yes, I know, all shown cameras are better in many aspects, but not enough and not in those I care).
    If so I’d have switched back to Nikon or to Sony/Canon already long ago. Feature and ISO battles are great for curiosity and for non-M shooters.
    What I’m really looking forward:
    – SL2 or TL2 menu system transformed into a new M (icons and larger characters than M10)
    – solid BULB (minimum M10 level)
    – better RF (to further improve easy focus with higher resolution and faster lenses)
    – no rubber-type sealing (deteriorate over time, need no water sealing, but honest clarity about it)
    – optional EVF at SL2 level of quality, not the ugly slow, low-res rubbish we mount on our M’s today
    – battery in-camera charging
    – less AI (I am happy to buy a SL2 or so for Computational AIgraphy, if I so want to have it)
    – top color-quality High-Res back-screen
    – in-camera DNG 2 TIFF/JPG development, maybe into 2nd SD card
    – M4 size and weight
    – hardware self-timer function (button, lever, …)
    – easier iso wheel handling (I’m faster and smoother twisting the iso in menu)
    – keep battery life as on M240 (not M10)
    – video not required (smartphone can do)
    – preset definition in-camera and better default profiles
    – 24-36MP

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      It’s a good start. The cameras do have very similar rendering. I will eventually be updating to add the new SL2-S and M10-R to the preset list.

      Reply
      • Simon H

        Hi David – if you could do this I’m sure it will be greatly appreciated as many have now upgraded to the M10R or have acquired the SL2-S including myself 🙂

      • James Berry

        Thanks David for your hard work with these presets really good!! Jesper, I would recommend with your SL2-S, to use the regular Leica SL (601) preset for now, the Leica SL2 preset is a little too saturation for the SL2-S. I just got my SL2-S earlier this year (2021) as well 🙂 Been using the regular SL (601) preset, then working from there.

  1190. Jack MacD

    I have had success with M10P files in LR but not M10M raw files. Any suggestions?
    The l-camera forum predicts Adobe will correct this error with their next update in March.
    Jack

    Reply
  1191. Wolfram

    With my M10M I can see the rectangle in the EVF but it is not working with the latest Lightroom Classic version.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Depending on your import settings, you may need to go into the Upright control in the Transform palette and click on Guided. This will activate the guides stored in the DNG metadata.

      Reply
  1192. Scott Kirkpatrick

    This is a really nice feature, and framing with the displayed distorted frame is quite a trip. It corrects pitch and roll, but not yaw, since there is no way to detect if you are not pointing square to your object. The information is stored in metadata which is not encrypted, so the correction may one day become available in Capture One or other tools as well. I’d like to see it on the SL and CL as well.

    Reply
  1193. Mistral75

    There is a mistake in the diagrams provided by Leica. Beginning from the sensor side there are:

    – a single element, a doublet and a single element, for a total of 13 elements, as specified in the text, in the lens cut

    – a single element and two doublets for a total of 14 elements in the technical drawing.

    Reply
  1194. Gary

    David, you really out did yourself on this interesting and exhaustive study. Congrats

    Reply
  1196. Kasey0012

    A hidden magnetically sealed pocket sits just beneath the top flap, and is the perfect spot to conceal high value goodies like your wallet, phone, passport or cash.

    Reply
  1197. Charles Williams

    It would be nice on the Q2, as would a better eye detect. We can but hope.

    Reply
  1199. Leic

    Bonjour,
    Excellents tests, bravo.
    Cependant, je regrette qu’on aborde pas les résultats quand on cropp! Merci

    Reply
  1200. Epddenoia

    I viewed the video on downloading firmware updates (M 10) and it looked easy….. BUT I get this message

    There is no application set to open the document “M10-P-3.21.3.50-Customer(1).FW”.

    I searched the App Store …. found Leica Acquire but it was of no help.

    Please help me
    Manny DeNoia
    rdenoia@me.com
    3/2/2021

    Reply
  1201. Jeff Pittman

    Thank you David for another terrific monochrom test. While I am still likely to purchase the M10-M to pair with my M10-P, the Q2 Monochrom is very compelling too!

    Reply
  1202. Carlos

    this lens is created so you can use the AI capabilities of the M12 to the fullest, and already the few computational photography features of the M11.
    Now I’d like to see what Leica is preparing on cloud-based intelligence of picture analysis working the files shot with such a lens.
    this lens is too good for a M10
    and it shows, that whoever builds big lenses and to hold them better a bigger camera with a big grip hasn’t done his homework or is just lazy selling mirrorless in big cheaper boxes.
    mirrorless was supposed to be compact and small and aside from olympus / M4/3 this is the most promiment proof that it is possible for any good quality expected today and with leice for quality needed in future generations.

    Reply
  1204. Paul

    This is terrible news. Leica really need to do something to try to get their prices under control.
    Their products should be more accessible to more people. But over the last 10 years the prices have dramatically exceeded inflation.
    Manufacturing in Portugal is a good idea but you are only saving at best 10% which doesn’t make it worth it (resale value will be lower).
    I understand more than anyone of the need for high end products in the portfolio but I also want to see the M system in the hands of more people not less.

    Reply
  1205. Paul

    Astonishing performance.
    Time to sell a kidney…
    To the commenter above, the M camera is not the platform for computational photography or AI.
    It makes so sense on that camera.

    Reply
  1207. Bertil A-t

    Hello. I read about the camera back pack-idea. I could fill in with another idea. The swedish company “Fjällräven” manufactures a photo bag with flexibel interior,but the great thing added is that this is also an ‘insert’,so you could place this insert into your ordinary bags or rucksacks and also it does not cry out that you are bringing your gear with you.

    Reply
  1208. Bob

    As I understand it, the April 1 price increases came as a result of inflation, global economic circumstances and a weakening U.S. dollar. All of these factors are completely out of Leica’s control.

    Leica M cameras and lenses are like Patek Philippe timepieces – the wealthy can easily afford them, and the rest of us have to scrape, skimp, save and sacrifice to be able to afford them.

    The thing is, people want what they want and they want it now with no sacrifice required, therefore we have a lot of people who hate Leica – which is an extremely childish way of thinking.

    If a person is truly committed to photography and desires a Leica M camera, they will find a way or make a way to become a Leica M owner. Nothing in life that is worth owning comes easy (unless you happen to be wealthy). Some things require work and sacrifice. Leica M cameras happens to be one of those things.

    Reply
  1210. David Shaw

    At some point will you be doing a preset for the Q2M, or in your experience are the ones for the Q2 applicable?

    Reply
  1212. Stephen

    The size comparisons are always a bit stupid. The SL lens is bigger because it is part of a series that is designed to be of equal size and weight. So this SL lens is unnecessarily big. So it is no surprise that most other lenses are clearly smaller.

    Reply
  1213. Stephen

    Could you make a comparison between this lens and the SL 16-35 at 28mm ? With a lot of photos if possible.
    I own the zoom, but do not really know if I need the prime lens as well, as the zoom already offers excellent IQ. (I often use the 28mm focal length.) Yes, the prime is a little smaller and offers f 2.0. But the price also needs to be taken into account.

    Reply
  1214. Daniel Haug

    This is a welcome addition to the platform. Wondering if Leica will incorporate perspective control like the one recently implemented in the M-series bodies?

    Reply
  1216. Wojtek

    Hey, how does this lens compare to the new Sigma 24-70/2.8? Is there ANY difference between those two except the red dot and price? They even zoom in the same direction (which is the exact opposite to every other Leica lens)

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Construction and ergonomics are certainly different. They feel entirely different in hand, with the Leica featuring an all-metal barrel and the standard, great feel of focus and zoom rings. The Sigma feels and sounds hollow and plasticky, and has a very grindy plastic-on-plastic feel on the zoom and focus rings. And optically, based on our internal head-to-head testing, the Leica offered superior results. Now, this might be purely down to Leica’s more stringent quality control requirements and tighter tolerances, but that is also something that you are guaranteed to get with the Leica lens. For a full breakdown and to see the testing, check out our Red Dot Forum Camera Talk episode on the 24-70 f/2.8 lens here: https://youtu.be/IAxlRBSD2jQ

      Reply
      • Jacob H.

        Could the difference in image quality come from a better in-camera lens correction profile? So the Vario-Elmar is better ‘tuned’ to the SL2 compared to the standard Sigma 24-70/f2.8 DG DN lens? I’ve seen before that lens correction through software (distortion, vigneting and loca) comes at the expense of corner/edge sharpness and contrast.

  1217. David H Dennis

    This seems like fantastic news for people like me, who have always wanted a SL but balked at the admittedly staggering price. I think this makes the cost within a few dollars of the Nikon D6 + 24-70 lens. So congratulations Leica!

    Don’t worry I still want the 90-280 which is so great for butterflies, as you illustrated in your review :).

    Reply
  1218. klaus

    Does this combo (Sl2-S + new lens) really beat the Q2 in anything but interchangability?

    Reply
    • Michael

      The fixed 28mm f/1.7 on the Q2 combined with the crop frame gives an ability to give JPGs at 28, 35, 35 & 75mm but it is still a 28mm lens. The 24-70mm maybe a zoom but is an optical variation using the full 47MP of the SL3 (or 24MP of the SL2-S). So yes, it gives a lot more than just interchangeability.

      Reply
  1219. Klaus

    David, you’re really good at this. Great story teller, technician, and artist. Well done!

    Reply
  1220. PeterMike

    Did I hear correctly that Leica was going to release new firmware for the SL-2 lenses that would allow for adjustment of focus throw? I have been waiting for this but seen no announcement of such. Thanks in advance…Peter

    Reply
  1221. tbharti

    Hi David, I have an ASC edition and the linked firmware file doesn’t work. Do you know if there is supposed to be another file?

    Reply
  1222. Jack Mac

    Thank you Kirsten,
    Always a fun read and I usually get new ideas.
    The eyelead mini air blower has been ordered.
    I tried to order Josh’s business cards but there was no link.

    Reply
    • Avatar photo
      Kirsten Vignes

      Thanks for reading! It’s always fun to put these together and to see how our bags have changed over time. The mini Eyelead is a game changer! I bet if you asked Josh nicely he’d send you a few business cards.

      Reply
  1223. Robert

    Do you not provide the “solution” or the real camera you used after voting for it? Would be nice to see whether one guesses right or wrong.

    Reply
  1226. Isophiles

    All we wanted was an MD in black paint or just black paint as a regular option like it used to be. Getting sick of Leica’s marketing.

    Reply
  1227. Kai

    I can not believe the CL gets several updates and in contrast the SL2 has not seen any within the last year to solve the known and well reported firmware issues.

    Reply
  1228. David Thompson

    David-

    Thank you for the content on RedDot Forum. I find your videos and other information so helpful and informative.

    Quick question-on the new firmware update for my M240. What does the update change? I didn’t notice anything different in the menu. I also wanted to know if I should execute both updates…one apparently being for lens update.

    Thank you in advance for your insight.

    Dave

    Reply
  1229. Carlos Manuel Martins Nunes

    Thanks a lot for your review. But is the 35mm Summilux an APO ? Considering the CA issues I believe it isn`t, right ?

    Reply
  1230. Dan

    Thanks for sharing. Iceland has come a long way from my days there in 1979-82. The waterfalls appear to have not changed in the slightest. What? No Blue Lagoon shots?

    Reply
  1231. Dan

    Sadly, there is a bunch of focus hunting with this adapter. Unfortunately, it makes for a rather large package–the AF-S Nikkor 24-70 f/2.8E on an SL or SL2 body. Battery usage is significantly accelerated. But, at least we now have an option to use very fine Nikkor optics on the SLs.

    Reply
  1232. jason gold

    I did portraiture for many years, thousands..
    DSLR/SLR or viewfinder?
    My M3 is my favorite, especially in envoirmental settings.
    Even tired after days shooting at a function, the RF could guarantee perfect focus.
    I quit hi-speed lenses decades ago. No f1,4 or faster..
    The “f2,0” perfect. Leica images even on negatives look different.

    Reply
  1233. Timothy Gasper

    Uneffin believable photos. Just can’t believe how crisp, pure and sharp these are. Love the camera and will think seriously about getting one. Just don’t know how to keep it a secret from my lovely wife. It’s death to me if she sees me with another camera.

    Reply
  1234. Eugene Sparks

    Excellent reporting with tons of great info. It is because of your Camera Talk show and THIS article I pulled the trigger and bought from YOU, a complete CL kit. Body in silver, all the primes and the 11-23 Vario zoom. Arriving today and I cant hardly wait. Jose and Josh have been taking good care of me. Going to Seattle to see Curtis Salgado in concert this weekend and I look forward to putting the CL through its paces. While I have been a pro wedding photographer for over 30 years (Analog Medium format) I am a novice with digital, so I taking the full dive into the world of digital thus I am fleshing out my kit. A couple of week ago I got a Q2 and that was the deciding factor for me. WOW I was blown away. Shortly after that I discovered that Red Dot on YouTube was affiliated with Leica Miami, so I purchase my new Q2M from you also.

    One thing that was very evident to me is that all of the lenses have a similar look and color signature so it is apparent that the were well engineered to tight tolerances to provide consistency to the user. They all look SO fantastic. The are very smooth and sharp as a take without show any clinical characteristics. The fact that you said you were able to carry the entire kit with you at around 10lbs. without experiencing fatigue Was put it over the top for me. All those year doing wedding took their toll on my body and unfortunately I am now paying the price.

    Anyway, Thanks again and keep up the great work.

    Reply
  1235. Gerrit Kracht

    I bought the SL2 a while ago, didn’t get a M-adapter for free then. I feel a little screwed.

    Reply
  1236. Eugene Sparks

    David,

    Your attention to detail and meticulous implementation meaningful testing is incredibly helpful to all that view this. You cover all bases for those wishing to understand all the strengths and weaknesses of the competing systems which allows the potential consumer to make the most informed decision as related to their individual need.

    I applaud your dedication and willingness to share your depth of knowledge with the Leica family. Thank you so much for what you have done here. It is because of this sort of in depth and impartial information that has made me an exclusive Leica Miami customer since I have discovered you. The world of retail could all learn a thing or two from your outstanding business model.

    Reply
  1237. Mark S

    Hi and thanks for the firmware info. My 50 1.4 lens automatically initiated a firmware update after the sl2 was updated to verion 3.0. The lens version now reads version 2.1. I downloaded the sl lens firmware update 5.0 from the leica website but when I try to update the lens, I get a screen that says “update file is the same version as current firmware”. Any thoughts? Thanks!

    Reply
  1238. Calvin

    Yes, both my 24-90 and 50 cron say that they are version 2.1. The cron was on the SL2 when it did the update and the lens update was automatically initiated. This didn’t happen when I attached the 24-90 though, but still said 2.1 even though I didn’t see any update procedure being carried out.

    Reply
  1239. JOHN LOCKWOOD

    Thanks David. I appreciate that Leica has not abandoned us SL (601) users. It is STILL a whale of a camera, which BTW, I’ve never had to manually set the Date or Time! 😉

    Reply
  1240. David Berry

    I have a SL2s ~ My understanding is that the lens would be updated the same time as the camera’s firmware was updated. My 20-70 SL lens still shows 1.0.
    What did I do wrong or is there a separate update for the lens?

    Reply
    • John Harper

      I had the same result. After updating the SL2-S camera with the SL 24-70mm attached, the lens still shows version 1.0.

      Reply
  1241. John Jury

    Same here, updated my SL2 to version 4 and 24-90mm lens to version 2.1.
    However attaching 90-280mm lens shows “No firmware on SD card”

    Reply
  1242. John Jury

    In accordance with the Press Release Notes, a Lightroom Tethered Plugin is also available, but I have been unable to locate the download.

    Reply
  1243. gabriel.photos

    Same here, updated the SL2 with 24-90 attached, body upgraded but 24-90 maintained same version, with that lens attached, I proceeded to put the lens firmware on SD Card, tried to upgrade but says it is the same version…. I switched to the 50mm F2, the update started the instance I turned on the SL2 and not manually with the firmware file for the lenses. The Lens firmware file did not upgraded the lenses to version 5.0…

    Reply
  1244. Gregory Gibbs

    I note that V5 lens firmware is listed as available for some sl lenses (including the 90-280) but not the 24-90 – both of which were part of the initial sl lens release with the 601 camera??

    Reply
  1246. Gabriel Perez Rodriguez

    Hi,

    I contacted Leica, this was the response:

    “Both of my lenses are reading fw 2.1 after the update.

    They will not read 5.0.

    The lens firmware was also incorporated into the SL2 firmware version 3.0.
    If you lenses needed an upgrade the camera fw can do that.

    The only real change was to add the 16-35 and the 50mm 1.4 to have manual focus adjust capability.”

    Reply
  1247. Jeff Ellis

    Does the SL2-S use the same preset as the SL2? Just asking as I use the CL and Q preset and like those, but have a SL2-S on it’s way

    Reply
  1248. Kenny

    My SL2 isn’t detecting the firmware on the SD card. The firmware is on the card, in the main directory and I’m putting the card into slot one – without a card in slot 2.

    Any ideas how to fix?

    Reply
  1251. Andrew

    Great review! I’m thinking of picking up this lens to use with an SL2 as I prefer the look of it compared to the more recent APOs. However, I would like to shoot video as well – given the slower autofocus of this lens, would subject tracking in video be massively impeded?

    Reply
  1253. Rodrigue

    Would love to trade my Canon 5D MK4 / Canon lenses for an SL / lenses system.
    I already use the Q and M for many special fashion shoots, having the SL would complete my Leica arsenal.

    Reply
  1254. Nezikin

    David,
    For jpeg images without post production, how much better is Q2M image right from camera at normal iso as compared to Q2 jpeg image using in camera monochrome mode?
    Trying to chose between the two, and seeing if worth to give up color.

    Reply
  1255. John Houston

    I already have an M9 and two M lenses and a Leica Q and am really disappointed that, as I have 3 Nikon cameras that I would love to trade to upgrade M9 to M10 or possibly SL2 but the 3 Nikon bodies are not full frame and don’t qualify..I am disappointed I that I am excluded from this fabulous offer.

    Reply
  1256. Benedikt

    Brilliant presets! Have tried it to the M and Q series and thought in both cases the results to be amazing. Have applied them now as standard for my importants

    Reply
  1257. Rex Michael Gigout

    This page is so very useful, as I decide whether to buy an M10 Monochrom, or, to be content with my Type 246 Monochrom and M10 cameras, and instead add a nice lens. Thanks, for taking the time, and making the effort, to shoot these images, and create this page content.

    Reply
  1259. JamesP

    I’m guessing that the Visoflex 2 does not have GPS, since the M11 can get that from the Leica Photos app?

    Reply
  1260. Jay

    Fantastic images David! Thanks for sharing your thoughts on the M11 and sharing your shots. Spectacular!

    Reply
  1261. Daryl

    David, I enjoy reading your reviews because they are so thorough, I come back years later and get answers to the subtle nuances difficult to find otherwise. Does the M11 have level adjustment? The original M10 didn’t and I am not seeing any information on this,

    Reply
    • Darrel Crilley

      I’m struck by how much you used the 35 APO. It’s clearly a match made in Leica nirvana when you have the combination in hand. I presume it’s borderline addictive.

      Reply
  1262. Dadou

    Dear David,

    Your article is , as usual, brillant, like you !
    You mentioned “Leica M11 with APO-Elmar-M 24mm f/3.8 ASPH” – This lens does not exist. You mind-Elmar-M 24mm f/3.8 ASPH , without APO. it is a detail, just to help you, for being near perfection

    On my humble point of view, only 2 Leica M lenses are today catching and reaching 60 MB : Leica M APO 35mm and Leica M APO 50 mm. Rest of the range not. Old lenses M are compatible, but not giving the full power of the image quality we can expect.
    If you have a look on files done with M11 and 1,4/ 21mm, you can see colorcast (see files on Leica Website from Oliver vogler – reference pm-64361-M11_f8_1-125sec_ISO64_2.tif ) That means we need a APO 21mm ASPH …. Like it will with the SL range.

    Sensor Issue
    For sure M11 is not using any more ST Micro sensor.
    This new type of sensor – backlighted sensor – degrades very quickly over time, it is bright at first, then its lifespan deteriorates, by the colors we check it each time.

    Leica’s choice to go so high in resolution, without having the full range of lenses and to choose an semi/amateur-type sensor, is a radical change in policy. Does “Quality over time” exist ? Fact is that the full range of M lenses does not cover full resolution of sensor. Your Elmarit 90mm will never be able to fill every pixel – for 60 MB, it will cover the surface, without giving the optical resolution for the 60MB. So does Leica has to rethink its whole range of lenses ? … If yes, They have work to do, without the Master, Peter Karbe has retired!

    Your article(s) is always appreciate for the quality and the knowledge.

    Warm regards

    Reply
    • Michael

      To give you also the chance to be near perfect.. “Resolution for the 60 MB” What does the “MB” stand for? Megabixel?

      Reply
      • dadou

        (XX Mega Pixels) + (XX Bit)s + (XX Blendenstufen) = XX Millions PBB
        or in résumé XX MB 60 MB

        For M11
        60 MP + 14 Bits + 15 Blendenstufen

        See in German language
        mit einer Auflösung von 14 Bit erfasst und die Dynamik erreicht bis zu 15 Blendenstufen.

        with this code, MB instead of MP you give attention to a mix of resolution/Color depth/ Dynamic range . For the M11 you see that the sensor is giving more than 15 for dynamic range, which is new. BR jj

    • Sam Roberst

      This is not true and not how it works. Thorsten Overgaard describes this in detail.
      It’s lens resolving power X camera sensor resolving power. Both are < 1.
      When you have more camera sensor MP, you are increasing the image quality, Regardless of lens used.
      Obviously, using a lens with higher resolving power will give you better image quality; but it’s not correct to say that 60MP is “too much” for let’s say a classic lens.

      Also, the sensor deterioration claim is complete nonsense.

      Reply
  1263. bbenowitz

    So sad they didn’t correct (remake) the viewfinder mechanism at least… even if there wasn’t a EVF built in.

    Reply
  1264. Jeff Pittman

    David,
    You certainly covered a lot of ground with the M11 in a short period of time! Thanks for the terrific review and beautiful images. As I often do with your reviews, I’ll be coming back time and time again to re-read the information you have provided. As a side note, your images with the 18mm /3.8 APSH lens have put that one on my wish list – I hadn’t really considered buying it before now.
    Best regards

    Reply
  1265. peter

    nice review. now people can see what this camera is capable of in the right hands.
    and it was nice to see some of my old haunts from the 80’s

    Reply
  1266. didier

    Thank you very much for the very interesting review, and the absolutely stunning pics !

    Reply
  1267. Nigel Balchin

    Hi David,
    An extremely comprehensive and very helpful review with a wonderful selection of photos.
    Great work!
    Thanks also for your many Red Dot Camera Talk two hour videos which for me, based in the Philippines, provides by far the best source of information on Leica cameras.
    All the best.

    Reply
  1268. Eric Bornstein

    Hi David,
    Thank you for the great review. In the article you indicate that the Pixel Binning is accomplished in hardware. Do you know if this results in a shorter sensor scan time? Might make sense to use the S-DNG setting to when using the rolling shutter.
    Best,
    Eric

    Reply
  1269. Pompo

    Fantastic photos!
    What about rolling shutter with electronic shutter? Someone should test at least people crossi g the street with electronic shutter to see how good/bad it is the distortion.

    Reply
  1270. KeithM

    Get thee behind me, Satan! 😉
    Thanks for such a comprehensive and persuasive review of the M11. I can afford the camera but can I afford a divorce…?
    Anyway, it is a good thing (for me) that even after almost two years of M10M usage I am still so enamoured by it that my M240 has mostly been gathering dust on the shelf.

    Reply
  1272. Robert McCullar

    David,
    Your narrative erased any doubt I may have had about upgrading from an M10 to the M11, and as if I needed confirmation your photos provided further proof that the M11 is an outstanding camera taking the capabilities of the M10 to a whole new level.

    I have placed an order, and now I pray for patience while awaiting delivery.

    Reply
  1273. msnyderfoto

    David, did you notice any banding when using the electronic shutter in artificial light. My X-Pro2 is prone to this (my Digital Ms are not, obviously). It’s a problem that I wasn’t aware of until I just about ruined a shoot in a seemingly routine location with fluorescent lighting.

    Reply
  1274. Jacob H.

    Thank you David for another excellent in-depth review. Josh and you are the go-to experts on anything Leica. As an M7, M10 and Q2M owner I can sense an upcoming inanition of my wallet 😉 although at the expense of the M10.

    One thing puzzles me though. I guess it’s fair to say that the 60MP sensor is probably (based on specs and pixel pitch) a Sony sensor also used in the A7RIV and in Fuji’s X-T4 and GFX100 (although ‘cut’ to different sizes). Obviously, Leica customized the micro-lenses and filters and has a different processor and processing algorithms, but Sony also offers triple raw resolution in its A7RIV. I assume that also works with pixel binning as there’s no sign of using only part of the sensor for the lower res settings (otherwise there would be a crop factor). However, Sony doesn’t mention increased high ISO-performance for lower res settings. What does Leica do differently with this sensor and pixel binning? Just very curious…

    Reply
  1276. Milad

    Hey guys… is there any explanations why the old visoflex does not work on the new M11, but the new visoflex works on the M10? i dont understand, why leica is forcing me to buy the new visoflex, when i already have one.

    Reply
  1277. David Reams

    Great overview but you neglected to mention the Leica T-S Apo-Elmar-S. This is a great lens for product and landscape applications and gets very little press.

    Reply
  1278. Tami Howard

    David,
    Even today your review of the Lux-SL 50mm f1.4 is very interesting reading. Did you do a similar review on the APO-Cron-SL 50mm f2?

    Reply
  1279. Dirk

    It would be nice if the unedited DNG files for the great photos were available for download. Otherwise no one can make their own picture of the quality of the shots. JPGs are unfortunately not suitable to qualitatively judge e.g. the dynamic range or the sharpness

    Reply
  1281. Fazal Majid

    I waited for the official firmware to drop on their site today, as while you are connected to Leica, it’s not good security practice to download and install software from a third-party site (and who is Ludwig, may I ask?)

    I did encounter an issue after the firmware was installed and the camera power-cycled: it would get stuck and unresponsive. I fixed this by removing the SD card and reformatting it outside the camera. Presumably the firmware update on the card, or possibly the user profiles it asked me to save on it before the upgrade, were giving it heartburn.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Understand your concerns. Ludwig is the internal codename of the camera. We host the firmware files since Leica has a bad habit of moving or removing the files. This allows our users to find and download older versions of firmware that Leica no longer provides access to.

      Reply
    • Fabien

      Same here, just got an M11. The M10 profile is already improving the RAW I get from the camera tho.

      Reply
  1286. Tami

    Dear RDF,
    Thanks for the Warning! Glad I have my M10Monochrom. The SL system shocker is the Lux-SL 50 f1.4 –glad I got a beautiful used copy.

    Reply
  1287. CHRISTIAAN HOUGAERTS

    Concerning the IP52 rating on LEICA Q2 REPORTER: This IP ( Ingress Raring) rating is incomprehensible.

    The first number concerns protection against the introduction of solid matters ..The number 5 tells us that the product is protected against dust in such a way that dust does not enter the housing as to harm the functioning of the camera.No harmful deposits.
    The second number concerns the protection against fluids ( most of the cases it will be water/ rain). The number 2 indicates that the product is protected against drops of water spray less than 15° inclination from vertical .
    The 5 and the 2 are against any logic. With a 5 as first digit in an IP rating, we would expect a 4 , not a 2 for the second digit.
    A 4 indicates water spray coming from all directions

    Yours sincerely

    Reply
    • Mark Reeves

      Hello. Why does Leica insist on not offering a square 1 to 1 aspect ratio. It could be such a great extra and tool to have in the street or field. Please could you inquire. Thankyou Mark .

      Reply
  1288. Clayton Smith

    I was led to believe that the price for the APO 35mm lens, if on order (my order was like three or four months ago) would be honored. Please advise.

    RGDS / Clayton Smith

    Reply
    • Clayton Smith

      I was led to believe that the price for the APO 35mm lens, if on order (my order was like three or four months ago) would be honored. Please advise.

      RGDS / Clayton Smith

      Reply
  1290. Richard Chambers

    David – I have a Leica M10-P with firmware version 2.7.5.0. When I follow the recommended procedures for installing version 3.21.3.50 it just doesn’t work. When I go to the “camera information” part of the menu it isn’t activated even though I’ve previously formatted the card before loading the update and charged the battery to 100%. Any suggestions? The reason I would like to upgrade is that I’ve started seeing a black screen intermittently in the rangefinder.

    Thanks,
    Richard Chambers

    Reply
  1291. Kanashi

    Is there anyone that can miss the original (corroded) Leica M9 IR glass? I would like to do some experiments with it. Thanks.

    Reply
  1292. Bill

    does the M10-P ‘ASC 100 EDITION’
    only have 1 version of firmware so far? or do you have a new one?

    Reply
  1295. GB Packers

    Hi David, two questions on this article:
    1) Do you have plan to update presets for newly released camera, such as Q2 Monochrom, SL2-S, M10-R, etc.?
    2) Do you have the chance to test if these presets work in other versions of LR?
    Thanks
    Joseph

    Reply
  1296. Rudiger Wolf

    David, Just caught up on Saturday’s show. Love those programs. You mentioned that your typical gear is an SL2 and Q2 Monochrome. I am thinking about focusing on the M11 as my main landscape camera. Any pros/cons as to why you are using the SL2 vs the M11 for landscape? Would really appreciate better understand your thought process in selecting the SL2 over the M11. Thanks

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      The M11 is an incredible and capable camera, no doubt there. But I lean on the SL2 for my landscape photography for few reasons. The SL2 and SL lenses are fully weather sealed. In many of the locations I go to, weather sealing is a must-have. The worst weather often makes for the best pictures, so not having to worry about the gear goes a long way to focusing on the task at hand. Secondly, the lenses of the SL system allow for greater creative flexibility and working speed. With three zooms, I cover everything from 16 to 280mm. Less lens changing amplifies the previous weather sealing point and being able to quickly move between wide and tele allows for more nimble shooting and precise composition. Lastly, the SL2 ergonomics and EVF are tough to beat for landscape. Six assignable custom buttons, extremely rapid operation handheld or tripod-mounted and an unrivalled EVF live view experience are perfectly suited to landscape photography. Multishot and IBIS also contribute to the overall SL2 advantage here as well. Hope this helps.

      Reply
  1297. Wesley

    My CL has 4.0. Where can I find 4.1. You said its released but i do no see a download option for it. Please advise.
    New to Leica

    Reply
  1298. Peter

    Amazing review. Thorough and detailed. Despite the camera seemingly being discontinued, I picked one up after your review confirmed this is the camera I need. Thank you for going through all the lenses and your thought process on why you prefer the ones you do.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Glad you found it helpful. I still continue to use my CL for more casual endeavors and am always pleased by the ease of use, compact size and resulting image quality.

      Reply
  1299. Izzy osman

    After updating, I’m finding my Q2 to be a little sluggish after taking photos and reviewing them.

    Reply
  1300. Steph Aubrey

    “Additional functions for direct access added to FN button

    Leica has provided a lot more options to the assignable function buttons, for a grand total of 55 possible choices, up from 31 possibilities from the previous firmware. When combined with the power of User Profiles, the SL2 and SL2-S are remarkably customizable.”

    Now, more than ever does one need the ability to pare down the list of available options on a long press of the FN button! So many to scroll through to find what I’m looking for…

    Reply
  1301. Bill D

    There are so many photography YouTubers – some with enormous subs numbers – who are can produce professional looking videos, yet who have no discernible artistic ability when it comes to actually making pictures. As a result, so much of what I see doesn’t rise above the level of casual snapshots. The Dunning-Kruger effect demonstrated for all.

    But I have to say, David, looking at your work is incredibly refreshing. Not only is this about as thorough a technical review of the M11 as one could hope for, the photos are stunning. Seeing so many beautiful shots in this review is not just refreshing, it’s inspirational. I love NYC and it gives me some great ideas for my next trip. Thanks.

    Reply
  1302. Ana Vazquez

    Hi! I have a Leica C-Lux, I already have the new software in the root directory of the sim card and still showing “No valid picture to play”. How can I solve this? Thanks for your help!!

    Reply
  1303. Anders Åhlund

    After updating my SL2 to FW 4.0 and import old user profile this issue appears:
    In the LCD screen the number in the user figure (head and shoulder) disappear ofter switch of an on the camera and in the main meny as well. No user profile indicate as active but they are exept for indication!!!
    No help from Leica support in Germany get.

    Reply
  1304. Ante@Reddot21

    After updating my SL2 to FW 4.0 and import old user profile this issue appears:
    In the LCD screen the number in the user figure (head and shoulder) disappear ofter switch of an on the camera and in the main meny as well. No user profile indicate as active but they are exept for indication!!!
    No help from Leica support in Germany get.

    Reply
  1305. Tom Reed

    I’m brand new to Leica. I have the 4.0 firmware on the SD card, but it won’t update through the menu. What is the “record” button that you press when you turn it on (from the reddot you tube video)? Maybe that will auto start the firmware update. Many thanks–Tom

    Reply
    • Josef Pittner

      I was able to update the firmware to ver 2.0 but my Q2 Monochrom won’t find ver 4.0 either. Did you find a fix?

      Reply
  1306. Greg DeMichillie

    Don’t know if it’s fixed, it earlier today the file downloaded with the wrong name and the SL2 wouldn’t recognize it. The solution was to rename it to “SL2__41_.lfu” (in other words, remove the extra underscore zero at the end) before copying it to the SD card and it works fine.

    Reply
    • Wook Chang

      Many thanks for the solution.
      I deleted ‘_0’ from the firmware filename, and the firmware installed correctly

      Reply
    • Mary

      Thank you for posting this. Very helpful even for the SL2S firmware file!

      Reply
  1307. Wook Chang

    Firmware 4.0 had a APO-Summicron bug, and now 4.1 of 120,860 KB, has a bug of 0 byte content, displaying the error message, “no firmware on SD card.”

    Reply
  1308. gabrielpr

    Same here, I had to rename the file to SL2__41_.lfu in order for the camera to start the firmware update. I removed the “_0”.

    Reply
    • gabrielpr

      I just saw that the Leica fotos app had the notification for the update, I’m wondering if the update works through the app, I’ll try next time…

      Reply
      • Bernard Schneider

        I just updated the firmware on my Q2 using the FOTOS app., much easier than using an SD card.

  1309. David Farkas

    Thanks for the feedback. We’ve updated the firmware file with the extra “_0” in the name to be correctly recognized by the camera. Not sure why Leica provided a file with the wrong name, but we’ve fixed it on the Red Dot Forum FTP server.

    Reply
    • Mary

      Just FYI, not sure if just me but I had trouble with the SL2-S File. I noticed the file had a dash instead of underscore between the SL2 and S. When I switched to an underscore it worked but wouldn’t work with the original dash. Thanks for posting this info and the comments. Very helpful

      Reply
  1310. Jean-Michel Komarnicki

    Thanks for the download link.
    I wonder if an issue I have with FOTOS is something that has an obvious solution: I cannot get the Bluetooth menu option to go from OFF to ON, no mater what i try. There are no cameras in the FOTOS app until I add the SL2.

    I have no L lenses, so the M-L adapter is mounted. Is that an issue?

    Thanks

    Reply
  1311. Michael

    So the part where you can adjust the shadows and highlights is only for video?
    For photos I always bump the shadows and take back the highlights on all my photos in post. Would be cool to have it automatically do it in camera.

    Reply
  1312. Kevin Edwards

    Hi David,

    A great article that is an excellent reference source. In the table for the equivalent focal length and dof aperture you have listed the Summicron-S 100mm as f1.5 instead of f1.6 (f2.0 x 0.8 = 1.6) is there a reason for this difference?

    Reply
  1317. JimCarry

    Thank you so much for telling us about this! Do you still know something about how you can find such events or parties?

    Reply
  1318. chantal

    HI,
    I have since along the D-Lux 6. Is there any last firmware. I have only the 1.0.
    I found on the list update for D-Lux 5 and D-Lux 7 but nothing for D-Lux 6.
    Thanks in advance.
    Regards,
    Chantal

    Reply
  1319. Kin

    Excellent review David.
    Convinced me in late 2019 to buy a CL, 5 lenses and a second hand TL as back-up.
    I love using these so much that my Nikon gear is now gathering dust.
    It is disappointing to find out that Leica has discontinued the APS-C range. I was looking forward new products being added to this superb line.
    Thanks David.

    Reply
  1320. Piero

    Thanks for this interesting report. Q2M is purchased. It exceeds my expectations in all areas. No comparison to the first generation Leica Monochrom. A great addition to my GFX100.

    Reply
  1321. John M

    Superb work David – Thank you!
    The Q preset really works well for me.

    Reply
  1322. Sónia Cunha

    Hi All, I have a C-Lux. So after the update (as instructed) and the restart, can I switch off the camera, remove the SD Card and put a new one? Thank you! Sónia

    Reply
  1323. Sónia Cunha

    Hi Ana, did you already manage your problem? I’m afraid I’ll have the same question… Thank you.

    Reply
  1325. mark

    Hey Kirsten! I stumbled across your article (and this forum) after my recent purchase of a Q2. I run the site Shotkit, where we peek inside the camera bags of talented photographers from around the world… so naturally, I loved this article!
    If you or any of the photographers mentioned above would like to submit to be featured on Shotkit, I’m sure our audience would enjoy reading about how they use their Leica gear. They can submit here: https://shotkit.com/submit
    All the best!
    Mark

    Reply
  1326. Marlon

    Hi my Leica m12 freeze on occasions. I have updated to the 1.4 firmware. Is my camera faulty or others are experiencing similar issues.

    Reply
  1327. Matt Lirag

    Way late to this discussion, but thank you David. I wasn’t quite satisfied with the look of my X Vario color images and primarily shot monochrome. Since using your preset I am satisfied with the camera 100% and am using it more.

    Reply
  1328. Jim Stach

    David, I want to acknowledge the enormous help the recent ‘Red Dot Forum’ on the SL2 & SL2s menu settings was. The back button focus using the joystick for picking the focus point and focusing is a game changer for me. As you suggested it immediately improved my image framing with the added pleasure of having in focus exactly what I want. Many of the other suggestions and tips are appreciated as well. I’ll be referring to that video for a while.

    I’ll admit it. I’m a Leica M shooter coming out of the closet declaring a new found joy in mirrorless camera photography.

    Thanks very much for sharing your photography passion….Jim

    Reply
  1329. Jessie Johnson

    How do you engage the perspective corrected meta data in Lightroom when no lens profiles seem available for lenses like the 35mm APO SL or 24-90 SL.

    Reply
  1332. Kate

    This price being so much lower than the FLE I makes me wonder if maybe these are made in Portugal. Is there any chance that’s true? Can anyone confirm one way or the other?

    Reply
    • Rory Jacobs

      Hi Kate. I asked this on Leica Australia’s Instagram page and they confirmed it’s made in Germany.

      Reply
  1333. vanderlende

    Thanks for a great article and beautiful images! I’ve loved the SL Summicrons for a while, currently just using M lenses on my SL2 and SL2-S. I will likely pick up a SL prime soon though!

    Reply
  1334. vanderlende

    Excited to try this out! I haven’t been in a position where I needed the perspective control yet but very happy to have it in my back pocket if needed

    Reply
  1335. Nick

    Great review and astonishing images! Most reviews i have read have terrible, flat images. I have never seen a review with so many great images. Best Regards

    Reply
  1336. Nick

    Forgot to ask, have you done a similarly comprehensive Q2 Review, I would be interested in reading? Best Regards

    Reply
  1337. Cameron

    Curious to why Lightroom is almost always mentioned but never programs that are in many ways superior, such as Capture One?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Capture One is a great choice and offers official support for Leica DNGs. But we do continue to prefer Lightroom for file management and image processing. Lightroom works so well with Leica files due to Leica and Adobe’s close collaboration since 2009. Adobe is a juggernaut in the imaging world. They continue to introduce new and powerful features, constantly improving image quality, processing speed and pushing what can be accomplished in a single end-to-end RAW workflow.

      Choices are great. At the end of the day, use what works best for your photography and workflow. If that’s C1, awesome.

      Reply
  1338. fstop11

    I just received my trusty old (1986 vintage) M6 back from a CLA and MP finder upgrade after being without it for about 6 months, and it felt like the return of an old friend. I’m excited for those who pick up the M6 for the first time and put it to use. It is the (nearly) perfect photographic tool.

    Reply
      • Spindrift

        I had DAG Camera install the flare free optics in my M6 TTL .85 and do a CLA. Cost was $375 and it took about 6 weeks. Very happy with it now!

  1339. walter lopez

    ME ES IMPOSIBLE INSTALAR la nueva vesrion.. simpore me dice que no reconce ela rchivo.. le cambio el nombre pero tampoco.. alguno le paso?

    Reply
  1340. Anjuk

    The M11 does an incredible job at capturing light and makes you feel like you’re creating a scene rather than just snapping a shot. Along with the nearly $4,500 Leica Summilux-M 50mm f/1.4 lens that Leica provided me, the colors and light that the M11 produced felt like the closest replication to what my eyes saw.

    Reply
  1341. Chuck Draper

    I own a leica range finder that is in need of calibration, I can not find any place to help me.
    Would love to keep it but not able to trust it.
    Any help would be greatly appreciated. Thank you.

    Reply
  1342. Michel Tang

    Are there any set up menu for Leica SL2s not SL2 my SL2s doesn’t come out the same when I fellow tutorial menu setup for SL2

    Reply
  1343. bon

    Hi everyone,

    Pretty sure the .bin file is sitting in the top folder. but I still get “no valid picture to play” when the play button is pressed. Thoughts?

    Reply
  1344. Gustavo

    Hi, I use an R 50 1.4 ROM on my SL and I wonder if there is any comparison with the SL 50 1.4. Does the quality of the image increase considerably or is the only addition the autofocus?
    Thanks

    Reply
  1345. Andy Shields

    First off, thank you for what you do. I love the YouTube shows and really appreciate you and Josh taking the time after hours to make them. That said, it’s Leica nerd minutiae time. How can the pre-asph Summilux reissue possibly be brass? It’s weight is listed as 200g, just 15g heavier than the V2 pre-asph at 185g which is absolutely aluminum. The V1 has a steel rim, a “metal” focus tab and an infinity lock. Those additions alone are likely 15g and that leaves nothing for the brass. The otherwise identical 35/2 V1 asph Summicrons see a difference of 85g between barrel constructions. Another fair comparison would be the 28/5.5 Summaron reissue which is brass and weighs 165g. The steel rim is significantly larger, has 10x+ the surface area of glass plus a steel rim. Yet it’s only 35g heavier and allegedly brass? Alright, nerd rant over. I hope this is received in the playful spirit in which it is intended and not as the ravings of some internet monster. Thanks again for all you do!

    Reply
  1346. Davide

    Hi David, thanks for everything you do for Leica fans. You mentioned above (actually a couple of years ago) you wanting to try a M10-R preset eventually. I haven’t seen it yet…still in your plans? Thanks!

    Reply
  1348. walter

    excelente .. David,, mis felicitaciones.. desde aqui en argentina donde no existe la posibilidad de alquilar las camaras para compararlas.. con este articulo…. ya quedas convencido cual camara comprar ..

    Reply
  1349. John

    Just want to leave a comment here for anyone that may have had any issues connecting to your M11 and downloading files to your phone, wirelessly. Turns out, if you use an SD card in your M11 that was formatted with another camera (e.g a Sony Alpha camera), the M11 will write files and retain its own file/folder structure for the Leica files, but it will cause issues reading the files within the Fotos app, consistently. Formatting the SD card with the M11 will resolve the issue. Hope this helps someone.

    Reply
  1350. Steve

    I’ve downloaded the CL 2.0 and 4.0 firmware update. About to download the 4.1 update. Do I need to download each firmware update i.e. 2.1, 3.0, 3.1, etc. to ensure I capture all the updates or will downloading the latest update (4.1) capture ALL the updates?

    Reply
  1351. photog_6

    My M11 update was smooth and uneventful following the provided instructions. I did not have to reset the date and time. But the ‘USB Charge” option changed from YES to NO. My guess is they wanted to make sure the battery was used for the update.

    Reply
  1352. KdeBra

    I have the previous Leica Q with firmware v 3.1 is the Q2 firmware v 4.0 compatible for my camera or is it a dead-end for it ?

    Reply
    • Josh Lehrer

      Are you logging in within the USA or Canada? If not, you won’t see the vouchers – they are specific to the USA and Canada.

      Reply
  1355. Anthony

    Two weeks ago I bought a TL2 that I LOVE (except for the hilarious low light incapability). When I saw this offer, I had to check my budget, then said the hell with the budget! Pulled the trigger on a SL2-S as I dont need 47MP for what I do. Voucher worked perfectly & I’m now (impatiently) waiting on deliver. Went from a Lumix GX85 (not a bad little rig) to TWO Leicas in two weeks.

    Doubt I’ll need another for 10 years…

    Reply
  1356. Shehzad Niazi

    Any idea how to use the High Speed Synch using a Profoto B10X and Profoto Pro Connector? Thank you!

    Reply
  1357. Jamie

    Can’t believe Leica actually did this! Amazing!!! Now they just need to make a constant aperture 16-35. Also do a summicron 28 & a 90 summicron!!

    Reply
  1358. Stephen

    The close focus on the 35mm makes it particularly useful. I could see this as a good choice for those of us that have only the 24-70 zoom. One stop faster and half the weight with similar reproduction ratio and an affordable price.

    Reply
  1359. Jay

    Is this a Leica design and manufacture thru and thru? Or a rebadged/tweaked Panasonic/Sigma design? Not that there’s anything wrong with it (in a Jerry Seinfeld voice).

    Reply
  1361. John

    Nicely done, very comprehensive review. I have an M10 and a slew of M lenses as well as some older Leicas (IIIf , M3, M6) and a Fujifilm system. I continue to have a soft spot for B&W images as that’s how I started 50+ years ago. Although I shoot Tri-X occasionally, I’m seriously considering picking up a used M10M or Q2M – this article and associated side-by-side analysis will be very helpful as I try to decide.
    Thank you!

    Reply
  1362. Michel Seguin

    Sorry to say that updating the firmware to V.1.6.0.0 did not remedy the camera from freezing for everybody. This is my second M11 which replaced the one I bought because of the “freeze”. It’s been a few weeks since I had it and just yesterday this second M11 froze on me …AGAIN…
    When will Leica acknowledge the problem and solve it or reimburse those with the same problem

    Reply
  1363. Jan Bezek

    Hi, I have faced freezing issues since December, I recently replaced the SD card. I am looking forward to installing this update however the firmware upgrade is not enabled / cannot install 1.6.1 (LEICA_M11_V1.6.1.FW).

    Not sure what exactly is going on but I am skeptical.

    Reply
  1364. photog_6

    I downloaded the update file from the link in the email I received from Leica. Drug the file onto a freshly formatted SD card, inserted the card in the camera and performed the update. The update took about 3-4 minutes. Side note: before the update started it asked if I wanted to save my profiles to the card. I selected YES. After the update the profiles were restored.

    Reply
  1365. Dave mattner

    Thank you for the article. Can u explain why the extender is only used on the 100~400mm and no other AL lens ?

    Reply
    • Amlan

      Probably because it’s made by Sigma and Leica never had any input in its design. Just speculating!

      Reply
      • Kay Wills

        Not sure what your original comment was an answer to, but I have owned and used the Sigma 100-400mm for just over two years. Traded it in yesterday for a used Leica Academy 100-400mm Leica SL lens and the difference in image quality is astonishing.
        There is no justifiable comparisons between the two apart from the physical design and grouping of the lens layout. The Glass, QC, Coatings, probably focusing motor and firmware make comparing the two totally different lenses similar to trying to compare a Mini to a Rolls Royce. They both have four wheels, a steering wheel and seats, but that’s where the comparison ends. Unless you have tried both, I would politely ask that you might, and you will be in for a pleasant surprise. I certainly have absolutely no regrets in changing. I just wish I would’ve done it two weeks earlier as I managed to photograph one of only two Kingfishers I have ever seen. I am sure with this new lens the image would’ve been so much sharper and pleasing.

  1366. DonBosco57

    I have just upgraded from my M (Typ 240) to a brand new M11 and immediately installed the latest firmware 1.6.1
    Sadly, I still had two occasions today, where the M11 froze. I have not yet been able to make out any particular camera settings that might lead to the bug. I suspect it is to do with the live view.

    Reply
  1367. Daniel

    This is a great list and very helpful. I’m not a Leica user (I shoot Sony), but happened upon this when searching for clothing to do landscape photography. Much appreciated!

    Reply
  1368. Julian G Halliday

    Nice photos; nice M. But…”ultimate”? I do not think that word means what you think it means. I’m confident that Leica will make another.

    Reply
  1369. Dan

    Thanks for this great article. However, In my humble opinion, your phrase “don’t expect any sacrifice in quality” is missleading, because we all know, it is nowhere near the performance from the APO lenses, as the image look is softer (more Canon-Like) and neither color, sharpness nor booked come close to their big APO-Brothers.
    Also the sounds is more like a Canon, not a Leica. These are excellent starting lenses for people new to Leica, and imho it is amazing they reloaded them, and but any experienced Leica shooter will miss the punch of the famous Leica microcontrast (which come at a price) in their images for sure.

    Reply
  1370. Hamed

    I have installed the latest firmware but my camera still has an issue freezing up and had to send to Leica for repair it is so frustrating and disappointing spending 8000 on a camera and then need to be sent over to Germany to get it fixed and who knows for how long

    Reply
  1371. Karim Ghantous

    When you get around to reviewing this camera, I’d love to know if the tri-res algorithm is different for the Monochrome than it is for the Bayer version. I have a feeling it is.

    Reply
  1372. Liza

    to buy window film you can contact them https://www.window-film-shop.com/ . I know they have the best online window film store and I ordered from them on the advice of my parents. They know how to choose a good product. I think you will definitely like the window film from them

    Reply
  1373. sackim

    La causa más común de los accidentes de peatones es la conducción negligente. Los conductores a menudo hacen un lapsus de buen juicio y se permiten distraer mientras están en la carretera. El uso del teléfono móvil, la conducción en estado de embriaguez, el incumplimiento de las leyes de tránsito y otros comportamientos imprudentes, conducen a accidentes de peatones desastrosos.
    https://abogadosdeaccidentesahora.com/locaciones/abogados-de-accidentes-en-phoenix/abogados-de-accidentes-peatonales-en-phoenix/

    Reply
  1374. Kannan

    I got the silver version and the weight is 378 gms. But it feels much better than the black chrome lux v1 or the normal black v1 version … Has a bit more magenta to the pics I feel. Close focus I think 35 apo does a better job

    Reply
  1375. Robert Dawson

    I went through the procedure as outlined in your website, but when I got to Select Camera Firmware Version I could not progress further. I tried it again 3 times but nothing progressed me

    Reply
  1377. Brad Husick

    Great review as usual. I was a little disappointed that you didn’t cover diffraction limits at smaller apertures.

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      We talked about diffraction limits with the 60MP sensor on our Red Dot Forum Camera talk M11 Monochrom episode. Definitely best practice to avoid stopping down past f/5.6 for most shooting on the M11M. I found that stretching to f/8 for times I really needed the extra depth of field was still okay. But for sure, I would not recommend f/11-f/16, as there will be noticeable diffraction and softening of details.

      Reply
  1378. Richard Hay Jr

    Great review and detail. Dumb question. What controls do you use to “push” in Lightroom? How do you measure # stops there? Thanks

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      Here, I’m just referring to the exposure slider in Lightroom. Each whole integer number represents one stop. So, if I’m pushing 3 stops that means that that exposure slider is set to +3.00. Hope that clarifies.

      Reply
  1379. Frédéric Chiche

    Magnifique review . Vous avez choisi à dessein les optiques M qui permettent d’exploiter la résolution exceptionnelle du capteur . J’imagine que vous avez testé d’autres optiques , celles de la Classic Line ou d’authentiques optiques vintages . Quelles sont selon vous les optiques qui offrent le rendu le plus intéressant sur le M11M , en distinguant le rendu Sharp d’un rendu plus doux . Merci par avance

    Reply
  1380. Frédéric Chiche

    Wonderful review. You have deliberately chosen the M optics which make it possible to exploit the exceptional resolution of the sensor. I imagine that you have tested other optics, those of the Classic Line or authentic vintage optics. What do you think are the optics that offer the most interesting rendering on the M11M, distinguishing the sharp rendering from a softer rendering. thanks in advance

    Reply
  1381. Fede Duran

    Incredibly complete review, as usual, David.

    I shoot 2/3 of my work in black and white, but own a M11 and still don’t know if this investment worth the financial effort or maybe saving my dollars for the future SL3 (2024) is a wiser option.

    Reply
  1382. Viliam D

    David,

    thank you for this great review and the guide how to get the most out of this camera.
    I think that user experience with M11(M) and now Q3 (ie with 60MPs sensors camera) may indicate:
    M camera version with in-build electronic viewfinder and image stabilisation (IS) would make it better, even stronger work horse when coupled with sensor of 60+MPs. It would provide up to 5 stops improvement related to “ISO performance”. I note you hardly use shutter speed slower than 1/320s even with 35mm lens, to ensure sharpness of final pictures. With in-built IS up to 5 times lower ISO setting could be used to achieve yet better results in low light situations – one of key selling points for this camera. I note that to ensure tack precise focus you also relied mostly on use of EVF given details that 60MPs sensor can reveal and is made for. In the low light situations where this camera offers the main competitive advantage EVF is a must for focus anyhow. Even if RF had to be eliminated from such a camera it could still be called “M” for “manual”. I note that many photographers use M lenses on SL cameras (for small factor and weight advantage these lenses offer compared to their SL counterparts) and appreciate focusing and IS mechanism of SL bodies. This coupling I believe is suboptimal solution (perhaps splitting hair a bit here for most use cases) in the world of Leica where we pay hefty premium for excellence to be achieved via M lens – M body matching manufacturing perfection. I would not hesitate to bet on that demand for such camera would exceed that for M11M and hence no bigger risk for Leica company business to take than they are used to taking already…

    Reply
  1383. Hakeem

    If you plan to play a big hunt and you are in search of the most suitable binoculars for wildlife viewing, Steiner Predator Pro is an ideal option. Predator Pro binocular is the top line product of Steiner.

    These easy-to-carry binoculars can fit in your shirt pocket and result in high-quality magnification with excellent light transmission. The best 10×42 binoculars contain a green tint that helps you detect wildlife easily in big challenging games. You do not have to adjust the focus repeatedly, the autofocus feature will help you with it.

    These are the best compact binoculars
    I have ever owned. I have a great attachment with them because of their double-end cap feature.

    Reply
  1384. Krzysztof

    Yes, same here, new firmware but still on average one freeze a week.

    Reply
  1385. Kieran

    Doesn’t fix the issue. Bought a brand new M11 16th June, and it’s freezing. Dealer said I’m the 3rd customer to report it in their latest batch

    Reply
  1386. Ramin

    Awesome M10 preset, thank you! Tried it on my M11 DNGs and looking great so far.
    Have you made an M11 specific preset as well?

    Reply
  1387. Jonas Larsson

    Hi David, I am watching you guys on YouTube and learning a lot. What do you recommend a newbie to do in LrC with my Q3? Use your old Q2 or build something from your text (settings above)?

    Thank you again.

    Kind regards from Jonas in Sweden (hope to see you here someday)

    Reply
    • Gianfranco

      Cosa consigli a un principiante di fare in LrC con il mio Q3?
      Ci sono preset per la Q3 che possa scaricare?

      Reply
  1388. Jason Yang

    The camera still freezes sometimes. Almost once every shoot. Definitely missed shots due to this. Not the best experience tbh.

    Reply
  1389. Rodrigo Contreras

    I just sold my beloved Q2 and playing with the idea of getting the Q3… that being said… in the review of the Q3 David mentions his favorite upgrade is the new autofocus… I have an SL2-S… from the looks of it, the Q3 has a new more powerful processor… curious if you think there will be a software update to the SL2 line that will get the same autofocus as the Q3?? Or maybe Leica will wait to upgrade with the Sl3 line?

    Reply
  1392. PaulB

    Is anyone else having issues with the SL2 after updated firmware to version 5.1? It seems unstable. I copied my profiles to a card and was able to reload them. But now it is not possible to update them. For instance the profile copyright date was set to 2022. Now when I try to change it to 2023 it will not save. I looks like it does, but if you up date another profile and return to the previous profile the original information is still there. Also, trying to change camera default settings will not save either. You man make a change and attempt to save, but change something else in the camera and return to the defaults, and they will have changed back. Again, the copyright information is my best example.

    I am really not pleased at needing to chase my tail to get my settings changes to save and stay put.

    Reply
    • David Staab

      Good day !
      I was hoping to update my X-U firmware if at all possible.
      Any information?
      Wondering if the type regular X had the same updates ?
      Thank you,
      David

      Reply
  1394. Flo

    Is it really limited to 1000pcs? On the leica Webseite is no information about this…

    Reply
  1397. Doug Baker

    I’ve really enjoyed my Silver SL2 24-70 kit I bought from Leica Store Miami last month. If the 35 f/2 ASPH had been available then (as an second kit lens) I would have bought it as a nice prime for those lighter carry days 😉

    As background I ran resolution tests of the SL2 & 24-70 Elmarit up against my Sony A1 & 24-70 GM II. Tripod, IS off, Leica mechanical vs Sony ES (of course) , 2 sec self timer, 300%: The Sony kit had a small edge in the 24-35mm range. The Leica kit had a small edge at 50-70mm but was markedly stronger in the far right field. I’ve sent the 24-70 GM II in for servicing to check things out.

    Reply
  1398. Tim

    Great article! I am reading this as I need to decide if I should get this as one just becomes available. I should read more of your other articles too.

    BTW, just a minor typo that so it’s clear to all readers, you mean 0.7m and not 0.3m in the sentence below

    On the lens, the first 100 degrees of focus throw covers the normal range from 0.3m to infinity.

    Reply
  1399. H. Becker

    …was a wrong promise – shame on you, leica…
    My Leica C 112 is not working with the new Leica Foto…

    Reply
  1400. Karim Nasser

    I greatly appreciate these showdowns, and extensive testing, however what I have found that in real life shooting dynamic range trumps low light performance. It seems that gradience affects image quality more than a stop or two of ISO performance. Another thing I would like to point out is that the sharper the lens, the more noise will appear in the photo, due to finder and crisper noise. I have B&W photos from an M8 at ISO 640 that could easily be mistaken from the output of an M10.

    Reply
  1401. Peter

    I too share every ones joy. i am happy with the used CL, 18-58 than 11-23 and now 60 – all so inspiring. Great article with beautiful samples. Thank you for sharing and putting all that hard work into it.

    Reply
  1402. Mark Yamamoto

    Hello,
    Thanks for posting this. To see the SL601 added for Profoto Connect Pro is a good sign. I have a Connect Pro (purchased in January) and been patiently waiting for the Firmware update for the M10 that would included HSS for the Leica Connect Pro for Leica. I’ve been told Leica is working on it.

    Reply
  1403. Steve

    Very useful indeed. I just need to figure out what the root directory is and I’m all set!

    Reply
  1404. Karen McBride

    Thanks for the info. I just updated my SL 601.
    I saved the settings.lcs file in case I ever need to restore my settings in the future but I can’t figure out how I would do that. I would also love to save a settings file again if I make changes but I can’t see how I do that either. I tried to repeat the upgrade but of course that didn’t work as I got the message that my camera is up to date. Thanks for any advice you have.
    Karen

    Reply
  1407. malcolm anderson

    Exciting news for Apple enthusiasts! The update to the MacBook Pro with 8th gen processors is a game-changer. With these new processors, we can expect even better performance and efficiency from our MacBooks.

    First, I started using this MacBook for my work at the https://hrforecast.com/ company. The company purchased these MacBooks for all its employees half a year after these MacBooks went on sale.

    Reply
  1408. Paul Manning

    Will they also address the issue of the Video turning itself on an accidental swipe of the LCD? Allow users to turn of Video permanently leaving just the Photo option live.

    Reply
  1409. DHE

    Thank you for this. I am new to the Q3 and just updated the firmware. I transferred my user profile successfully. The file numbering reset to L00…1. Is this normal?

    Reply
  1410. Kib

    Tried get the “Lecia Photos” to update my brand new Leica Q3 = Everything was connected and paired, but it did not manage.

    The only way was this helpful article.
    Thanks.

    Funny thing was, that I could not copy the update to my card (?) – this is the normal way for my other cameras, but I could “send” it to the card, so now it works, and I really hope the “Leica Photos” works better now for future updates.

    Reply
  1411. Greg Gibbs

    I’ve really enjoyed my Q3 since I first got my hands on it, but have suffered more than the occasional lock up (requiring me to partially eject the battery). Since installing v1.3 (using the iPhone app) I have not experienced a single lock up – although early days so fingers crossed.

    Reply
  1412. Andrew Valls

    This is *bigger* than the standard battery charger. For travel, it would be much more useful to have a unit that charges one battery rather than two, and that therefore would be smaller.

    Reply
  1413. Jean Bogais

    I have a Leica M10R that freezes from time to time.
    I downloaded the firmware 30.22.23.34 from reddit.com to reinstall it in the camera just in case. (The version in the camera was already 30.22.23.34)
    When I click on download, a window opens with: “There is no application set to open the document “M10-R-30.22.23.34-Customer.FW”.
    My Mac is a MacBook M1 Pro with latest Ventura 13.2.1
    Can you please advise what I should do.
    Thanks

    Reply
    • Pete

      You need to copy the download to a memory card and insert it in the camera where it can be read.

      Reply
  1415. Geoff

    didn’t really solve the connecting issue with Leica FOTOS app, the stability is getting worse than v1.2

    Reply
  1416. Ed R

    David, I’d like to modify your preset, but is it possible to do that without the files you used to create it. That is, if I update the preset from a file of mine, will the ISO-related values for other ISOs be skewed??

    Thanks for your thoughts.

    Ed

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      You don’t need my original files. But you will need to apply the preset to two different images – one at low ISO and one at high ISO – as a starting point. Adjust both images, then create a new ISO Adaptive preset from there. Hope that helps!

      Reply
  1417. Bill Sallas

    I am considering purchase of the Q3. I noticed that CCD Sensor upgrade for corrosion is $4,195. That’s more than half the cost of the camera! Is the Q3 exhibiting corrosion at this early stage? I thought the Q3 was weather proof. Can somebody please explain this to me?

    Reply
    • David Farkas

      The Q3 isn’t experiencing sensor corrosion. The upgrade program was created for owners of Leica M9-generation cameras. Those older CCD sensors, originally manufactured for Leica by Kodak, had a flaw in the sensor coverglass coating. With time, these sensors will pit and corrode. Since replacement sensors are no longer available, Leica created the upgrade program to create a path forward for those owners impacted by the issue.

      Reply
  1418. Rezka

    Cool! The photos are undoubtedly excellent, perfectly capturing the atmosphere. You might want to try processing them further using some AI tools. Here’s a website with a good selection: https://topaigenerators.com/. Looking forward to your new achievements. Good luck!

    Reply
  1419. Philipp K.

    Hi David, I would love to have a M10-R specific preset. Is that still in the works? I would think, it my differ from the M10 preset, since it is a completely different sensor, right?
    Thanks in advance!

    Reply
  1420. Jacob Christiansen

    Is there a similar program in Europe? I can’t find information anywhere

    Reply
  1421. Corey

    Here’s to hoping they fix the battery drain while the camera is off – some say it’s related to Bluetooth, some say it’s related to the wireless charging grip, all I know is it should have never have launched with such an egregious issue.

    Reply
  1422. Vadim

    I purchased this camera in silver in December 2022 and returned it to the store the following February.
    Unfortunately for me, this camera did not live up to my expectations and was extremely disappointing.
    The biggest problem is the color, this horrible magenta color that irritates my eyes! On a gray, overcast winter day, this camera makes the snow look pink. I understand that you can turn the sliders in each photo and get the right color in the photo, but why do I need a camera like this?
    The cheapening of the camera design (lack of the usual metering mechanism, cheaper aluminum, lack of a bottom plate) and even the packaging shows that the new owners of the company began to value profit more than product quality.
    The M10 generation will go down in history as the last true M…

    Reply
    • Sam Roberts

      EVERY new M generation has comments like this! I laugh because I read similar comments when the M10 came out… “It’s not like the M9, or even M240,” “I returned mine,” blah blah blah.
      If you don’t know how to set WB, then you can get magenta looking greys. This is user error, not camera error. Or if you are looking for SOOC JPEGs to post on Instagram, this is not the camera for you.

      Aluminium top plate is not a decision to cut cost. I prefer the lighter weight. If you want brass, get the silver for the same price!
      Packaging is just as great as the M240 and M10 – no idea what you are talking about here.

      Reply
      • Oleg

        You are writing complete nonsense. M11 has a very bad white balance, even manual temperature setting does not solve the purple color issue. This is a Leica error and defect. Any Leica camera (m8 – m10) is better in color.

  1423. Dimas

    Thank you for the presets, I just bought my first Leica (T) and I was looking for information and “pre-sets” like this ones. It really helped me.

    Reply
  1424. dimasde

    Thank you for your Pre-sets… I Just bought my first Leica (T) and exploring the differences is amazing. I am a current user of Lumix s1R and I have my eye on the SL2. Thank you again, it helped me a lot.

    Reply
  1425. hydrogenexecutor

    In the Leica M11 review, a comparison can be made with the Hydrogen Executor’s innovative technology, which offers a unique approach to image processing, enhancing the photographer’s ability to capture stunning visuals with unparalleled clarity.

    Reply
  1426. Eric Boehm

    Fantastic review David! One of the best camera reviews I’ve come across in fact. The CL really shines with beautiful / tastefully saturated colors and a very high performing APS-C sensor. You’ve totally sold me! I do street shooting in NYC with a Leica Q2 (eboehmjr on IG) and also use film on the M2 & M4. On the latter I use fast Voightlander glass exclusively. Hence my interest in the CL. Many thanks!

    Reply
  1427. delta executor

    For photographers comparing high ISO performance and black & white image quality, the “Delta Executor” offers an insightful analysis, juxtaposing the Leica Q2 Monochrom, M10 Monochrom, Q2, and M10-R, providing a comprehensive understanding of each camera’s capabilities in low light conditions.

    Reply
  1428. delta executor

    For photographers comparing high ISO performance and black & white image quality, the offers an insightful analysis, juxtaposing the Leica Q2 Monochrom, M10 Monochrom, Q2, and M10-R, providing a comprehensive understanding of each camera’s capabilities in low light conditions.

    Reply
  1429. josh

    I know I’m years late here, but I wanted to ask: did you find the CL to give you typical Leica color science? Something like the M240, M10, and Q delivers? Everything I see with the CL seems to be a bit more “japanese” in the color rendering? I’m on the hunt for an interchangeable lens body and I love that the CL is about the same size as the Q.. but I’m not willing to give up the fantastic color science on the Q. Not a fan of editing every photo heavily, etc.

    Reply
  1430. Mark

    Late to the party. Most of the ones I got right were when I chose how well the camera portrayed a “3d” image. The M240 flattens the perspective of the image, the feeling of space from front to back on the m9 feels more real and for lack of a better word relaxed. When the M9 shows me an image and it feels like the next object is about 10 feet away the M240 makes it feel like 2 or 3 feet away, and I can’t “look into” the picture as much as a m9, but considering how many I got wrong especially when I went by color, it’s a lot closer than I initially thought. Thanks for removing a bit of bias that I had built into myself.

    Reply
  1431. Bruce

    I’ve got the same problem. File is in the root directory, power on the camera and press play and I also get no valid picture to display.

    Reply
    • Maureen Cox

      Hi Bruce, did you solve the firmware problem in the end? I’ve just bought a used Leica C Lux and I’m having exactly the same problem updating. Have tried everything!
      Many thanks
      Maureen.

      Reply
      • Greg Kramer

        I have the same issue. In other places on the internet, there seem to be notices that the battery must be really, completely 100% full. Like leave it on the charger for hours full. My symptom is the same as yours: it won’t acknowledge the firmware being there at all. It just tries to “play” (display) photos, and of course there are none. Currently letting the battery fill up and trying again.

  1432. Bhupinder Siran

    Really looking forward to using your preset for the Q3 David, thank you so much for sharing – it’s incredibly generous of you.

    I use the camera for general family photos. For this type of use case what metering mode do you suggest using and do you underexpose / overexpose to get the best result from your preset?

    Reply
  1433. Markie Linhart

    It’s 2024 and I’ve just bought a Leica M8 after borrowing one from a photographer friend (bye bye Lumix). It a silver chrome finished version and I’d like to add a hand grip. Thing is Silver is hard to find and I’m toying with adding a Steel Grey. Will this be a mismatch? Or should I got rad and choose a black one? Thanks in advance✌️🇦🇺

    Reply
  1434. londyntbarron

    Exciting news on the firmware updates for the Leica SL2 and SL2-S! The Perspective Control feature is a fantastic addition, especially for architectural shots. The FN button customization is a welcomed tweak; makes things less overwhelming. And those lens profile updates? Awesome!

    I’ve been contemplating updating my camera firmware, but I’m a bit cautious. Have you discovered any quirks or tips during the process?

    Reply
    • londyntbarron

      /Exciting news on the firmware updates for the Leica SL2 and SL2-S! The Perspective Control feature is a fantastic addition, especially for architectural shots. The FN button customization is a welcomed tweak; makes things less overwhelming. And those lens profile updates? Awesome!

      I’ve been contemplating updating my camera firmware, but I’m a bit cautious. Have you discovered any quirks or tips during the process?/

      By the way, do you guys have any suggestions on how to compress jpeg (like here https://jpeg-optimizer.com/) more than one at a time? Thanks

      Reply
  1437. Anika

    I’m also curious about this program for the UK. My Leica store says, the Q3 is not included. Any info would be very much appreciated.

    Reply
  1438. John

    I cannot speak for Leica,
    But I started photography with Fuji super ccd digital cameras back in the 2000s.
    Since then I ‘upgraded’ to many newer cmos cameras, all of whom gave inferior colour (at least to my eyes), straight out of the camera.
    It may well be a subjective thing, but I noticed it long before I came across the ccd vs cmos debate.
    Unfortunately these older ccd cameras are backward in pretty much all other ways to the newer cmos cameras, which is why I feel forced to use the latter.
    I also like to shoot decent quality video along with stills, and that pretty much rules out the film cameras and older ccd digital ones (some of these do offer video recording, but are very primitive by todays standards for that job).
    Real shame Fuji for whatever reason was not able to stick with it’s ccd sensors and keep developing them.

    Reply
  1439. Kevin Edwards

    Hi David,

    I really like your website and use it as a great information source on all things Leica.

    I am trying to find out what the latest firmware version is for Leica S Lenses. This is because I currently own a Leica S2 on firmware version 1.4.0.0 and I can only check my S Lenses against the firmware from this camera firmware version.

    I have ordered a new SL3 camera and wish to use my S lenses via the Leica S-Adaptor L but I need to understand what the current S Lens firmware is as I don’t own a Leica S Typ 007 camera.

    It would be very helpful if your Leica Firmware page also listed the current S and SL Lens firmware versions.

    Reply
  1440. Marc Gagarin

    I’ve recently purchased a new TL. Long forgotten on the back shelf of a camera store. I was drawn to the simplicity of the design and easy-to-use interface. I’m sure this has been covered before. What non-Leica AF L mount lenses are compatible with the TLs? I’ve tried the Pan 20-60mm and AF did not work. Any guidance would be greatly appreciated.

    Reply
  1441. Mal

    David, thanks for the new SL3 preset. I’ve already tried it out on a few test images. Looks great to me.

    Reply
  1442. Giuseppe

    Hi, thanks for your post.
    Which profile do you recommend for the Leica SL2-S?
    Thank you,

    Reply
  1443. Inbound

    I wonder if it will have access to the “Leica Look” app presets. I would think not due to the Q3, but at the same time, very different price points and camera types— would be pretty great though!

    Reply
  1445. Oleg

    At low ISOs when converting color photos to b/w, I personally don’t see the difference between m11 and m11m. If you zoom in to 400%, the M11m is a little sharper, but it’s like using different lenses. On M9 and M9m the difference was visible to the eyes.
    And you didn’t compare the pictures with M11 and M11m side by side.

    Reply
  1446. Hans

    2.1.1 solved a lot of crashes for me. However, user profiles are unusable if you want to use exposure compensation. Select a profile and use any method wheel menu etc to adjust exposure compensation and the camera will switch back to the default profile. What is the point of a user profile if one can’t use exposure compensation?

    Reply
  1447. Lorenzo

    I was so exited about the extender! But it will not support the APO-Vario-Elmarit-SL 1:2,8-4/90-280 – What a disappointment!

    Reply
  1448. Lester lefton

    Thanks for this excellent article.i have downloaded your preset for my q3 and i think what you provide is a great starting point. Your explanation here and in videos is excellent. Look forward to your next update of the presets.

    Reply
  1449. Jon I.

    David, I am fascinated by this discussion and your rigorous testing. I’m a fan of the CCD but have adapted to the CMOS sensor and now the M11. Can you please share your M9 preset? thank you.

    Reply
  1450. Mahesh

    Hi David, unfortunately looks like one cannot set white balance manually by taking a grey card. The manual says only auto or preset values can be set. Bummer! what happened to getting pictures right in the camera.

    Reply
  1451. Paul Goldfinger, MD

    David: I shoot mostly black and white and I have two mono Leica cameras including the Q2 Mono and M-10 Mono. So I bought into the superiority of mono cameras for black and white, due to removal of the color filter.

    I am tempted to trade my M10 mono for the M11 D, but will the quality of my black and whites images suffer by getting this M11 D camera instead of my M10 mono?

    Thank you, Paul Goldfinger, MD.

    Reply
  1453. MarkinVan

    Seems the Presets are no longer compatible with the Intel MacBook Pro AMD Radeon Pro Graphics card, Sequoia 15.00 and Lightroom.

    Reply
  1455. Keith

    Excellent review; I am very enthusiastic to purchase the Q3 43 – I have the Q3 28. However, is it possible to fit a Leica E-49 UV filter ‘under’ the factory supplied lens hood? I can do this with the Q3 28, however I have read this is not possible with the Q3 43? Being a fixed lens, having a filter and hood is critical for me. Many thanks. C.

    Reply
    • Jaweed Wali

      It does accept the UV filter but there is a design fault in the lens hood. With the hood on it is impossible to engage the macro mode as there is hardly room for the lens to move forward inside the lens hood. The old Q lens hood are functional but loom very odd as they sit skewed on the lens.

      Reply
  1458. S

    The statement that ‘Leica updates firmware for older models’ seems to be completely contradictory to the list – where only recent models have recent firmware updates.

    Reply
  1460. Kawee Siribhadra

    I saw your video the other day and just wondering if you guys are Leica authorized dealer?

    Reply
  1461. lenzy

    Unfortunately SL3 preset does not respect the perspective control, aka when you take a picture with it enabled in the camera, this preset will override it. Where as, with Q3 preset, it does not override it.

    Reply
  1463. Joaquin Trigueros

    Hello – my Q2M does not recognise the downloaded q2_510.flu as firmware. I thought about renaming it Q2M_510.flu but I don’t want to run the risk of bricking the camera, no?

    Reply
  1464. Patrick Lim

    where can i find the site to upgrade the firmware. Please show me the way. I have not used the camera for many years, in the temperature box. Noticed that the LCD light is dimmed. please help.

    Reply
  1465. Leitzfan

    Really excellent review/s, Kirsten–thank you! Especially appreciate your relevant comparisons & product-line history. You’re definitely now my go-to for Leica product reviews.

    Please keep up the great work!

    Reply
  1466. Karim Nasser

    I own a M10 Monochrom, and owned a M10 in the past, as well as many other cameras from various brands. After much testing in the real world, I have come to the conclusion that the apparent lower noise of the M10M is a result of a high pixel sensor, which renders the noise much finer and therefor giving visible noisy areas a more homogeneous appearance, which can be confused with lower noise, and since this is a monochrome sensor, there is no discoloration, or loss of saturation. The details at high ISO M10M vs. M246 for example, are the result of, again, the higher pixel count of the M10M. That being said, the M10M is a great camera, and I will not sell it unless another compact full frame monochrome camera comes to the market.

    Reply
  1467. Francisco

    Hi, LEICA SUMMILUX-SL 50MM F/1.4 ASPH has sweet spot?. What is? My question is very simple, but very important now as I begin in this World

    Reply
  1468. Mark fisher

    Definitely late to the party, but I was considering an M10M but this review makes me think I’m better off with the R. I would likely always use a yellow filter so there goes any sensitivity advantage and I loose the advantage of channel mixing. I don’t shoot much color and have a Q2 for that, still, I love the color mixer.

    Reply
  1469. Simon Lam

    I try to download the latest firmware for my Leica M240p today 22DEC2024 but no luck wouldn’t work??????? please help

    Reply
  1471. Karim Nasser

    I just sold my M10 Monochrom. Why? Two main reasons:

    1) I rarely used it at anything above 3200, therefor I couldn’t justify owning it. Yes, it felt great knowing I could take photos at super high ISO, but I found myself testing it only, but in practical terms I only used it in a evening photoshoot where most of my photos were 3200 or below.

    2) It’s too expensive a camera to be carrying around in the area where I live. My M240 WITH the red dot, I can roam the streets without fear of being out $8K. It is brassed as hell, battery life lasts me at least one whole day of shooting, and it feels great carrying it around.

    The M240 black and white JPEGs are great SOOC, the Film simulation is exceptionally nice. The M240/M262 are the pinnacle of digital Ms in my opinion, I know I’m going to get hate replies for saying this. I’ve used all digital M’s. In second place I would say the M8, great colors, then the M9. Output from the M10 and M11 is too bland and modern for me. Maybe we’ll see something magical in the M12, or are we now going down the megapixel road?

    Reply
  1472. Oleg

    The article does not mention the word AWB, white balance, even once. The main problem with the M11 is color. Lots of purple, bad auto white balance in daylight. In general, the M11 is the worst camera in color out of all the digital Leica cameras. Therefore, there should be only one piece of advice – buy a monochrome camera M11M to work with the excellent Leica lenses, but not the M11.

    Reply
  1473. John Schapekahm

    Will downloading the current Leica firmware V2.2.0 update for the M11-P include also previous updates I may have neglected to download into my camera ?

    Reply
  1474. MARK K SARKISIAN

    HI and thanks for the description of the lux grip. Do you have any general thoughts if the grip can be used with an iphone that has a leather case on the phone or does it have to be a bare iphone? Obviously all cases differ so I won’t hold you to guarantee anything-just curious if anyone tried this over a iphone mag-capable iphone case.
    thanks
    Mark

    Reply
  1475. Philipp

    Does the viewfinder image lessen in quality when autofocusing?

    It does on my Q3 (not sure if framerate and/or resolution), but the SL3-3 does have more computing power per pixel, while being the same processor.

    Reply
  1477. Chris H.

    It looks like a more expensive version of the Fjorden grip (it’s Leica, that’s to be expected) that doesn’t require a special case (which is nice), but locks you into the LUX app (“works exclusively with the Leica LUX app”). I like the LUX app, but not enough to forgo all other apps. Sadly that requirement is a dealbreaker for me.

    Reply
  1478. Lukas

    thank you very much. I want to upgrade my T 701 from v.1.6 to use the new leica fotos app correctly. Only here I can find the v1.9 and it works fine.

    Reply
  1479. Leitzfan

    Very, very helpful to have all firmware in one place. Thank you!

    ‘You’d think Leica would’ve thought of this…’ :-/

    Reply
  1480. Gary Morris

    I read this story five years ago. Good writing. Now five years later I’ve skimmed this story again and still enjoy most of your shots. I had the SL601 then and now my SL2. Not a fan of heavy lenses tipping my camera forward. On each SL I’ve used almost exclusively the 23 TL lens. Less pixels but also much less weight. A 35mm is such a good choice for all–purpose shooting. Thanks for this story.

    Reply
  1481. Marcus

    The dummy film advance lever absolutely did have a purpose. Only someone who hasn’t ever shot a film M would make that complaint (which is probably the majority by now).

    It serves the same purpose, more or less, that the thumb grips that slide into the hotshoe. Indeed, they were probably designed to replace that very thing on cameras that did no longer used film.

    I’d like them to be added to every M myself!

    Reply
  1482. Roberto

    Hi David, thank you for your presets. What about for D-Lux 8 ?

    Reply
  1483. James Macdonald

    Leica d lux 8 – Normally always shoot in raw (dng) but notice when dng is set in menu and if camera is switched off/on it always defaults to dng/Jpeg. I am new to Leica and wonder if other settings in the camera are effecting this raw setting.

    Reply
  1484. Tony Tarlton

    An excellent review, although I was surprised that you used the 35mm (50mm equivalent) instead of the 23mm (35mm equiv.)
    I agree wholeheartedly with your enthusiasm but sorry that you didn’t mention my ‘bete-noir’ – i.e. the difficulty I have with attaching the lens hoods! What am I doing wrong? I line-up the dots but cannot get it to lock, except occasionally – but I’ve no idea as to what I’m doing right/wrong’!!!

    Reply
  1485. Panayiotis

    Hi,

    My M11-D won’t start, it’s completely dead (No power) after an interrupted update of 2.2.3. I assume it’s because it is left without an operating system running on it due to the interruption while updating.

    Is there a way to reset it to factory settings. As I said it does not even switch on.

    Reply
  1489. Curtis

    Kristen,
    Great stuff! I hope you all continue with this type of online article. This will also make a very nice video shorts for your YouTube channel.

    Reply
  1491. Ed

    Pretty expensive repackaging for a film that is available for €5 less…

    Reply
  1492. Yuri Syuganov

    Thank you, David. Would you, please, suggest how using M10 and M11 presets to emulate M10 colors while automatically importing files from M11? The purple tint is very noticeable on M11 after switching from M10, and I’d love to continue getting that familiar M10 look.

    Reply
  1493. meaganpa

    The Behind the Shot 2025 feature on Red Dot Forum offers a compelling look at the thought, technique, and gear behind exceptional photography.

    Reply
  1494. Sam

    After updating to the 2.5.1 firmware on my Leica M11P, I can no longer access my menu normally. Now the only way to exit the menu is to fully press the shutter which wasn’t the case before, I used to half press the shutter and it will go into shooting mode. The moment I exit the menu while pressing the full shutter, the camera LCD will remain black and no matter how many times I press the menu button, it won’t go back into it. The only way is to either turn off the camera or remove the battery to access the menu again…

    Reply
  1495. Ninoos betsy

    Hello purchased a spotting scope on the internet. I belive there is some like water spots on the front lenses. I would like to know if that’s cover on the warranty. I do have all the paper work too . Please let me know if I can send it back for cleaning and checking the front lenses. Thank you

    Reply
  1496. OttoOctavius

    Hosting a party in Adelaide, I thought online casinos would add a buzz. Looked for a site that works in Australia. Paradise 8 Casino offers a cool layout with live roulette and blackjack. Personally, I love the beach theme, and there’s a welcome offer for new players. Turned the party wild, and I enjoyed the quick sign up process.

    Reply
  1497. Bill Barber

    My new Q2M arrived yesterday and it is showing a firmware update of 5.1.1 So I obviously will not need to upgrade the firmware as I usually do on a new purchase. I do not see this version available for download. I just thought it to be odd.

    Reply
  1498. Cynthia Carmickle

    I am preparing my dissertation and have been researching the “behind the photos” aspect of the United States Farm Security Administration photography unit that began in 1935. References have been made to sending less experienced photographers out with Leica cameras (vs large format cameras). I am trying to trace cost of a Leica in the mid 1930s and even perhaps specific cameras used in the program as it seems that there was at one point records of where each camera went. Would the archives at Leica have this type of information? I have tried emailing through the public relations firm for Leica and have had no luck. Could you give me a contact, even a general email?

    Reply
  1501. MiguelATF

    Though this original review is now 11 years old (I’m writing this in the Fall of 2025), I found it both intriguing and helpful as I was considering the purchase of a lightly-used V-Lux Typ 114. I went ahead and bought the camera and must say that, so far, it’s a delightful and versatile photographic device. In spite of its relative bulk, it is surprisingly lightweight, and AF is much quicker than I had expected. Confession: some years ago I owned another large superzoom bridge camera, the generally highly regarded Sony RX10 Mark IV, which had a superb (and enormous) Zeiss branded zoom lens with a fixed f/2.8 maximum aperture. It was also surprisingly heavy, and the Sony menus were irritatingly complex (to me) and non-intuitive. The Typ 114 feels significantly lighter in hand – a result of its largely thermoplastic body & lens construction, as opposed to the RX10M4’s heavier metal frame – but the 114 feels almost svelte. And, so far at least, its Pana-Leica lens rivals the Sony-Zeiss one in quality. I have to say that, even 11 years later, this is a very VERY cool camera. So my thanks to you, Kirsten, for the initial review 🙂

    Reply
  1502. MiguelATF

    I realize I am probably in the minority, but I prefer the rounded lines of the V-Lux Typ 114 to the harsher angles of the V-Lux V. It would be nice to be able to stop the lens of my 114 down to f/11, but apart from that minor gripe, I think the 114 comes closer to the ideal take-anywhere-all-in-one-and-capable-of-birding-too cameras I’ve ever used.

    Reply
  1503. Robert Clancy

    I purchased a Leica M EV1 last week. Originally I was going to trade my M11 for it but at the last minute decided I would go ahead and just buy the EV1 and see how I got on with it before I traded in my M11. In the week since, from what I have experienced so far, I am not going to trade in my M11 because actually I realised the pro’s of both rather than the pro’s and cons of each. I will use my M11 just with a 35 or 50 mm lens and not a Noctilux and I will use the EV1 for anything wider than 35 m, which in my case is 21 and 16mm and Noctilux’s. The EVF is really only for me a game changer when using the shallow depth of field or extra wide angle and that is where it excels. An M11 rangefinder with a 35mm FLE lens is still an unbeatable combination but I love the EV1 for making the exteme investments in Noctilux glass all the more worthwhile, because now with the EV1 you have an M body that gives you confidence to use Noctilux’s. Frankly before it was challenging to say the least.

    Reply
  1504. Marcus Adams

    I don’t really understand why Leica haven’t restarted making it. The production today would be far easier and far cheaper.

    If it’s so good, why not?

    Reply
  1505. Gary Hudes

    Similar look, but different from the limited edition (500 copies, 11715), then non-limited mass produced (11688) Black Chrome Summilux-M ASPH Lens. The black chrome shares the vintage version II lens barrel look, but is optically superior with the aspheric design. Unlike the current 50mm f/1.4 black paint classic, the earlier black chrome lens has an additional glass element, a floating element, and weighs 82 grams less (these are heavy brass lenses) at 335g vs 417g. Filter thread is 46mm for the new classic version versus 43mm for the black chrome lens. Both have minimum focus of 0.7m. Both have a metal click on hood. That hood on the black chrome version will not attach to the lens if filters are used, unless Leica modifies the hood to allow this. Hopefully the black paint hood will be compatible with simultaneous filter use. In sum, two lenses with similar vintage version II pre-asph looks shape wise, focusing ring, etc, but that’s where the similarity ends. Black paint finish vs Black chrome, weight difference, optics (modern vs retention of the vintage design with some improvement), 46 vs 43 filter threads.

    Reply
  1506. Eli Hollander

    David,

    Thank you for this really interesting article.

    I just got the Q3 Monochrom. While you don’t have a preset for it, I went ahead and tried your M11 Monochrom adaptive preset, and it seems to work well, probably because the M11Monochrom and the Q3 Monochrom are so similar (but I am am guessing that there are some basic differences, too).

    David, when you get the time to develop it, please upload a Q3 Monochrom adaptive preset. Thank you.

    Reply
  1507. Zelig

    Thank you for this article. I also just got a Leica Q3 Monochrom and I love it. I am impressed by the low noise and image quality even at previously unheard of high iso… What a pleasure.

    I also liked your video discussion of the camera on Red Dot. I was impressed by your Q3 Monochrom preset and like the previous comment poster, I would love to get a copy to further refine my image quality workflow.

    Like the previous commenter above, I urge you to please make that preset the Q3M available (I would even be willing to pay for it).

    Reply
  1509. John Wilson

    I might be showing my age, but I believe she has found her SHANG GRI LA,,,,JUST SUPERB PHOTOS, thank you.

    Reply
      • Nikolay Belokurov

        I did my fair share of mountain photography mainly using a large format field cameras and a big fan of mountain photography. Your article and the photos really warmed my heart. Great style, great use of black and white.

  1510. Nicholas

    Thanks for publishing this list.
    Just to let you know there are a couple of recent firmware updates that are missing.
    Leica Q3 43 4.0 update
    M EV1 update 26.1 which includes new 35mm F1.2 lens release.

    Reply
  1511. Paul

    It’s as its seem in past 8 years Leica corporate have no respect to people that abscessed with Leica products and willing to sacrifice of loosing their costumer going forward, prices have been climbing every year and keep blaming either tariffs or or cost of living, Leica becomes least reliable and officiant camera comparing to other brands and their prices

    Reply
  1512. Lewis Tannenbaum

    Can’t update the 1.0 Firmware with 2.0 on an SD Card. I have the file in the top level of the card. I hit Play on the Camera and it says no images present. Bought the V-LUX 114 recently.
    Thoughts? Thanks, Lewis

    Reply
  1513. fotonutzz

    It’s incredible how much the price of the SL has jumped over the years. Not sure if this is accurate as I got AI to tabulate it for me. But, I’m sure the 2020 and 2026 prices are correct.

    Timeframe Price (USD)
    SL2 Jan 2020 ~$5,995 Launch price
    SL2 Apr 2021 ~$6,595 Price increase (+~$600)
    SL2 Oct 2021 ~$6,900 Subsequent increase
    SL2 2022-2023 ~$6,995 Maintained high price until SL3 announcement
    SL2 Mar 2024 ~$6,995 Final MSRP before discontinuation
    SL2 2024-2025 ~$3,395 Heavy discounting/clearance
    SL3 Mar 2024 ~$6,995 Launch Price
    SL3 Mar 2026 ~$7,485 Price increased due to inflation/adjustments

    Reply
  1514. Firoze Lafeer

    Always a useful list, thank you David! There is a small mistake on the 3.1.1 link for the SL3-S. It links to wwww instead of http://www...

    Reply
  1516. BramoDeniw

    This is such a useful deep dive. Fake crawlers are a real headache, especially on shared hosting where every request eats into your resources. The reverse DNS + forward DNS trick is solid — I’ve used it myself to unmask bots pretending to be Googlebot. It’s amazing how many of them don’t bother to set up proper PTR records.

    The Bing verification tool is a great tip too. I wish Google offered something similar — it would save a lot of late-night log checking.

    Speaking of separating the real from the fake, the same principle applies in gaming. You want the real deal, not some shady copycat. That’s why https://wowvendor.com/shop/wow-gold/ wow gold for sale stands out. Clean, verified, and no nasty surprises. Just like checking those DNS records — when it’s legit, you can trust it.

    Thanks for the technical breakdown. Definitely bookmarking this. 🔍🖥️

    Reply